Data Sheets, Approved Vendors

D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\master cover&content\Cover-Nov'06.doc

GUJARAT STATE PETRONET LIMITED

PADAMLA – GODHARA GAS PIPELINE (PGPL)

TENDER DOCUMENT

FOR

LAYING OF PIPELINES, TERMINALS AND ASSOCIATEDFACILITIES

EPC CONTRACTVOLUME - IB OF V

(PARTICULAR JOB SPECIFICATIONS)

TENDER NO. 05/51/23JT/GSPL/001(EPC)

MECON LIMITED(A Govt. of India Undertaking)

SCOPE MINAR15th Floor, North Tower

Laxmi Nagar District CentreDELHI – 110 092

November,2006

Gujarat State Petronet Ltd.

PADMALA – GODHARA GASPIPELINE PROJECT

Tender Document for EPC ContractsTender Doc. No.: 05/51/23JT/GSPL/001(EPC)

Volume-IB of VMECON LIMITED

D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\master cover&content\Master Table of Content.doc

TABLE OF CONTENTFOR

VOLUME-IB OF V(GENERAL – TECHNICAL)

Name of Project : EPC contract including Residual Engineering,Procurement, Installation, Testing andCommissioning of Pipelines, Terminals andAssociated Facilities for Padmala – Godhara PipelineProject of GSPL.

Tender Document No. : 05/51/23JT/GSPL/001(EPC)

Sl.No. Description

PART-D 1) Particular Job Specification (PJS) for Pipeline, Piping & Mechanical Works

2) Particular Job Specification for Civil, Architectural & Structural Works

3) Particular Job Specification for Electrical Works

4) Particular Job Specification for Instrumentation Works

5) Particular Job Specification for Telecommunication Works

6) Particular Job Specification for Cathodic Protection Works

7) Particular Job Specification for CO2 Flooding System

Note: Part-A, B & C covered in Volume-IA of V i.e. General – Commercial

D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\master cover&content\Cover-Nov'06.doc


PADAMLA – GODHARA GAS PIPELINE (PGPL)

TENDER DOCUMENT

FOR

LAYING OF PIPELINES, TERMINALS AND ASSOCIATEDFACILITIES

EPC CONTRACT (Volume-IA, IB, IC, II, III, IV & V)

TENDER NO. 05/51/23JT/GSPL/001(EPC)

MECON LIMITED(A Govt. of India Undertaking)

SCOPE MINAR15th Floor, North Tower

Laxmi Nagar District CentreDELHI – 110 092

November,2006



Tender Document for EPC ContractsTender Doc. No.: 05/51/23JT/GSPL/001(EPC) MECON LIMITED

D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\master cover&content\Master Table of Content.doc

MASTER TABLE OF CONTENT

Name of Project : EPC contract including Residual Engineering,Procurement, Installation, Testing andCommissioning of Pipelines, Terminals andAssociated Facilities for Padmala – Godhara PipelineProject of GSPL.

Tender Document No. : 05/51/23JT/GSPL/001(EPC)

Sl.No. Description

1) Volume-IA of V : General – Commercial(IFB, ITB, GCC, SCC – Commercial)

2) Volume-IB of V : General – Technical (Particular Jobs Specification)

3) Volume-IC of V : Price Schedule

4) Volume-II of V : Standard Technical Specification(Pipeline Laying, Piping & Mechanical)

5) Volume-III of V : Standards Technical Specification(Civil, Architectural & Structural)

6) Volume-IV of V : Standards Technical Specification(Electrical, Instrumentation, Telecommunication Works &CP Works)

7) Volume-V of V : Tender Drawings & Standard Drawings




Volume-IB of V MECON LIMITED

D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\Vol IB of V\PJS-Final-GSPL.doc Page 1 of 55

1.0 PARTICULAR JOB SPECIFICATION(PIPELINE, PIPING, & MECHNICAL WORKS)

[12” x 37.5 km Padmala – Godhara Gas PipelineProject]






CONTENTS

Sl.No. Description

1.0 General & Project Description

2.0 Work Tendered

3.0 Scope of Work

4.0 Engineering Review for Pipeline & Terminal

5.0 Contractor Responsibilities

6.0 As-Built Documents

7.0 Resources/ Facilities

8.0 Project Scheduling & Monitoring

9.0 Other Construction Requirement

10.0 Documentation

11.0 Plan, Design, Drawing by Contractor

12.0 Survey and Level/ Setting out Work

13.0 Order of Works/ Permissions/ Right of Entry/ Care of Existing Services

14.0 Make of Material/ Bought Out Items

15.0 Inspection of Supply Items

16.0 Appendix to Particular Job Specification

16.1 Appendix-I (Design basis)

16.2 Appendix-II (Data Sheets for Mechanical Items etc.)

16.3 Appendix-III (QAP for Mechanical Items etc.)

16.4 Appendix-IV (List of Approved vendors for Bought out items)

16.5 Appendix-V (Amendment to pipeline standard and specification)

16.6 Appendix-VI (Scheme showing demarcation of M/L and Terminal)

16.7 Appendix-VII (Third Party Agency)

16.8 Appendix-VIII (List of minimum nos of construction equipment to be deployed)

16.9 Appendix-IX (Health, Safety & Environment)

16.10 Appendix-X (Minimum Criteria for Operational Acceptance)

16.11 Appendix-XI (Welding Specifications Chart for M/L & Terminal)

16.12 Appendix-XII (Transition Fitting)

16.13 Appendix-XIII [Pipeline Information Management System (PIMS)]






1.0 GENERAL & PROJECT DESCRIPTION

1.1 GENERAL

1.1.1 Special Condition of Contract shall be read in Conjunction with the GeneralConditions of Contract, specification of work, Drawing and any other documentsforming part of this contract wherever the context so requires.

1.1.2 Notwithstanding the sub-division of the documents into these separate sectionsand volumes every part of each shall be deemed to be supplementary to andcomplementary of every other part and shall be read with and into the contract sofar as it may be practicable to do so.

1.1.3 Where any portion of the General Condition of Contract is repugnant, to or atvariance with any provisions of the Special Conditions of Contract, unless adifferent intention appears, the provisions of the Special Conditions of Contractshall be deemed to over-ride the provisions of the General Condition of Contractand shall to the extent of such repugnancy, or variations, prevail.

1.1.4 The materials, design and workmanship shall satisfy the relevant INDIANSTANDARDS, the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS contained herein and CODESreferred to. Where the technical specification stipulate requirements in addition tothose contained in the standard codes and specifications, these additionalrequirements shall also be satisfied.

1.1.5 Wherever it is mentioned in the specifications that the CONTRACTOR shall performcertain work or provide certain facilities, it is understood that the CONTRACTORshall do so at his cost and the VALUE OF CONTRACT shall be deemed to haveincluded cost of such performance and provisions, so mentioned.

1.1.6 It will be Contractor’s responsibility to bring to the notice of Engineer-in-charge anyirreconcilable conflict in the contract documents before starting the work(s) ormaking the supply with reference which the conflict exists.

1.1.7 In the absence of any specifications covering any material, design of work(s) thesame shall be performed/ supplied/ executed in accordance with StandardEngineering Practice as per the instructions/ directions of the Engineer-in-charge,which will be binding on the Contractor.






1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

1.2.1 M/s GSPL intend to lay a 12” x 37.5 km pipeline from Padamla tap-off nearBaroda on 24” OD Baroda – Ahmedabad – Kalol pipeline. The proposed pipelineis approximately ~ 37.5 km long and 12” dia. and will transport ~ 1.5 MMSCMDintermingled RLNG & Natural Gas from Padamla tap-off to Halol for distributionto domestic, automobile, commercial & industrial consumers.

1.2.2 Detail of Existing Pipeline

The tap-off shall be taken from existing SV at Padmala on Baroda – Ahmedabad– Kalol Pipeline.

Status of Pipeline : Under OperationLine Size : 24” ODLength : ~134 kmMaximum Allowable Operating Pressure : 95 bar (g)

1.2.3 Proposed Grid Line

The proposed new pipeline shall be originated from Padamla tap-off at Baroda –Ahmedabad – Kalol Pipeline and shall be terminated at Halol. The new pipelineshall be of 12” OD and 37.5 km in length.

Basic objective of the new pipeline is to cater to the need of industrialcommercial & automobiles consumers in that area.

1.2.4 Details of Proposed Pipeline

Line Size : 12” ODLength, in km : ~37.5Pipe Specification : API 5L Gr. X-65, PSL-2Thickness : 6.4mm, 7.1mm & 8.7mmOperating Pressure : 50 bar(g)Maximum Allowance Operating Pressure : 95 bar(g)External Coating : 3-LPETap-off & Spurlines : Five nos of chainage(chainage 1.0

km,1.07km,11.42km,23.870km,37.23 km) each shall be originatedfrom mainline.

No. of SV Stations : One No.Pig Launcher cum Receiver : At sokhadaPig Receiver cum Launcher : At HalolFiltration : At Halol & end off Spur linesMetering : At Halol & end off Spur linesLet Down Unit : At Halol & end off Spur lines






1.3 Pipeline and Facilities

The route of the proposed pipeline has been decided by M/s GSPL, the salientfeature of the pipeline routes is described in the civil, mechanical document.The entire pipeline network has been divided into the following section.

1.3.1 Trunk Line

• Padamla to Halol (~ 37.5 km)

1.3.2 Spurline

• GIDC Halol at ch. 37.230 km

1.3.3 Consumer Connection

• Tap-off Station at ch. 37.230 km on 12” Padmala – Halol Pipeline toGIDC Halol through 12” NB pipeline.

1.3.4 Terminals

At following location pipeline terminals are provided.

• Tap-off cum Despatch Terminal : At Sokhada• Receipt Terminal : At Halol• Tap-off Stations : At sokhada at ch.1.0 km, For GIDC,

Manjusar at ch. 11.42 km, for GIDCSavili at ch. 23.870 km & forGeneral Motor Halol at ch. 37.230km .

1.3.5 Pipeline Design

Based on the optimization studies carried out the following design parametershave been considered for Mechanical Design of Pipeline System.

Pipeline diameter (NB) in inches : 12” / 8”Design Pressure, bar,g : 95Design Temperature, °C : -20 to 65 (aboveground)

: 45 (buried)

Corrosion Allowance : 0 mmMaterial of Construction : Carbon Steel

1.3.6 Pipeline Material

Pipeline & its appurtenances shall be provided with carbon steel material suitablefor the intended service as indicated above.






a) Line Pipe

Line pipe shall confirm to API Specification 5L, PSL-2 Quality. The grade of linepipe shall be API 5L Gr. X-65 / Gr. X-52 as indicated above. Pipe wall thicknessshall confirm to ASME B31.8 and shall also meet the requirement of OISD 141.At river X-ing higher wall thickness shall be used.

b) Pipeline Fitting and Flanges

All pipeline materials such as pipe, valves, flanges and fittings etc. shall be ofclass 600#.

1.4 PIPELINE PARAMETERS1.4.1 Pipeline Details

A) Mainline

Section : Padamla – HalolLength of Pipeline : ~37.5 kmFlow Rate, SCMD : 1.5 MMSCMDPipeline Diameter : 12" NBPipeline Thickness : 6.4mm, 7.1mm & 8.7mmMaterial : API 5LPipeline Grade : X-65, PSL-2MOC : CS (Carbon Steel)Pipeline Rating : 600# RatingCorrosion Allowance : 0.5mmRoughness (micron) : 45

B) Spurline-I

Section : Tap-off at ch. 37.230 to GIDC HalolPipeline Diameter : 12" NBPipeline Thickness : 7.4mmMaterial : API 5LPipeline Grade : X-65, PSL-2MOC : CS (Carbon Steel)Pipeline Rating : 600# RatingCorrosion Allowance : nilRoughness (micron) : 45

i) Despatch Termina lcum Tap-off at Sokhada

– Hook-up with existing facilities at Sokhada.– Pig launching cum receiving and pig handling facilities.– Local mounted instrument such as PT, TG.– Associated piping, civil, structural, architectural, electrical and

instrumentation works.






ii) SV Station and tap-off points– Gas actuated extended stem valves, ball/ globe valves, and gas venting

facility and, co2-flooding system shall be provided.– Scada system with battery backup, LEL system.– Associated piping, civil, architectural, structural, electrical & instrumentation

works.

iii) Receiving Terminal at Halol

Equipment : Scrapper launcher cum Receiver with handlingsystem, cartridge filter

Valves : Gear & hand operated valves of different size &types

Instrument/ SCADA : Gas actuated inlet valve, panel/ local mountedinstrument, ultrasonic meters, pressure safetyvalves, pressure reducing & slam shut-off valves,LEL based leak detector system, RTU.

Flow computers, gas chromatograph and otherinstrument, telecommunication & SCADA Works.

Electrical : Area lighting/ earthing of electrical & equipment,UPS and battery backup,-Building Lighting

Civil : Office/ Control room, SCADA, telecommunication,battery room and other civil works.

Associated piping civil, structural, architectural, electrical, telecommunication/SCADA and instrumentation works.

2.0 WORK TENDERED

2.1 The work tendered in this bid package consists of detailed engineering,engineering for procurement, supply, fabrication, installation, testing, pre-commissioning and commissioning of the mainline, spur line, terminal facilities atDespatch, SV cum Tap-off, Tap-off, Receiving Terminals including all associatedmechanical, civil, structural, electrical, telecommunication & Instrumentation works.

2.2 All works of the section & terminals included in the scope will be donesimultaneously from the date of issue of FOI. Bidder will organize equipmentand manpower accordingly to meet this requirement as per instruction ofEngineer-in-charge.

Contractor shall adopt suitable method of construction/ execution of work forrestricted row and deployment of equipment its as required.






3.0 SCOPE OF WORK

The detailed scope of work tendered for the project include detailed engineering,engineering for procurement, supply, fabrication, testing and commissioningalongwith all associated work pertaining to complete pipeline and terminal works.The scope of work shall be generally being, but not limited to the following: -

3.1 Detailed Engineering• Owner has got the detailed survey carried out for the entire pipeline route. The

plan and ground profile details to the extent available are being furnished to theBidder along with bid document. Contractor shall carry out any additionaltopographic surveys required for local detours during execution of the project ina similar manner without any extra cost to the Owner. However, laying andconstruction of entire pipeline including detoured portion shall be within thescope of contractor and governed by SOR of tender without any cost implication.Contractor shall be deemed to have considered such eventualities whileformulating his bid. Pipeline route maps/ alignment sheets showing the pipelineroute are also enclosed with the bid package.

• Preliminary Alignment Sheets and plot plan and piping GAD drawings for scraperlauncher cum receiver stations, SV stations, tap-offs are included in the Bidpackage. These drawings are indicative only and are furnished to enable Bidder toestimate the quantum of work and to quote a firm price for the work..

• Collection of data at site and carrying out residual engineering for pipelinesystem including terminals and crossings in accordance with design basis, codes& standards and project specifications contained in this bid package.Requirements of Indian standards and codes shall be complied with whereverapplicable.

• Preparation of pipeline construction drawing such as alignment sheets for detourportion if required, crossing details, final Piping general arrangement drawings(GADs) for dispatch & receipt terminal, all consumer terminals, SV stations, Tap-off Point including stress analysis, pipe supports, piping isometric. The typicaldrawings for the station layouts attached along with the bid package shall beconsidered as basis for developing the layouts. The owner shall hand overtypical piping drawings for other installations to successful bidder for referenceand development of GA drawings. All drawings/ methodology shall be subject toreview and approval by the Company. The construction shall be carried outbased on the Issued for Construction (IFC) drawings. ‘IFC’ alignment sheets forall pipelines shall be handed over to successful bidder for pipeline installation.

• Preparation of design documents, procedures, manuals, drawings etc. asreferred in relevant clause of this document.

• Carrying out Material Take Off for the entire pipeline system including thosematerials supplied by Company if any and all piping at all terminals.






• The design shall take into consideration all stipulations, practices followed byvarious authorities for all types of crossings and specifically all the factors thatare agreed upon between Company and state/local authorities as peragreements reached as a part of permissions for various crossings. Contractorshall provide all design data/drawings/calculations as required for statutoryclearances including obtaining necessary approvals.

3.2 Procurement & Supply

• CONTRACTOR shall procure and supply all the materials other than OWNERsupplied materials if any, required for permanent installation of main pipeline andterminals in sequence and at appropriate time. All equipment, materials,components etc. shall be suitable for the intended service. Approved vendor listhas been indicated in the bid package for various items. For items, which are notcovered in the vendor list, CONTRACTOR shall obtain Owner’s prior approval forthe vendor. Equipment requiring specialized maintenance or operation shall beavoided as far as possible. Equipment offered shall be field proven.

• CONTRACTOR shall procure all materials, components, equipment, consumableetc. required for successful completion of the pipeline system. CONTRACTOR shallalso procure and supply spares required for pre-commissioning andcommissioning/ start up as recommended for all items supplied by him as perspecifications provided in the bid package. Where no specification is available inthe contract, the same shall be prepared by the CONTRACTOR based on the pipingmaterial specification and shall be subject to Owner’s approval.

• Material take-off with complete description of size, rating, material, thickness andspecifications.

• CONTRACTOR shall provide for inspection of the items at vendor's works by theOWNER/ Owner’s REPRESENTATIVE or by a reputed inspection agency and shallsubmit inspection reports for Owner’s clearance.

• Stores management for contractor supply items as well as free issue materials ifany including receipt, warehousing, preserving the material in good condition, issueof material to construction site, reconciling/ handing over surplus material toOWNER of OWNER supplied items at Owner’s store.

• Carryout proper documentation of inspection and quality assurance programmesfor all equipment and bulk materials duly approved by OWNER. CONTRACTOR shallmaintain an accurate and traceable listing of procurement records for the location,quality and character of all permanent materials in the Project.

• CONTRACTOR shall immediately report to the OWNER of all changes, which willaffect material quality, and recommend any necessary corrective actions to betaken.

• Submit periodic manufacturing progress reports highlighting hold ups and






slippages, if any, to OWNER and take remedial measures.

• Interact with authorities such as Sales Tax, Octroi, Excise, and Customs etc. asnecessary and arrange for transportation of the materials under his scope of supplyto site.

• All purchase requisitions including purchase orders shall be approved by OWNER/Owner’s REPRESENTATIVE.

• Compliance with vendors and supplier's instructions and recommendations fortransportation, handling, installation & commissioning.

3.3 Construction

• All construction works shall be carried out as per "Issued for Construction"drawings, procedures, specification and applicable codes and standards. Anychanges at site shall also need prior approval from the OWNER and revision ofdrawings.

• The Owner shall provide to the Contractor free of cost the construction right-of-useto lay the pipeline, systems as governed by the clauses defined elsewhere in thetender document.

• The Contractor at his own cost and initiative shall obtain all other permissions,permits and licenses necessary for the performance of the work. Insofar as anysuch permission, permit or license required for the performance of the work by thecontractor can only be granted at the request or recommendation of the Owner,the Owner shall at the request of the Contractor, provide recommendatory lettersto the contractor to obtain or procure the same. The contractor shall not, howeverbe entitled to any additional compensation over and above contracted rates ofservices for any hardship or increased cost caused by any idleness, suspension ordisruption of work or any other account whatsoever as a result of the inability ofthe contractor to obtain the permission(s), permit(s), license(s) aforesaid to matchwith the progress of the work nor shall the same constitute a ground for extensionof time.a) The approval from any authority required as per statutory rules and

regulations of Central/ State Government, PWD, and Irrigation Dep’t. etc.shall be the contractor’s responsibility unless otherwise specified in thetender document. The application on behalf of the Owner for submission torelevant authorities alongwith copies of required certificates complete in allrespects shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor well ahead oftime so that the actual construction/ commissioning of the work is notdelayed for want of the approval/ inspection by concerned authorities. TheContractor shall arrange the inspection of the works by the authorities andnecessary coordination and liaison work in this respect shall be theresponsibility of the Contractor. However statutory fees paid, if the Ownershall reimburse any, for all inspections and approvals by such authorities atactuals to the Contractor on production of documentary evidence.






b) Resulting from poor workmanship as pointed out by any statutory authorityshall be rectified by the contractor at no extra cost to the Owner. Anychange/ addition required to be made to meet the requirements of thestatutory authorities, the same shall be carried out by the contractor free ofcharge. The inspection and acceptance of the work by statutory authoritiesshall, however, not absolve the contractor from any of his responsibilitiesunder this contract.

• The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for claims if any arising out of damage/obstruction to public utilities like lines of DOT etc. where the claims will cover therestoration costs as well as loss of revenue due to down time.

• Contractor shall be carrying out engineering for major crossing and surveyspecification.

• For all crossing, including above mentioned shall be crossed by heaviest wallthickness carrier pipe among available pipes at site or as per approved drawings/as decided by Engineer-in-charge.

• Obtaining all necessary approvals and work permits from Company/concernedlocal authorities having jurisdiction including hot work permit as applicable forperforming the work in existing terminal facilities. Arranging of adequate firefighting equipment viz. fire brigade, fire extinguisher, shielding from existingfacilities, oxygen mask etc. for carrying out the work safely in existing terminalsto the satisfaction of Company.

• The Contractor shall start the execution work for entire length of mainlinesimultaneously and shall deploy adequate manpower, machinery, tool & tacklesetc. accordingly.

• However, Owner may, at its sole option, assign priority of construction to eitherany spread or any section in spread of total pipeline length or to any part/segment of the work. Contractor shall comply with such priority of executionand their deployment without any time and cost implication to the Owner.

• Owner has got the entire pipeline route surveyed and survey pillars have beenestablished along the pipeline centerline or the ROW centerline and along thepipeline route. However, the pipeline route survey had been carried out sometimeback and when Contractor mobilize at site, some of the survey pillars may bemissing from ground. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to re-establish allmissing survey pillars based on the survey data furnished by the Owner. Such workshall be done at no extra cost or time to Owner.

• Bidders are advised to make site visits to familiarize themselves with all the salientfeatures of subsoil, terrain and available infrastructure along the pipeline route.Contractor shall be deemed to have considered all constraints and eventualities onaccount of site conditions along pipeline route while formulating his bid. Contractor






shall not be eligible for any compensation in terms of cost and/ or time, on accountof site conditions along pipeline route varying to any extent from whateverdescribed in the Bid Package and the drawings furnished along with the Package.

• Providing schedules, progress reporting, organization chart at construction site,quality assurance plan and developing quality control procedures, as perrequirements indicated elsewhere in the bid package.

• Coordination and supervising the work of sub-contractors.

• Transportation of appropriate materials and taking delivery of Company supplymaterials if any from Owners Store at store work site. Maintaining and operatingan adequate material control procedure at worksite.

• Fabrication of all piping, structural components as per approved drawings.

• All civil/ structural works, Architectural, Telecommunication, CP, electrical andinstrumentation, laying and commissioning works shall be performed in accordancewith relevant specifications and requirements enclosed elsewhere in the bidpackage.

• Materials and equipment required for all types of test such as radiography,magnetic particle and dye penetrate examination.

• CONTRACTOR shall provide complete details of manpower, equipment etc. to bedeployed. Mobilising and providing all equipments, manpower (skilled andunskilled), consumable and other resources etc. for each spread as required for theexecution of the complete job defined herein and thereafter demobilising the sameupon completion of work.

• Provide, maintain and operate all temporary facilities required for the constructionrelated works and remove after completion of work.

• Hook up/ tie-in of pipeline and piping system with terminal facilities.

• All works related to testing, dewatering, swabbing, drying pre-commissioning andcommissioning of the work tendered.

• Idle time preservation of pipeline, if required.

• All incidental and associated works and any other works not specifically listedtherein but are required to be carried out to complete entire work related topipelines and terminals.

3.4 Main Pipeline Laying Works

• "Receiving and Taking-over" as defined in the specifications at stacking in theyards/ dump site and stringing of pipes to Right-of-use (ROU), including arranging






all necessary intermediate storage area(s) required thereof till the pipes areinstalled in permanent installation.

• Carrying out inspection of OWNER supplied materials if any at the time of receivingand taking-over.

• Carrying out repairs of line pipe and pipe coating which will include repair of alldefects/ damages occurring during transportation and / or handling.

• For pipes where cutting out involves more than 25mm from pipe ends, ultrasonicinspection shall be carried out at pipe ends as per relevant clause of line pipespecification enclosed with the tender including supply of all equipments.Contractor shall take prior approval from Company for the agency engaged forcarrying out ultrasonic inspection.

• Loading, unloading, handling, stacking, storing and transportation to workshop/work site of all materials that may be used for the construction of pipeline systemsupplied by Contractor at their designated stack yard/ dump site/ store.

• The contractor shall notify the owner the probable date of commencement of workat ROU site at least two (2) weeks in advance to enable the owner to arrangehanding over of the ROU/ site on the date requested. Should contractor fail insuch notification, the owner shall not be liable for any claim by contractor, ofwhatsoever nature, for delay in the available of a ROU/ site.

• Mobilizing and providing all equipments, manpower (skilled and unskilled),consumables and other resources etc. as required for the execution of completework and thereafter demobilizing the same upon completion of work.

• ROU acquisition/ permission of laying the pipeline shall be responsibility of Owner.Obtaining all necessary approvals and work permits from concerned localauthorities and respective Owner’s having jurisdiction, as applicable for performingthe work including shifting/ relocation and restoration of telephone/ electrical polesand underground pipes and other utilities etc. as required by local authorities andas directed by OWNER shall be responsibility of contractor.

• Stacking, clearing, grading, fencing of Right-of-Use (ROU) as required, trenching toall depths in all types of soil including soft, hard rock, controlled rock blasting/ rockblasting by special techniques, chiseling or otherwise cutting etc. to a width to alsoaccommodate the cable conduit as per relevant standards, drawings, specificationetc. Transportation of coated pipes to ROU along the route, stringing, aligning,bending, welding, NDT including radiography by X-ray and ultrasonic (if required),inspection, field weld joint coating including supply of all materials, protectivecoating of long radius bends including supply of materials as per specifications,sand padding, laying and lowering of the pipeline, back filling, slope breakers asrequired, carrying out rail, road, canal, utility and submerged minor and majorwater course crossings including installation of carrier pipe inside casing pipe atcased crossings wherever required, bank stabilization of water course crossings as






required, crossing of river/ canal by conventional method and arranging alladditional temporary land/ area required for construction purposes. Supply andinstallation of anti buoyancy measures viz. continuous concrete coating, saddleweights, extra cover etc. on pipeline as shown in approved drawings and asdirected by OWNER, installation of supports wherever required, supply of selectbackfill material as required, clean-up, pigging, flushing, gauging, hydrostatictesting with the quantity of inhibitor as required, dewatering with the additive, atrequired dosage, swabbing, pre-commissioning and commissioning of completepipeline system, including all associated works as per relevant specifications,standards and approved drawings.

• Welding of all tie-in joints including tie-in joints and bends on either side of majorriver crossings/ with adjoining pipeline installed by others/ other facilities asrequired, cutting of test header, rebevelling and tie-in with adjacent pipelinesegments.

• Field weld joint coating shall be by heat shrink sleeve/ other suitable material asper specification enclosed with bid package compatible of pipe coating material.

• Carrying out corrosion coating of Long Radius (LR) bends if any. Coating shall becarried out by heat shrink sleeve (Raychem or equivalent) / other suitable materialas per specification enclosed with bid package for field joint coating.

• Installation of casing pipes (by open cut/ jacking/ boring) assembly, includingsupply of all materials viz. casing pipe, casing insulators and end seals, vents anddrains etc. complete, at cased crossings as per the drawings/ specificationsenclosed with bid package.

• Cased crossings shall be installed at locations indicated in alignment sheets. Thenumber of crossings indicated in alignment sheets/crossing drgs is subject tochange based on engineering, construction and statutory requirements or therequirements of the authority having jurisdiction over a utility crossing.

• All works/ provisions including installation of slope breakers to be provided in thetrench in areas where slope is more than 1 in 10.

• Sand/ soft soil padding around pipe wherever required in areas where trenchinghas been done in rock including supply of sand/ soft soil. The thickness of sand/soft soil padding at the bottom of pipe shall be 300mm in rocky areas.

• Installation of all inline/ online instruments/ valves/ insulation joints/appurtenances etc. as per requirements of approved drawings.

• Providing 300-micron high built abrasive resistant epoxy on the external surfaceof all 6” CS conduits meant for OFC.

• Indian Railways shall approve the general arrangement drawings for railwaycrossings and construction shall be carried out accordingly. The Contractor shall






make these drawings available at appropriate time during the execution of theproject. Pipeline at railway crossings shall be provided with a casing pipe. Thecasing pipe shall be double of the nominal pipe sizes of carrier and shall beinstalled by boring/ jacking. It should be noted that the extent of casing pipegenerally specified by Railways, is 15.0m beyond centerlines of the outermosttracks on either side or 0.6 meter beyond the ROU limits of railways on either side,whichever is more. All railway crossings shall be cased crossings. The railwaycrossing shall comply with the requirements of API 1102 and Indian Railwayregulations. The crossing angle shall be as close to 90° as possible.

• Contractor shall firm the method of crossing of roads such as open cut/ boring upin consultation with concerned authorities and Company. The Contractor shall alsotake due care to identify and take due precautions so as not to disturb or damagethe utilities like cables, water lines and other structures.

• After laying the pipeline in a road crossing by open cut method, the Contractorshall completely restore the road to its original condition.

• While laying the pipeline in road crossings by open cut method the Contractorshould ensure that the traffic is not stopped during the execution of work. Thismay be done by cutting half of the road at a time so as to enable the traffic to passon the remaining half of the road. Alternatively, the Contractor can providediversion roads to maintain the flow of traffic.

• The Contractor shall provide proper caution boards during daytime and dangerlights during nighttime when the cutting operation of the road is going on.

• For cased crossings, the pipeline should be taken through the casing pipe whichshould be at least 1.2 metres below the road top as specified or as per therequirements of local authorities, whichever is higher.

• Crossings of rivers/ streams/ canals by conventional method:

i) No damage should be caused to any irrigation sources, while laying thepipeline through canal crossings.

ii) The flood banks of the River/ Canal should be brought to the originalcondition, if they are damaged while the laying of the pipeline. Stabilizationof banks shall be carried out as per requirements of concerned authorities.

iii) In general the top of the pipeline shall be taken at least 1.5 metre belowthe scour level of river crossing. If scour level is not known minimum 2.5mcover should be kept unless specified otherwise.

iv) The top of pipeline shall be at least 1.5m to 2.0m below the drain/ canalbed unless specified other wise.

v) Pre-construction survey, preparation of the detailed constructionmethodology/ plan and time etc. shall have to be finalized by Contractor inconsultation with concerned authorities having jurisdiction over canals/rivers. Company shall provide assistance by providing introductory letters.






vi) Pre-construction surveys, preparation of detailed construction methodstatement and calculations for Owner’s approval.

vii) Surveys like Geo-technical, Hydrological and Topographical for pipelineroute, Station plots, Rail and Road crossing etc and water crossings.

viii) Site preparation, arranging required land for setting up of string fabricationyard and obtaining necessary permissions from concerned authorities.

ix) Preparation of pipeline Launch way, continuous concrete coating of pipes,repair of damages to corrosion and concrete coating, string preparation,field welding, NDT including radiography, pretest of completed strings,corrosion and concrete coating of field joints. trenching, laying at approveddepth, stabilisation of banks, post installation hydro-test, capping, providingand installing of markers, etc.

x) The major canals with lining/ perennial canals need to be crossed by HDD/boring method only.

• Contractor shall cross the road/ canal etc. by HDD at locations as directed byOwner/ Consultant as per crossings survey drawing enclosed with tender. Beforestart of HDD, the contractor shall ascertain by pre-construction survey allunderground obstacles namely electrical/ telecommunication cable, foreignpipeline, water line, drain/ sewerage line and prepare crossing profile drawingsshowing all elevations & levels. The contractor shall also ascertain, the type of soil& their terrain whether rocky or normal by way of trial pit etc. before start of job.The contractor shall submit procedure, profile drawing with complete designcalculations of HDD as per requirement of ASME B31.8/ OISD norms and safetyrequirement that pipe is not under stress during and after crossing for Owner/Consultant’s approval prior to start the execution of works.

• Contractor shall ensure all safety norms regarding distances from end point or frombottom of crossing and also ensure that external coating of pipe is not damagedduring pulling & handling of pipe for crossing. For field joint coating in pipelinestring made for HDD, special type of heat shrink sleeve shall be used as perspecification enclosed with the tender. For line pipe coating repair, special type ofhigh shear strength repair patch material shall be used which characteristic shall besame or equivalent as original wrap round heat shrink sleeve used in pipeline stringfor HDD crossing.

• The contractor shall ensure that no any u/g existing utilities/ pipelines/ cable etc. isdamaged. It shall be responsibility of contractor to compensate any loss or damageto other agency if damaged while crossing. Contractor shall arrange all statutorypermission from concerned authority before start of job. Contractor shall deployonly GSPL’s/ MECON approved HDD Agency and approval of agency shall besought before deploying HDD agency.

• Where the pipeline route passes through forest/ plantation areas, Contractor shallclear only the minimum width required for laying the pipeline as per Ownerapproved procedure for pipeline construction. Number of trees/ plants to be felleddown shall be restricted to a minimum.






• Clean-up and restoration of ROW and other conveniences like road, rail, canals,cultivable land etc. to original conditions as per specification and drawings to theentire satisfaction of OWNER and/ or Authorities having jurisdiction over the same,including disposal of surplus construction materials to a location identified byCONTRACTOR approved by local authority without causing any disturbance toenvironment, locals and to the entire satisfaction of OWNER.

• Upon restoration of ROU the Contractor shall furnish documentary evidence insupport of acceptance of the same duly signed by land Owner without any extracost.

• Carrying out Magnetic cleaning and Electronic Geometrical Pigging (EGP) for 12”main line only including supply of all types of pigs, pig locating and trackingdevice, spares, consumables, manpower etc. as per specification enclosed withbid/ contract document.

• Carrying out repair of all defects found during Electronic Geometrical Pigging(EGP) including locating, digging, cutting, welding, NDT etc.

• Carrying out cleaning, flushing, swabbing (as applicable), dewatering, testingand pre-commissioning of pipeline and associated facilities at Dispatch Station,Sectionalizing Valve Stations, Tap-off and Receipt Station up to the respectivebattery limits. Locating all major and minor leaks during hydro testing if any.

• Repair of any leaks/burst occurring during testing of main pipeline.

• Tie-in with the pipeline at rail, road, river and other crossings including cuttingof test headers as required and tie-in with terminal piping & with existingfacilities as applicable.

• Idle time preservation of the pipeline (if required) for the specified period byfilling with nitrogen to a positive pressure of 0.5 bar (g) including supply ofnitrogen etc. as required.

• Installation of carrier pipe in canal/ road (NH/ Express highway)/ railwaycrossings by boring/ HDD/ Trench less method, as directed by Company.Contractor to note that the minimum elastic bend radius(R=800minimum) to beadopted, shall be as per pipeline engineering design basis enclosed with thetender.

• Counting the number and type of trees to be cut (before cutting) during pipelinelaying works in presence of DFO/ concerned authorities keeping record thereofand handing over the cut trees as directed by concerned authorities/ Company.

• Obtaining hot work permits from Company/ concerned authorities havingjurisdiction thereof to work within existing and operating terminals includingstrictly complying with all stipulations/conditions/recommendations of the






concerned authorities and providing all safety appliances, gas detectors, firescreens required during execution of the work as per the direction ofCompany/Engineer-in-charge. Coordinating all activities with Company formovement of men and material from and to existing and operating terminalsshall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

• Preparation and submission of as built drawings, pipe books, documents,photographs of major activities, and project records as per specification andinstructions of the OWNER including furnishing of all Test Certificates/ InspectionReports for all materials used for permanent installation in requisite numbers asmentioned elsewhere in this document.

• All incidental and associated works and any other works not specifically listedherein but are required to be carried out to complete entire work related topipelines and the associated facilities and making the entire pipeline systemready for operation.

3.5 Composite works at the Terminals, Tap-off Points and SV Stations

The detailed Scope of work for Composite works related to fabrication,installation, testing and commissioning of piping at the terminals is as elaboratedbelow: -

• The Contractor’s scope of work shall consist of supply, installation, testing andpre-commissioning of terminal piping works along with other associated worksincluding (installation of skids if any) for the execution of composite works at theterminals, tap-off, various consumer ends and SV Stations. Preliminaryequipment layout and GADs for the terminals/stations/TOP are included in thetender. These drawings are indicative only and are furnished to enable theBidder to understand the nature of work involved. Contractor shall carry outdetailed engineering for the terminal works and final piping general arrangementdrawings (GAD’s (including stress analysis) good for construction based onactual plot size/orientation provided by Company/consumer.

• Carrying out all works strictly in accordance with the drawings duly approved bythe Company and reference specifications/standards, P&IDs, documents, datasheets etc. enclosed with this tender document and instructions ofCompany/Engineer-in-Charge and other provisions of Contract document.

• Providing all equipments, manpower, machinery, consumables for fabrication,installation, inspection, testing & pre-commissioning. Contractor shall alsoprovide all types of safety tools, tackles, devices and apparatus, equipmentcomplete as required, and facilities for inspection & interpretation of testingresults by Company/Company’s Representative personnel.

• Furnishing and mobilizing at site(s) all construction equipment, tools and tackles,fully equipped and fully manned with other required support facilities etc.needed for successful execution of the works.

• “Receiving and taking over” of all Company supplied free issue materials if anyfrom the designated place(s) of issue, transportation including loading,






unloading, handling, including arranging all necessary intermediate storagearea(s) thereof as required till the permanent installation of materials.

• Procurement and supply of all materials, equipments that are included in thescope of supply of Contractor, transportation of all materials frommanufacturer’s works including loading, unloading, handling, storing andtransportation to work site(s)/work shop(s) including arranging all necessaryintermediate storage area(s) thereof, as required.

• Fabrication, erection, installation, testing of all above-ground/buried pipingsystem consisting of pipes, valves (manual and actuated), filters, metering,flanges, fittings, pipeline items consisting of scraper traps, flow tees, pigsignalers, insulating joints, L.R. bends etc; carrying out all applicable worksassociated with buried pipeline within the battery limit.

• Installation of metering skids if any at various consumer ends as per the P&IDs,plot plans of consumer end terminals and carrying out all necessary hook upwith associated piping as required.

• Installation of bi-directional scraper launcher/receiver at Padamala and Haloland associated piping including all associated works and hook ups with existingpiping.

• Hook up with existing piping as per P &ID including all associated dismantlingworks, as required.

• All piping for instrument air system including hook-up if any with existinginstrument air system at consumer ends.

• Carrying out welding including cutting, edge preparation (inclusive of grindingthe edges of pipes, fittings, flanges, etc. to match with the matching edges ofdifferent thick nesses wherever required), fit-up, bending, pre-heating whereverrequired, NDT including radiography and other non-destructive tests asspecified. NDT requirements for process and other piping shall be in accordancewith relevant specifications enclosed with the contract document.

• Installation of Sectionalising Valve stations at allocated locations including allabove ground/underground piping at all elevations and depths includinginstallation of buried sectionalizing valve & valve actuators and associatedburied/above ground piping and carrying out all associated works. All SVs shallbe gas actuator operated ball valves with remote operation.

• The Contractor shall carry out repair of leaks/ burst.

• MTO for all piping and pipeline items including line pipe based on IFC drawings.

• Installation of all types of valves (manual/motor operated) including installationof all types of actuators including fixing of gaskets, bolts, studs and nuts of allsizes, ratings and materials.

• All associated geo-technical, civil, structural, mechanical, electrical andarchitectural works including supply of all material required, includingconstruction of foundations (PCC/RCC works) for equipment, pipe supports,brackets, structural column, valve operating platforms, pipe crossovers etc.






• Obtaining all statutory clearances, doing required follow up, approvals andpermissions for the works within existing facilities, as required. Obtaining hotwork permits from Company/ concerned authorities having jurisdiction thereof towork within existing and operating terminals including strictly complying with allstipulations/ conditions/ recommendations of the concerned authorities andproviding all safety appliances, gas detectors, fire screens required duringexecution of the work as per the direction of Company/Engineer-in-charge. Co-ordinating all activities with Company for movement of men and material fromand to existing and operating terminals shall be the responsibility of theContractor.

• Supply, fabrication and erection of pipe/ equipment supports (for all sizes/thickness) including shoes, pipes, cradles, turn buckles, T-posts for all types ofguides, anchors, all necessary equipment, consumables, labour etc. forcompleting all works including supply of bolts, nuts, washers, U-clamps, woodenblocks etc. as required for supporting.

• Hook-up of piping with equipments & vessels, with the existing facilities, withthe main pipeline and at the battery limit with the facilities installed by others bywelding or by flanged connection (as shown in IFC drawings) including cutting,fit-up, welding, NDT, radiography, interface/co-ordination as required with otherContractor(s)/Agencies.

• Painting of all equipments, structural steel elements for pipe supports, aboveground piping and all related miscellaneous items shall be provided suitable forlow temperature application as per company specification enclosed with the biddocument. Wherever touch up/repair of primer is required, high build epoxy zincphosphate primer shall be used.

• Protective coating of 500 micron thick two component high built epoxy dulyapproved by Company for all underground piping, valves, fittings, etc. includingsupply of all materials.

• Hydro testing, dewatering, flushing & pre-commissioning activities of pipingsystem of all sizes as per specifications enclosed including supply of all materialsand manpower that are required during pre-commissioning and all associatedworks. Identification of leaks during hydro testing & repair of defects.

• Final clean up and restoration of site, facilities etc. as per the requirement ofCompany/Engineer-in-Charge.

• Preparation of isometrics and/or fabrication drawings required for the purpose offabrication during execution of work.

• Preparation of as-built drawings, documents and project records as perinstructions of Engineer-in-Charge.

• Co-ordination as required with other Agencies/Sub-Contractor(s) till the time the






commissioning operations are complete.

• Preparation of detailed procedures for fabrication, installation, testing and pre-commissioning. Such procedures shall be submitted to Company/Engineer-in-Charge for review and approval.

• Any other works not specifically listed herein but required for completion of theworks in all respects.

All painting materials shall be suitable for highly corrosive environment.

3.6 Materials to be supplied by Contractor

The procurement and supply, in sequence and at appropriate time, of allmaterials and consumables required for completion of the Work as defined inthis bid document except the material as Company free issue material, shall beentirely the Contractor’s responsibility and price quoted for the execution of theWork shall be inclusive of supply of all these materials. All materials supplied bythe Contractor shall be strictly in accordance with the requirements of relevantCompany material specifications enclosed with the tender document. Allequipments, materials, components etc. shall be new and specifically purchasedfor this job. All material to be supplied by the Contractor shall be purchasedfrom the approved vendors of the Company, duly inspected by Third partyinspection agencies. The list of approved vendor is enclosed along with biddocument. As a minimum, the materials to be supplied by Contractor shall, butnot limited by any way, be as follows:

• Coated Line pipes and bare line pipe all valves of all sizes & ratings for mainlineand at terminals, actuators, launcher cum receivers (Bi-directional), insulatingjoints, pig signalers, long radius bends (R=6D), flow tees etc., pipes for all sizesand thickness fittings, flanges, O’lets (weldolets, sockolets, nippolets, threadoletsetc.), spectacle blinds, spacer & blinds required for permanent installation in thesystem. Each valve item shall be inclusive of commissioning spares.

• All stud bolts, nuts, jack screws, all type of gaskets (metallic spiral wound / ringtype / non-metallic gaskets) in required quantities to be used for permanentinstallation into the system for all sizes and ratings of flanges and flangedvalves, equipment etc.

• All consumable such as welding electrodes, oxygen, acetylene, inert gases, fillerwires, solder wires, brazing rods, flux etc. for welding/cutting and solderingpurposes. All equipments & consumables for Semi-Automatic welding andradiography.

• All materials for all types of markers including paints conforming to Corrosiveenvironment as per spec, cement, sand, reinforcements, structural steel, etc.

• All materials, equipments, consumables including pigs required for magneticcleaning and EGP.

• LR bends fabricated from 12” line pipes required at terminals and whereverrequired.

• All materials required for continuous concrete coating for providing negative






buoyancy to the pipeline wherever required and at river crossings.• All materials required for weld joint coating, corrosion coating of LR bends

required at terminals pup pieces of sectionalizing valves and repair of damagedcorrosion coating of line pipe.

• All materials required for sand/soft soil padding around pipeline and optical fibrecable, select backfill of approved quality, slope breakers, bank stabilization ofwater crossings wherever required. The size of gravel & stones used for backfilling of balance portion of the trench shall be limited to 150 mm.

• All materials including consumables required for hook-up with adjoining pipelinesection or wherever required.

• Supply of cohesion less soil like sand murrum, silty sand, etc. for completebackfilling of pipeline trench for a specified distance in areas prone to Seismicactivity.

• Contractor shall obtain prior approval from Engineer-in-charge for rock shieldmaterial & its application procedure.

• Material for the maintenance of sand ridges and other materials for pipe stackingat Contractor’s warehouse/storage yards/work site/ROU.

• All temporary materials and consumables required for filling and pressurizing inconnection with hydrostatic testing, dewatering, swabbing and pre-commissioning activities, etc. including pipes, flanges, fittings, gaskets, bolts,nuts, etc. required for fabrication of temporary pig traps and /or test headers.

• All materials required for repair/restoration of pavements, roads, canals,temporary irrigation pipe laid by villagers in their fields bunds, walls, otherstructures affected/damaged by Contractor’s construction activities. Materialsshall be equivalent/superior to those used for original construction of the facility.

• All pigs for cleaning, gauging, de-watering, swabbing, filling, pre commissioningand commissioning of the pipeline.

• Pumps and water to be used for hydrostatic testing/ flushing. All materials &consumables such as Corrosion inhibitor, oxygen scavengers and bactericides,required during hydro testing as required.

• 6” NB (168.3 mm O. D.), 6.4 mm WT, API 5 L Gr. B or equivalent, EW, casingpipes for OFC cable sub ducted in HDPE conduit with 300 micron high builtabrasive resistant external epoxy coating for crossings executed by jacking/boring/ any other trench less technique.

• All casing pipes of size 450 mm O.D. (18”), API 5L Gr. B or equivalent, EW, 6.4mm WT casing insulators and end seals including materials for vent and drainand strapping CS conduit with pipe and carbon steel pipes for optical fiber cable(OFC) conduits in required quantities for contractor supplied 6” casing pipes aswell as 18” casing pipes.

• All consumables and equipments required for all types of tests and NDT such asradiography, ultrasonic testing, magnetic particle, dye penetrate examinationetc. including radiography film etc.

• All safety tools and tackles, devices, apparatus, equipment, personal safetygazettes to be used as personal protective equipment (such as helmets, safetybelts, safety shoes, etc.) including ladders and scaffolding etc. complete asrecommended by Engineer-in-Charge as per relevant safety standards.

• All structural steel material for all types of supports.• All materials and equipment related to blasting of rock for excavating trench or






grading the Right-Of-Use pipeline and pipe laying/ installation and other works.• All steel materials such as structural steels, reinforcement steels and steel for all

types of supports, foundations, ladders, platforms etc. including Bolts, nuts,washers, U bolts, clamps, clips, gaskets, Shims, wedges and packing plates(Machined wherever required) and materials required for fabrication of lowfriction sliding bearing supports.

• All fencing, gate and steel materials such as structural steels, reinforcementsteels and steel for all types of supports, foundations, ladders, platforms, etc.

• All materials, manpower, spares, tools & tackles and consumables for carryingout pre-commissioning activities and during commissioning (including bi-directional and foam pigs, compressor, nitrogen required for achieving thespecified criteria for pipeline inertisation prior to declaring pipeline fit forcommissioning) necessary piping and instrumentation connection for measuringflow rate, pressure, temperature etc., temporary facilities for blow down/venting/ flaring along with necessary piping, valves & instrumentation as well asconsumables and manpower required during pre-commissioning andcommissioning.

• High built two component epoxy for corrosion protection of buried piping (pipes,fittings, flanges, valves, etc.).

• Required quantities of Nitrogen for idle time preservation if pre-commissioning &commissioning works, as required.

• Corrosion resistant straps required for strapping CS/ HDPE conduit with mainlineat crossings of water bodies and other crossings.

• All materials, equipment and personnel required for videography and allassociated works.

• Any other material not specifically listed herein, but required for successfulcompletion of the Work.

All escalations/ extra materials procured by Contractor for contingencies shall beContractor’s property and no payment shall be made for such materials.

Detailed list of items to be procured and supplied by contractor formainline & terminal shall be as indicated below: -

a) Pig Launcher cum Receiver with carriageii) Cartridge Filtersiii) QOECiv) Pig Signalersv) Globe Valvesvi) Check Valvesvii) Joint Coating Sleevesviii) LR Bendsix) Coating Repair Materialx) HDPE Ductxi) OFC Cablexii) OFC Jointer etc.xiii) Battery Bank with chargerxiv) All electrical area lighting and building lighting






xv) Portable fire fighting equipmentsxvi) Portable Fire Hydrant Systemxvii) Air Conditionersxviii) Special Sleeves for HDD Stringsxix) Assorted Pipexx) Flangesxxi) Fittingsxxii) Insulating Jointsxxiii) Flow Teexxiv) Pressure Safety Valvesxxv) LEL Detectorxxvi) Flow Control Valvexxvii) Control Panel & Field Mounted Instrumentsxxviii) SCADAxxix) Telecommunication items

a) HDPE Conduitb) OFCc) Jointing Kits etc.

xxx) Electrical Itemsa) UPSb) LDB

xxxi) Instrumentation Itemsxxxii) Any other item required to complete the job/ as indicated in SOR.

The rates quoted for the execution of the Work shall be inclusive of supply ofall materials mentioned above unless specifically covered otherwise underSchedule of Rates.

3.7 Company Supplied Materials

There shall be no free issue supplies except metering skid at consumer end bythe Owner under this Contract.

3.8 Excess Material and Scrap

All excess material related to Scope of Work of the Contractor shall revert to theContractor, except for spare provisions made as a part of the constructionprogrammed and supply of all materials and consumables for all the pipelinesystems in Mainline & Terminals.

3.9 Repair of Pipe Defects

All repairs of pipe shall be carried out as per specifications. All defective pipesshall be replaced during the Defects Liability Period without any limit on thequantum of the liability on the Contractor.

3.10 Conditions for Company Supplied Material (If any):






• The Contractor shall be responsible for taking over of the material andsubsequent handling, hauling, transportation to the actual worksite(s)/fabrication yard(s) and storage & safe keeping of the materials.

• The Contractor shall inspect all Company supplied free issue materials at thetime of taking over from the Company and defects noticed, if any, shall bebrought to the notice of Company/Company representative and jointly recorded.Once the material has been taken over by the Contractor, all the responsibilityfor safe keeping of the materials and repair of damage/ defects to pipe & pipecoating shall rest with the Contractor.

• Rebuffing of dents in bevels less than 1 mm in depth shall be carried out byContractor ahead of welding in the field at no extra cost to Company.

• On completion of the works Contractor shall submit a “Material AppropriationStatement” for all materials supplied by the Company as free issue materials.

• Every month the Contractor shall submit to the Company an account for thematerial issued to the Contractor in the Performa prescribed by Engineer-in-Charge.

3.11 Storage of Materials:

• All materials shall be preserved against deterioration and corrosion due to pooror improper storage while under the custody of the Contractor.

• All materials shall be duly protected by the Contractor at his own cost with theappropriate preservatives like primer, lacquer, coating, grease etc. and shall becovered with suitable material to prevent them from direct exposure to sun, rain,wind and dust.

• Pipes shall be stacked according to the identification marks and stacks shall bearranged on sleepers / sand bags at least 300 mm above ground.

• The Contractor shall check that valves, fittings, specials etc are not subjected tocorrosion from hydrostatic test water remaining in the piping. Any such conditionwhen detected should be brought to the notice of Engineer-in-Charge andremedial measures taken as directed.

• All machined surface shall be properly greased and should be maintained andprotected from damages.

• Openings of equipment, machinery, valves etc. shall be kept blocked / coveredwith blinds to prevent entry of foreign matter.

• As far as possible materials shall be transported to the site of erection only justprior to the actual erection and shall not be left around indefinitely on groundbut kept on packing/sleepers etc. to maintain the minimum distance from theground as specified and/or as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge.

3.12 General

All consumables for welding such as oxygen, acetylene, inert gases and all typesof electrodes suitable for pipes of grades as specified in the specification, lowhydrogen electrodes, filler wire, solder wire, brazing rods, flux etc. for welding /cutting and soldering purpose.

Equipment like hydrostatic pump etc., water and corrosion inhibitor for water






used for hydrostatic testing including all pipes, fittings and equipment, metallicblinds, temporary gaskets as required for filling, pressurizing and dewatering inconnection with hydrostatic testing completion.

All pigs required for cleaning, gauging, filling, dewatering and swabbing ofpipeline.

All pipes, fittings and equipment metallic blinds temporary gaskets as requiredfor filling, pressuring and dewatering in connection with hydrostatic testingcompletion.

All consumables required for welding of structural steel.

All safety tools/tackles, devices / apparatus / equipment etc. including laddersand scaffoldings etc. complete as required.

Supply of nitrogen and other consumables, tools and tackles required forventing, pre-drying, purging and filling of station piping.

Any other material not specifically listed herein, but required for the execution ofthe work.List of materials required to be supplied and quantities indicated are tentative.These quantities can vary during execution to any extent and the same unit rateshall be applicable for payment. Final quantities will be based on the drawingissued to the contractor for construction. Quantities covered in SOR are for aserected quantities. Bidder will procure additional materials as required to covercutting, scraps, wastages and damages during erection, testing andcommissioning. For these extra quantities no additional payment will be made.

3.13 Other Conditions of Bid

3.13.1 Survey

• Company has got the detailed survey carried out for all the pipeline routes andare enclosed with bid package. Apart from above, crossing details of rail, roadand water crossings are also available. All available survey drawings, report, soilinvestigation, soil resistivity are enclosed with the bid. Contractor shall carry outany additional topographic/ geotechnical surveys required during execution ofthe project and for local detours during execution of the project without anyextra cost. However, the Contractor shall carry out hydrological and geo-technical investigation of major rivers, as required.

• The surveyed pipeline alignment has been staked on ground. However thepipeline route survey had been carried out sometime back and when theContractor mobilizes at site, some of these stakes may be missing. It shall bethe responsibility of the Contractor to re-establish the missing stakes from thesurvey data made available by Company. Contractor shall maintain and preservesurvey monuments (staked on ground) such as bench marks and intersectionpoints, till construction is completed.






3.13.2 Description of Pipeline Route

For all the details of pipeline routes for all the spur lines, terrain details &crossings, refer respective pipeline detailed route survey report and surveydrawings enclosed with the bid package.

Based on above design parameters, pipeline wall thickness and grade have beenoptimized and are indicated below :-

Pipeline Section ClassLocation

Dia.(NB)

API 5LGrade

W.T. Length(in km)

Referalignment

sheet

12” X-65 6.4 Referalignmen

t sheetRefer

alignmentsheet


t sheetRefer

alignmentsheet


t sheet

Padamla to Halol(12” x37.5 km)

Referalignment

sheet


t sheetTOTAL

Spurline-I (To GIDC,Halol) 12” X-65 7.1

* For Crossing & LR Bends

The number of crossings and features along the pipeline route described aboveare approximate. A list of all crossings identified is attached in the surveydocuments enclosed in the Bid Package for reference purpose. Contractor shall,however, not be entitled for any compensation in terms of time and cost in caseof variation in the information provided or additional minor water crossings i.e.canal/stream/ PWD/ Panchayat/ village roads/ municipal road crossingsencountered along the route.

3.13.3 Site visit

Bidders are advised to make site visits along the pipeline routes prior to quotingto familiarize themselves with all the salient features of terrain, availability ofROU and infrastructure along the pipeline routes. Contractor shall be deemed tohave considered all constraints and eventualities on account of site conditionsalong pipeline routes while formulating his bid. Contractor shall not be eligiblefor any compensation in terms of cost and/or time, on account of site conditionsalong pipeline routes varying to any extent from whatever is described in the bidpackage and the survey drawings/data furnished along with the bid package.






3.13.4 Soil Investigation and soil Resistivity survey

Company has carried out soil investigation (visual classification/stratification)and resistivity survey along the pipeline routes. Data collected from such surveysis enclosed with the bid package. All soil data is issued to Contractor for hisreference purposes only. It shall be Contractor’s responsibility to verify the dataand satisfy himself with regard to accuracy and utility. Contractor shall carry outany additional soil data/ investigation required for execution of the job.Contractor shall not be entitled for any compensation in terms of time or cost incase of any variation in actual site conditions from the data furnished in the bidpackage. It shall be Bidder's responsibility to familiarize himself with sub-soilconditions along the pipeline route, and workout the lengths of pipeline to belaid in different subsoil conditions including the quantum of rock excavation thatwould be necessary. Price quoted by Bidder shall also be inclusive of all rockexcavation. No extra compensation shall be payable to Contractor for any rockexcavation whatsoever.

3.13.5 Repair of Coating

Contractor using suitable material compatible with parent coating system andmeeting the requirements of coating system shall carry out any repairs to 3-layer polyethylene coating. The coating repair material and procedure forapplication shall be submitted to Company for approval prior to start ofconstruction.

Repair of PE coated pipes in field shall be carried out as follows in accordancewith bid specification.

• Damages caused to coating by handling such as scratches, cuts, dents,gouges, not picked up during holiday test, having a total reducedthickness on damaged portion not less than 2.0 mm and an area notexceeding 20 cm2 shall be rebuild by heat shrink patch only and withoutexposing to bare metal.

• Defects of size exceeding above mentioned area or holidays of width lessthan 300 mm shall be repaired with heat shrink repair patch by exposingthe bare metal surface.

• Defects exceeding the above and in number not exceeding 2 per pipeand linear length not exceeding 500mm shall be repaired using heatshrinkable sleeves/ cold applied tapes.

3.13.6 Long Radius (R=6D) Bends

Long radius bends supplied by the Contractor shall be fabricated from contractorsupplied 12” bare line pipe. Bends shall be fabricated in accordance withspecification enclosed with the tender. Contractor shall firm up the exact






quantity of LR bends required..

3.13.7 Statutory Permissions

The Company shall obtain a general permission from most of the authoritieshaving jurisdiction over the area as necessary for construction of the pipeline.However, for some of the permissions, if not available, Contractor shall do thefollow up with the concerned authorities to get the permissions to execute thejob in time. However, Company shall reimburse all statutory paymentsrequired for such permissions at actual. Contractor shall also obtain thenecessary permits like work permit/ excavation permit/ trench opening permitetc. for all works from the authorities having jurisdiction before the actualexecution of various phases of the works and all stipulations/ conditions/recommendations of the said authorities shall be strictly complied with no extracost to Company. Contractor shall also obtain all necessary permissions from theconcerned authorities for installation of pipeline at railways, roads, watercrossings and at places where blasting is required. Company may, however,assist Contractor in obtaining such permissions, wherever required, by issuingrecommendation letters etc. In case of damage to other utilities/infrastructure,Contractor shall be responsible and the Contractor shall pay the requiredcompensation, as per the directions of concerned authorities. After completion ofwork, Contractor shall obtain a certificate from the concerned authorities thatthe job has been completed as per their requirement and the area/land hasbeen restored to their satisfaction.

3.13.8 Environmental Restrictions

The following measures shall be adopted during pipeline construction in order tominimize the impact of pipeline construction activities on the environment.

• While working in plantation areas, Contractor shall take due care tominimize the damage of trees. The number of trees felled shall berestricted to minimum based on working requirement for pipelineinstallation. In the paddy field area, Contractor shall exercise maximumcare not to damage the crop outside the ROU. The compensation ofdamage of crop outside ROU, if any, shall be to Contractor’s account.Damage to any obstruction, temporary/ permanent structure, boundarywalls etc. within ROU shall be repaired, restored and shall be toContractor’s account.

• Intake and discharge of water required/used for line flushing and testingshould not cause unacceptable environmental disturbance. Duringdewatering process, proper drainage arrangement shall be made todischarge the hydro-test water to avoid flooding of the near by area.

In addition to above, relevant requirements of Pollution Control Boards, forestdepartment and NOCs shall be complied with.






3.13.9 Typical Layout Drawings & Pipeline Alignment Sheets

Typical terminal piping layout drawing and pipeline survey drawings are includedin the bid package for the purpose of estimation of quantum and type of workinvolved. This piping drawing and pipeline survey drawings are indicative onlyand are furnished for Bidder’s information. Issued for Construction (IFC)drawings for terminals shall be prepared by Contractor and shall be subject toapproval by Company. However, ‘IFC’ alignment sheets shall be prepared by thecontractor and submit for approval.

3.13.10 R.O.U.

For pipeline construction purposes, ROU of varying width shall be made availabledepending upon site condition. In cross country areas the ROU of 15 m width)shall normally be made available to Contractor to the extent feasible. Pipelineshall be laid 10 m from one side of boundary of ROU (to be advised by Engineer-in-Charge). In Forest areas, hilly terrain and congested areas such as built-upareas etc., ROU of 10 m or less shall be available. The pipeline shall be laid at 2m from the ROU edge in reserve forest areas. All these eventualities shall betaken into account. It shall be Contractor’s responsibility to make arrangementfor any additional land required for fabrication, construction, storage and allother work areas. Contractor shall carry out construction work with in the widthas made available to him. Where the pipeline route passes throughforest/plantation areas, contractor shall clear only the minimum width requiredfor laying the pipeline as per Company’s approved procedure for pipelineconstruction. Felling of trees/plants shall be minimized. Damage to anyobstruction, temporary/permanent structure, boundary walls etc. within ROUshall be repaired and restored and shall be to Contractor’s account.

The Contractor must ensure that during laying of the pipeline minimum damageoccurs to the land. The land has to be restored to original condition. Allconstruction activities shall be in accordance with the local Governmentregulations and shall be performed by the competent and qualified persons forproviding adequate protection to the general public, livestock, wild life, forest,power lines, buildings etc. in the vicinity of the pipeline.

During pipeline construction, measures shall be adopted in order to minimize theimpact of pipeline construction activities on the environment. During ROUclearance, the vegetation shall be cut off at ground level leaving the roots intact.Only stumps and roots directly over the trench shall be removed for pipelineinstallation.

Company has acquired the ROU free of any encroachments/ temporary/permanent structures. However, in case any such encroachments or structuresare encountered during execution, the contractor shall be removed the same. Allcosts towards such activities shall be to Contractor’s account.






In case contractor wishes to propose any detour from the acquired alignmentdue to construct ability problems or otherwise, he may be permitted to do soonly after explicit approval from the Company. All immediate measures fortaking the land and compensations to land owner(s) shall be to Contractor’saccount. Company shall proceed with regular notifications etc. in due course. Allstatutory fees shall be paid/ reimbursed by Company. However, such activityshall not affect the construction schedule and overall completion period.

3.13.11 Burial Depth

The pipeline shall be buried normally at a depth of 1.0 meter below naturalground level except river/ rail/ road/ canal crossing..

3.14 Crossings

For all rail, road, canal, river & other water crossings, Contractor shall liaisonwith relevant authorities and intimate them well in advance about the scheduleand methodology of crossing. It shall be obligatory on the part of the Contractorto ensure that Authorized Representative of the authority under whosejurisdiction the crossing falls should be made available at site by the Contractorat the time of making crossing. After completion of works and completerestoration of ROU, Contractor shall provide NOC from the relevant officialpertaining to complete restoration to their satisfaction and certification in respectof no other damage caused to their property outside the earmarked ROU

3.14.1 Railway Crossings

The railway crossing shall comply with the requirements of API 1102 and IndianRailways regulations. The crossing angle shall be as close to 90° as possible.Cover of casing pipe for railway crossings shall be minimum 1.8 m. Casing shallbe suitably insulated from underground conduits carrying electrical wires. Thecarrier pipe shall be electrically insulated from casing pipe and casing ends shallbe sealed using durable electrically non-conducting material. Contractor shallobtain approval of crossing drawing from concerned authorities. Casing ventpipe shall be at least 1.2 m away vertically from aerial electrical wires and shallbe suitable insulated from underground conduits carrying electrical wires onrailway land.

3.14.2 Road Crossings

• The method of crossing of roads such as open cut / boring/ trench lesstechnology shall be firmed up by Contractor in consultation withconcerned authorities and Company. The Contractor shall also take duecare to identify and take due precautions so as not to disturb or damagethe utilities like cables, water lines and other structures.

• After laying the pipeline in a road crossing by open cut method, theContractor shall completely restore the road to its original condition.






• While laying the pipeline in road crossings by open cut method theContractor should ensure that the traffic is not stopped during theexecution of work. This may be done by cutting half of the road at a timeso as to enable the traffic to pass on the remaining half of the road.Alternatively, the Contractor can provide diversion roads to maintain theflow of traffic.

• The Contractor shall provide proper caution boards during day time anddanger lights during night time when the cutting operation of the road isgoing on.

• For cased crossings, the pipeline should be taken through the casingpipe. The top of casing should be at least1.2 metres below the road topas specified, or as per the requirements of the local authorities,whichever is higher.

3.14.3 Water Crossings

3.14.3.1 Canal/Drain/Other minor water crossings

• Canal and other water crossings shall be carried out by opencut/boring/trench less technology method, to be firmed up by Contractorin consultation with concerned authorities and Company.

• No damage shall be caused to any irrigation sources, while laying thepipeline through canal crossings.

• The banks of the Canal should be brought to the original condition, ifthey are damaged by the laying of the pipeline. Stabilisation of banksshall be carried out as per requirements of concerned authorities.

• Pipeline shall be at least 1.5 metre below the bed for canal/draincrossing.

3.14.4 River Crossings

Unless specified otherwise the top of pipeline for river crossings shall betaken at least 1.5 metre below the scour depth or 2.5m below bed (1.5mfor rocky strata) whichever is more.

The detailed construction methodology and schedule. shall have to befinalised by Contractor in consultation with concerned authorities havingjurisdiction over rivers. Company shall provide assistance by providingintroductory letters.

Pipeline at river crossings as detailed in para (d) below are intended tobe installed by open cut method, however Contractor may also proposeHDD or any other equivalent method in place of open cut based on flowand soil conditions of individual rivers at the time of crossing. Company’sprior approval shall be obtained for the crossing method other than opencut. Contractor shall submit all design calculations, procedures &drawings for Company’s approval in case of HDD option.

These river crossings shall be considered as a part of main line layingworks irrespective of method of crossing adopted by the Contractor.

Any additional land if required for string preparation for crossing of rivers






and canals shall be arranged by Contractor at no extra cost to Company.

3.14.5 Installation of Conduits for Optical Fibre Cable at Crossings

At all crossing locations (viz., rail, road, canal and minor water course crossings)the optical fibre cable shall be installed inside a cable conduit to be installed bythe Contractor.

At all such crossings where the carrier pipe is installed by open-cut of the facilitycrossed, HDPE conduit shall be installed along with the pipeline for installation ofthe Optical Fiber Cable. At crossings of water bodies, where anti buoyancymeasures are provided for the carrier pipe, HDPE conduit will be strapped to themainline at 5m interval using high strength PE straps. For all river crossings byHDD, CS conduit shall be strapped with carrier pipe for bundle pulling or aseparate drilling shall be performed for CS conduit. Required HDPE conduit shallbe installed inside CS conduit.

At all such crossings where the carrier pipe is installed by moiling/ jacking/boringof carrier pipe directly and at all cased crossings, i.e., where carrier pipe isinstalled inside casing pipe, 168 mm OD, 6.4 mm thk. API 5L Gr-B steel conduitwith HDPE inter duct shall be installed by jacking/boring separately. Each casingend seal shall have a moulded opening suitable for HDPE conduit. The center tocentre distance between pipeline and CS cable conduit shall be 4.0 m based onas installed dimensions.

3.15 Hydrostatic Testing

The pipeline from tap-off point cum despatch terminal at Padamala to Halol (12” x46 km) shall be hydrostatically tested to a minimum test pressure of 1.5 times thedesign pressure of 95 bar such that the highest point of the test section shall besubjected to the same but limited to 95% of SMYS of the pipe material.

3.16 Dewatering and Swabbing

After successful completion of hydrostatic testing of the pipeline, Contractor shalldewater the pipeline. The dewatering operation shall consist of at least twodewatering runs of four-cup bi-directional pigs propelled by compressed air. As aminimum, Contractor shall continue the dewatering operation until the volume ofwater removed by the last pig train is less than volume of 2 metres of full pipelength.

After completion of dewatering operations, Contractor shall carry out swabbing ofpipeline by running several pig trains consisting of high/ medium/ low-density foampigs propelled by compressed air through the pipeline. Prior to their launching,Contractor shall weigh the pigs. On arrival of the pigs at the receiving end theyshall be re-weighed. The swabbing operation shall be repeated till the weight ofthe last received foam pig does not increase by more than 50% or 10 runs of foampigs whichever is earlier. Drying the entire pipeline to the required degree of the






dryness as specified in technical specification.

The pipeline/ section(s) of pipeline shall never be left empty (filled with air) afterdewatering/ swabbing/drying.. Dewatering, swabbing and drying of pipeline afterhydro testing shall be taken up by Contractor only when Contractor is ready forcarrying out the drying operation immediately following pipeline swabbing. Till suchtime Contractor is ready to start drying of pipeline, the pipeline/ section(s) ofpipeline after hydro testing shall be kept filled with inhibited water or the pipeline/section(s) of pipeline shall not be dewatered. Preservation of pipeline usinginhibited water from the time of completion of hydro testing till Contractor is readyfor drying of pipeline, shall be carried out by Contractor as part of his scope ofwork at no extra cost to Owner.

After the results of swabbing operation has been accepted by Owner, nitrogenpurging of line may be started for pre-commissioning activities as per specification.

3.17 Terminal Facilities

Piping facilities between the insulating joint and hook up point/battery limit andall above ground facilities installed by Contractor shall be hydrostatically testedto a test pressure. in accordance with “Standard specification for Inspection,Flushing and Testing of Piping System” enclosed with the Contract document. Allvalves in the piping network being hydro tested shall be kept in the crack openposition. Holding time shall be six hours.

3.18 Leak Detection

Contractor shall submit a detailed procedure for leak detection during hydro test.Such method of detection shall consume minimum possible time to complete thehydro test activity within contractual completion schedules. This procedureneeds approval of the Engineer-in-charge.

All works for locating and repair of major leak/burst occurred during hydrostatictesting including necessary repairing/replacing/ cutting and removing outdefective pipe length as defined in the specification and shall not be payable asper relevant items of schedule of rates.

Contractor shall carry out repairing / replacing of defective pipe length includingcutting and removing of defective pipes, pre testing of replacement pipe for 24hours and welding into main line, NDT of the welds, coating of the weld joints,clean up, re-testing of pipeline including providing all equipments, manpower &consumables.

3.19 Pipeline Information Management System

All pipeline construction related activities and documentation including pipebook, weld book are required to be handed over to the Company in an electronicform in appropriate formats and systems.






3.20 Direction of Construction

For all pipelines, the direction of construction shall be in the direction of flow i.e.from Padamala towards Halol and from all tap-off points to consumer endsunless specified otherwise. In case the Contractor proposes to carry outconstruction in direction opposite to direction of flow, the Contractor may do soat no extra time and cost to Company and subject to Company Approval.

3.21 Pre-Commissioning of pipeline

Pipeline Contractors shall be responsible for pre-commissioning of all thepipelines and terminals being installed by them, including supply of manpower,materials, equipment including nitrogen along with necessary piping andinstrumentation connections for monitoring flow rate, pressure, temperature etc.temporary venting along with necessary piping, valves and instrumentation aswell as consumables.

3.22 Magnetic Cleaning, Caliper Pigging and Commissioning

Pipeline Contractor shall carry out magnetic cleaning and Caliper pigging (EGP),of pipelines for 12” main line being installed by them as per requirementsstipulated elsewhere in the bid document.

Rectification of defects observed during pig run, shall be carried out by individualContractor including digging, cutting, replacement, repair, welding, NDT etc.

3.23 Sub ContractorsThe successful Bidder shall furnish a list of sub-Contractors proposed for residualengineering along with their Commitment letter, Track record / experience andorganization details commensurate with their experience for executing similarjobs associated with the work tendered.For design, engineering and procurement the leader or sub-Contractor / backupagencies wherever engaged, should have sufficient relevant experience forcross-country pipeline and terminal for hydrocarbon service and to establish theexperience supported by copies of work orders and completion certificates shallbe furnished for Company’s review and approval.

3.24 Overall Commissioning

Overall commissioning including drying, nitrogen purging etc. for Contractorsshall perform the pipelines including all terminals.

Overall commissioning Contractor shall mobilize all equipment, consumables,nitrogen and manpower for carrying out pigging, drying, inertisation andcommissioning activities.

Commissioning activities shall be carried out as per applicable specifications






enclosed with Contract.

4.0 ENGINEERING REVIEW FOR PIPELINE AND TERMINALS

Contractor shall submit all proposed designs, drawings, installation and testingprocedures, work instructions with ITPs and inspection formats for review andapproval by Company as mentioned in scope of work. This shall be done seven(7) days prior to the commencement of any phase of fabrication or installation.The work shall begin only after Company’s approval has been obtained.Calculations shall also be submitted for any other factors not listed in the bidpackage but which are necessary to prove the validity for Contractor’s design orproposed construction methods. Contractor shall furnish his document scheduleindicating clearly sequencing of documents. As part of residual engineering,Contractor shall as a minimum, provide following deliverables for Company’sreview and approval.• Piping stress analysis.• Design and engineering of piping and equipment supports, RCC sleepers

for above ground piping, pipe racks, valve operating platforms, Detailedlist and schedule of submission of relevant documents drawings andprocedures.

• Methodology for crossings of rivers, canals, major roads, difficult terrain(steep slope hilly terrain) etc. and detailed calculation & drawing asapplicable in case HDD/ any other method being adopted.

• Installation, hook-up, field testing and commissioning procedures/specifications

• Golden joint-2 Nos for each station, tap-off, mainline and 2Nos per HDD.• Pipeline Alignment Drawings for detoured areas.• IFC Piping General Arrangement drawing for all terminals and

intermediate installations.• Pipeline approach/ departure drawings.• Operational & maintenance manual.• Work instructions, ITPs and inspection formats paved areas etc.• Equipment layout/ Overall plot plan.

5.0 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES

Contractor’s responsibilities, besides the scope of work to be performed by himdefined earlier, shall also include the following:

5.1 The Contractor is deemed to have recognized any restrictive features andconstraints of the site(s), pipeline route and /or specific requirements of thework and made due allowance for it in the work to be performed by him.

5.2 Company has provided the available information and survey data along pipelineroute and crossings. Company gives no guarantee or warranty as to theaccuracy or completeness of the information provided. It is the Contractor’s soleresponsibility to obtain sufficient information / data along pipeline route andcrossings to allow safe and sound design and installation of the proposed






pipeline.

5.3 Interpretation and verification of data/information furnished by Company inrespect of pipeline route surveys, crossing details, contained in the bid package.Any additional information/data/surveys etc. required by Contractor for detailedengineering and execution of the works, shall be obtained by him. Companymay assist him in obtaining such information/ data by issuing recommendatoryletters.

5.4 Drawings and installation procedures, engineering for procurement & fabrication,engineering for installation including drawings, QA/QC procedures, etcperformed by the Contractor for complete pipeline system shall be reviewed andapproved by Company. Contractor shall submit six sets of engineeringdocuments, drawings, and procedures as described under relevant clause forCompany’s review and approval. All works shall be executed based on approveddocuments only.

5.5 Review and approval of Contractor’s work(s) by Company shall in no way relievethe Contractor of his sole responsibility for safe and efficient design,engineering, installation and subsequent operation of pipeline system.

5.6 Furnishing and mobilizing at site(s) of all construction equipment, manpower,tools and tackles, construction spreads, fully equipped and fully manned withother required support facilities etc. commensurate for spreads needed forsuccessful execution of the works.

5.7 Pre-commissioning/ commissioning of all the pipeline/piping systems.

5.8 Preparing and furnishing calculation books, pipe books, material/ purchaserequisitions, final purchase orders including specifications, Vendor's data books(including Guarantees), fabrication and construction drawings, all survey reports,inspection and testing reports, as-built records for all phases of work.

5.9 The Contractor is cautioned to exercise extreme care and take necessaryprecautions to prevent damage to the existing pipeline(s), facilities, electricaland other cables during execution of the entire works. Contractor shall carry outRestoration/ reconstruction of all structures/ facilities affected during pipelineconstruction.

5.10 Wherever Contractor comes across water lines/open channels/drains in the fieldsused for cultivation, suitable arrangements similar to the existing type shall bemade by the Contractor for ensuring water supplies across the fields andmaintain the same till construction is completed in that stretch. Any claimsarising out of non-compliance to the above requirements, as granted bycompetent authorities shall be to Contractor’s account.

5.11 Contractor shall carry out all testing and inspection of materials, equipment etc.in independent testing institutions, laboratories, if so desired by Company.






5.12 Disposal and treatment of treated hydro-testing water, excavated materials,surplus materials etc. as per local authorities requirements.

5.13 Blasting if required, in all types of rocks for excavation shall be carried out incontrolled manner so as to protect the existing facilities, men, environment andproperty etc from any damage, whatsoever. Blasting in all types of rock shall beallowed subject to concerned central/state government and regulatoryauthorities permitting the same.

5.14 Any other work not specifically listed but required for successful completion ofentire pipeline system.

5.15 DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED AT THE TIME OF BIDDING

No technical documents are required to be submitted at the time ofbidding. Bidder is advised to comply with all the requirements of biddocument without any deviations. Company reserves the right toreject any bid with deviations without making any reference to bidder.

6.0 DOCUMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS AND DRAWINGS

6.1 Owner shall furnish piping and Instrumentation diagrams (P & I D), preliminaryplot plan for the construction of Terminal alongwith the tender. Contractor shallsubmit the design & engineering drawings and construction drawings includinggeneral arrangement drawings for piping, electrical, mechanical & instrumentationsystems and other related/ required systems, at appropriate times for Owner/ EICapproval.

6.2 Contractor shall prepare isometric drawings & bill of materials and submit the samefor Owner/ Consultant’s approval/ record.

Contractor shall prepare drawing for utilities line as required as per SOR andsubmit the same for Owner/ Consultant’s approval/ record.

6.3 No construction small or big shall be carried out without proper constructiondrawings duly approved by Owner's Engineers or site office or Owner'srepresentative duly authorised to do so.

For Mainline route survey alignment sheets and crossing survey details shall befurnished alongwith bid by Owner. However, detail-crossing drawings withcrossing methodology shall be submitted by Contractor for prior approval. Anyadditional survey and data required to complete above should be done byContractor without any extra cost.

6.4 After Completion of construction & commissioning of Terminal, Contractor shallincorporate all the correction in drawings, prepare and issue the drawings "as-builtdrawings" as listed below to Owner as final submission of drawings. For Mainline






pipeline alignment sheet, all X-ing details, all CP drawings, pipe book etc. and forTerminals P&ID, layout drg., piping GAD, Isometric, all electrical & instrumentationdrg., all civil drawings. For final submission only 4 sets of documents plus theoriginal transparencies shall be handed over by Contractor. Any construction doneby Contractor without duly approved drawings shall be wholly at his risk and cost.Contractor shall also submit soft copy of pipe book in excel alongwith hard copy.Soft copy of all as-built drawings shall be also submitted in AutoCAD. Videography/ photograph of all major activities/ milestone achieved shall also bearranged and submitted by the Contractor. For details of documentation to besubmitted for mainline and terminal refer enclosed specification fordocumentation for pipeline construction Specification NO. MEC/S/05/62/09Renclosed elsewhere with the tender.

6.5 Specifications

The work shall be carried out by CONTRACTOR strictly in accordance with thefollowing specifications enclosed in Volume-II of V this document :-

VOLUME-II OF V

1. SPECIFICATION FOR MAINLINE CONSTRUCTION MEC/S/05/62/01A

2. SPECIFICATION FOR WELDING OF ONSHORE CROSS-COUNTRY MEC/S/05/62/02APIPELINE WITH ADDENDUM-I TO ABOVE SPECIFICATION

3. SPECIFICATION FOR HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF MEC/S/05/62/03AONSHORE PIPELINES

4. SPECIFICATION FOR MAJOR WATER CROSSINGS MEC/S/05/62/04(CONVENTIONAL)

5. SPECIFICATION FOR PIPELINE CROSSING ROADS, MEC/S/05/62/05 RAILROADS, MINOR WATER AND OTHER CROSSINGS

6. SPECIFICATION FOR PIPING, FABRICATION AND ERECTION MEC/S/05/62/06

7. SPECIFICATION FOR SHOP AND FIELD PAINTING MEC/S/05/62/07A

8. SPECIFICATION FOR REPAIR OF PIPELINE CORROSION COATING MEC/S/05/62/08

9. SPECIFICATION FOR PIPELINE MARKERS MEC/S/05/62/10

10. SPECIFICATION FOR FLUSHING AND TESTING MEC/S/05/62/11

11. SPECIFICATION FOR CASING INSULATORS AND END SEALS MEC/S/05/62/12

12. SPECIFICATION FOR FIELD JOINT COATING MEC/PTS/05/62/13(ON-SHORE PIPELINE)






13. SPECIFICATION FOR 3 LPE COATING OF PIPE MEC/S/05/62/014

14. SPECIFICATION FOR 3 LPP COATING OF PIPE MEC/S/05/21/014B,R0

15. SPECIFICATION FOR VENTS, DRAINS AND WELLS MEC/S/05/62/15

16. SPECIFICATION FOR GASKETS, NUTS AND BOLTS MEC/S/05/62/019

17. PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS MEC/23JT/05/21/S/021

18. SPECIFICATION FOR PRE-COMMISSIONING/ COMMISSIONING MEC/S/05/62/61

19. SPECIFICATION FOR CORROSION PROTECTION COALTAR MEC/S/05/62/63BASED TAPE COATING OF U/G STEEL P/L FOR WATER SERVICE

20. SPECIFICATION FOR HEALTH, SAFETY AND MEC/S/05/62/65ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT (HSE)

21. SPECIFICATION FOR QUALITY ASSURANCE MEC/S/05/62/66SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

22. SPECIFICATION FOR DOCUMENTATION FOR MEC/S/05/62/69 PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION

23. SPECIFICATION FOR CALIPER PIGGING MEC/S/05/62/70

24. SPECIFICATION FOR INTELLIGENT PIGGING MEC/S/05/21/70A-R0

25. SPECIFICATION FOR FIELD JOINT COATING OF PIPELINE MEC/S/05/62/74FOR HDD CROSSING

26. SPECIFICATION FOR PIPELINE CROSSING USING MEC/S/05/62/75DIRECTIONAL DRILLING METHOD

27. SPECIFICATION FOR BALL VALVES MEC/TS/05/62/002

28. SPECIFICATION FOR CHECK VALVES MEC/TS/05/62/004

29. SPECIFICATION FOR GLOBE VALVE MEC/TS/05/62/005

30. SPECIFICATION FOR SCRAPPER TRAP MEC/S/05/62/007

31. SPECIFICATION FOR INSULATING JOINTS MEC/TS/05/62/009

32. SPECIFICATION FOR FLOW TEE MEC/S/05/62/011

33. SPECIFICATION FOR LINE PIPE (ON SHORE) MEC/TS/05/21/012D

34. SPECIFICATION FOR QOEC MEC/S/05/62/013






35. SPECIFICATION FOR LONG RADIUS BENDS MEC/TS/05/62/015

36. SPECIFICATION FOR CARTRIDGE FILTER MEC/TS/05/62/017

37. SPECIFICATION FOR FITTINGS & FLANGES UPTO 16” SIZE MEC/TS/05/62/025

38. SPECIFICATION FOR PIG SIGNALLERS MEC/S/05/62/048

39. SPECIFICATION FOR PRESSURE SAFETY VALVE MEC/TS/05/62/056

40. SPECIFICATION FOR ASSORTED PIPES FOR TERMINALS MEC/TS/05/62/59A

41. PARTICULAR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF CO2 MEC/05/14/23JT/01FLOODING SYSTEM

Drawings

6.5 The following drawings are included in Volume-V of V of the bid package for BIDDER’sreference purpose only; Bidders are advised to go through these drawings and also visitthe site before submitting their bids. The Contractor shall develop the drawings for allcrossings and detour of pipeline alignment.

VOLUME – V of V

1. MECHANICAL DRAWINGS

Sl.No.

Description of Drawings Drawings No.

1.1 SCHEMATIC LINE DIAGRAM MEC/23JT/05/21/M/LD/0001 Rev. 21.2 a) P&I DIAGRAM FOR TAP-OFF POINT-I AT

PADAMALAMEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/0101, Rev. 5,Sheet 1 of 5

b) P&I DIAGRAM FOR TAP-OFF-II CUMDESPATCH TERMINAL AT SOKHADA

MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/0101, Rev. 5,Sheet 2 of 5

c) P&I DIAGRAM FOR TAP-OFF POINT-III FORGIDC MAJUSAR at Ch. 11.42


d) P&I DIAGRAM FOR TAP-OFF POINT-IV ANDSV-1 AT SAVALI GIDC AT CH. 23.87 KM


e) P&I DIAGRAM FOR RECEIVING TERMINALAT HALOL


f) LEGEND / DRAWING SYMBOLS MEC/23JT/05/62/M/001/0002, Rev. 0,1.3 a) PLOT PLAN FOR TAP-OFF POINT – I AT

PADAMALAMEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/1011, Rev. 2

b) PLOT PLAN FOR DESPATCH TERMINAL CUMTAP-OFF POINT-II AT SOKHADA

MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/1011, Rev. 2

c) PLOT PLAN FOR TAP-OFF-III AT CH. 11.42KM

MEC/23JT/05/21/M/003/1011, Rev. 2

d) PLOT PLAN FOR SV-1 AND TAP-OFF-IV ATCH. 23.87 km

MEC/23JT/05/21/M/004/1011, Rev. 2

e) PLOT PLAN FOR TAP-OFF-V ANDRECEIVING TERMINAL AT HALOL

MEC/23JT/05/21/M/006/1011, Rev. 2






Sl.No.

Description of Drawings Drawings No.

1.4 a) PIPING GAD FOR DESPATCH TERMINALCUM TAP-OFF POINT-II AT SOKHADA

MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/1031, Rev. 2(Sheet 1 of 2)MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/1031, Rev. 1(Sheet 2 of 2)

b) PIPING GAD FOR TAP-OFF-III AT CH. 11.42KM

MEC/23JT/05/21/M/003/1031, Rev. 1

c) PIPING GAD FOR SV-1 AND TAP-OFF-IV ATCH. 23.87 km

MEC/23JT/05/21/M/004/1031, Rev. 1

d) PIPING GAD FOR TAP-OFF-V ANDRECEIVING TERMINAL AT HALOL

MEC/23JT/05/21/M/005/1031, Rev. 2

1.5 ALIGNMENT SHEET (CD) MMIPL/GSPL/VGPL/AL-01 to 151.6 CROSSING DRAWINGS (CD) MMIPL/GSPL/VGPL/CS-01 to 49

6.7 Drawing and Documents

6.7.1 The drawings accompanying the Bid document are indicative of scope of work andissued for tendering / bidding purpose only. These drawings indicate the generalscheme as well as the layout to enable the contractor to make an offer in line withthe requirements of the owner. Final construction shall be done as per approvedconstruction drawings issued by COMPANY.

6.7.2 "Approved for Construction" drawings will be furnished to the contractorprogressively based on construction progress achieved by Contractor. No extraclaims whatsoever shall be entertained for any variation between Bid Drawingsand Approved for Construction Drawing.

7.0 RESOURCES FACILITIES

7.1 Recruitment of Personnel by Contractor

The Contractor shall not recruit personnel of any category from among those whoare already employed by the other agencies working at the sites but shall makemaximum use of local labour available.

7.2 Land for Residential Accommodation

Owner shall not provide any land for residential accommodation of contractors staffand labour.

8.0 PROJECT SCHEDULING & MONITORING

The following schedules/documents/reports shall be prepared and submitted bythe Bidder/Contractor for review/approval at various stages of the contract.






8.1 Alongwith Bid

a) Time Schedule

The Completion Time Schedule for the work (including mobilization period)as per Appendix-I to Invitation for bid, PART-A of Tender in all respect,from the date of issue of telex/telegram/letter/Fax of Intent.

The Bidder is required to submit a Project Time Schedule in Bar ChartForm, alongwith the Bid. The Schedule shall cover all aspects likesub-ordering, manufacturing and delivery, indicated in the Bid Document.The Owner interface activities shall be clearly identified with their latestrequired dates. Owner reserves the right to disqualify the Bidder if theabove Schedule submitted by the Bidder is not in line with the over allProject requirement.

b) Scheduling & Monitoring System

The Bidders should describe their system of Project Scheduling andmonitoring, the extent of computerization, level of detailing, tracingmethodology etc. with the name of computer package and sample outputs.

8.2 After the Award of Contract

a) Overall Project Schedule

The Contractor shall submit within 1 week of Fax of Intent, a sufficientlydetailed over all Project Schedule in the activity network form, clearlyindicating the major milestones, interrelationship/ interdependencebetween various activities together with analysis of critical path and floats.

The network will be reviewed and approved by Engineer- in-Charge and thecomments if any shall be incorporated in the network before issuing thesame for implementation. The network thus finalised shall form part of thecontract document and the same shall not be revised without the priorpermission from Engineer-in- Charge during the entire period of contract.

b) Progress Measurement Methodology

The contractor is required to submit within 1 week of award of WORK, themethodology of progress measurement of sub-ordering, manufacturing/delivery, sub- contracting construction and commissioning works and thebasis of computation of overall services/physical progress informed. Ownerreserves the right to modify the methodology in part or in full.






c) Functional Schedules

The contractor should prepare detailed functional schedules in line withnetwork for functional monitoring and control and submit scheduledprogress covers for each function viz. ordering, delivery and construction.

8.3 Project Review Meetings

The Contractor shall present the programme and status at various reviewmeetings as required.

a) Weekly Review Meeting

Level of : Contractor’s/Consultant’s RCM/Participation Site Incharge & Job Engineers.

Agenda : a) Weekly programme v/s actualachieved in the past week &programme for next week.

b) Remedial Actions and hold upanalysis.

c) Client query/ approval.

Venue : Site Office

b) Monthly Review Meeting

Level of : Senior Officers of GSPL/MECON andParticipation Contractors.

Agenda : a) Progress Status/ Statisticsb) Completion Outlookc) Major hold ups/slippagesd) Assistance requirede) Critical issuesf) Client query/ approval

Venue : GSPL/MECON Office/ Site at the discretion ofOwner/ MECON

8.4 Progress Reporting Proforma

A) Monthly Progress Report

This report shall be submitted on a monthly basis within 10(ten) calendardays from cut-off date, as agreed upon covering overall scenarios of thework. The report shall include, but not limited to the following :






a) Brief Introduction of the work.b) Activities executed/ achievements during the month.c) Schedule versus actual percentage progress and progress curves

for Detail Engg. Sub-ordering, Manufacturing/ Delivery, Sub-contracting, Construction, Commissioning and Overall andquantum wise status & purchase orders against schedule.

d) Area of concern/ problem/ hold-ups, impacts and action plans.e) Resources deployment status.f) Annexures giving status summary for drawings, MRs, deliveries,

sub-contracting and construction.g) Procurement status for items to be supplied by Contractor.

B) Weekly Reports

The report will be prepared and submitted by the Contractor on weeklybasis and will cover following items :a) Activities programmed and completed during the week.b) Resource deployed men and machines.c) Quantities achieved against target in constructiond) Record of Man days lost.e) Construction percentage progress schedule and actual.

C) Daily Repots

a) Activity programme for the dayb) Progress of the previous day and commutative progress.c) Manpower & machinery deployed.

8.5 Progress Reports

8.5.1 CONTRACTOR shall make every effort to keep the OWNER adequately informed asto the progress of the WORK throughout the CONTRACT period.CONTRACTOR shall keep the OWNER informed well in advance of the constructionschedule so as to permit the OWNER to arrange for requisite inspection to becarried out in such a manner as to minimize interference with progress of WORK.It is imperative that close coordination be maintained with the OWNER during allphases of WORK.

8.5.2 By the 10th (tenth) of each month, CONTRACTOR shall furnish the OWNER adetailed report covering the progress as of the last day of the previous month.These reports will indicate actual and scheduled percentage of completion ofconstruction as well as general comments of interest or the progress of variousphases of the WORK. The frequency of progress reporting by the CONTRACTORshall be weekly.






8.5.3 Once a week, CONTRACTOR shall submit a summary of the WORK accomplishedduring the preceding week in form of percentage completion of the various phasesof the WORK, to the OWNER.

8.5.4 Progress reports shall be supplied by CONTRACTOR with documents such as chart,networks, photographs, test certificate etc. Such progress reports shall be in theform and size as may be required by the OWNER and shall be submitted in at least3 (three) copies.

8.5.5 Contractor shall prepare daily progress report (DPR) in the desired format andsubmit it to Engineer-in-charge alongwith schedule of next day to Engineer-in-charge.

9.0 OTHER CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENT

OWNER reserves the right to inspect all phases of CONTRACTOR's operations toensure conformity to the SPECIFICATIONS. Owner will have Engineers, Inspectorsor other duly authorised representatives, made known to the CONTRCTOR presentduring progress of the WORK and such representatives shall have free access tothe WORK at all times. The presence or absence of a OWNER's representativedoes not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for quality control in allphases of the WORK. In the event that any of the WORK being done by theCONTRACTOR or any SUB-CONTRACTOR is found by OWNER's representatives tobe unsatisfactory or not in accordance with the DRAWINGS, procedures andSPECIFICATIONS, the CONTRACTOR shall, upon verbal notice of such, revise thework in a manner to conform to the relevant DRAWINGS, procedures andSPECIFICATIONS.

9.1 Rules & Regulations

CONTRACTOR shall observe in addition to Codes specified in respectivespecification, all National and Local Laws, Ordinances, Rules and Regulations andrequirements pertaining to the WORK and shall be responsible for extra costsarising from violations of the same.

9.2 Procedures

Various procedures and method statements to be adopted by CONTRACTOR duringthe construction as required in the respective specifications shall be submitted toOWNER in due time for APPROVAL. No such construction activity shall commenceunless approved by OWNER in writing.

9.3 Field Inspection

CONTRACTOR shall have at all times during the performance of the WORK, aCompetent Superintendent on the premises. Any instruction given to suchsuperintendent shall be construed as having been given to the CONTRACTOR.






9.4 Erection and Installation

The CONTRACTOR shall carry out required supervision and inspectionas per quality Assurance plan and furnish all assistance required by theOWNER in carrying out inspection work during this phase. The OWNER will haveengineers, inspectors or other authorised representatives present who are tohave free access to the WORK at all times. If an OWNER's representativenotifies the CONTRACTOR's authorised representative not lower than a Foremanof any deficiency, or recommends action regarding compliance with theSPECIFICATIONS, the CONTRACTOR shall make every effort to carry out suchinstructions to complete the WORK conforming to the SPECIFICATIONS andapproved DRAWINGS in the fullest degree consistent with best industry practice.

9.5 Construction Aids, Equipment, Tools & Tackles

CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for making available for executing thework, all requisite Construction Equipments, Special Aids, Cranes, Tools, Tacklesand testing equipments and appliances. Such construction equipments etc. shallbe subject to examination by owner and approval for the same being in first classoperating condition. Any discrepencies pointed out by OWNER shall beimmediately got rectified, repaired or the equipment replaced altogether, byCONTRACTOR. OWNER shall not in any way be responsible for providing any suchequipment, machinery, tools and tackles.

The OWNER reserves the right to rearrange such deployment depending upon theprogress and priority of work in various sections.

Tie-end between main line and starting point of terminal is included in the scope ofcontract, as and when main line section is available for Tie-ins.

10.0 DOCUMENTATION

10.1 "As Built" Drawings

Notwithstanding the provisions contained in standard specifications, uponcompletion of WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall complete all of the related drawingsto the "AS BUILT" stage and provide the OWNER, the following: -

a) One complete set of all original tracings.b) Six complete bound sets of Contractor’s specifications including design

calculations.c) Six complete sets, in the form of hand bound volumes, of the

manufacturer's data book for all the equipments, instruments etc. includingcertified prints and data. Data books shall be completed with index as totag numbers associated with manufacturer's data shown, Equipment datashall include as a minimum requirement the principle and descriptions ofoperations, installation and maintenance instructions, drawings anddimensions, parts list and priced purchase orders including those of major






sub-vendors and suppliers. Requirements pertaining to "VENDOR DATAREQUIREMENT" attached with standard specifications for the documents tobe included in the Data Book for each equipment, instruments etc. shallalso be complied with.

d) Six bound copies each of the Spare Parts Data Books and the LubricantsInventory Schedule.

e) Soft copy of all the as built drawings prepared in AutoCAD in one set of re-writable compact Disc and photographs covering measure activities at site.

f) The Contractor shall submit coloured photographs covering all the activitiesof pipeline constructions highlighting the progress or other areas of work in2 sets to Engineer-in-charge at site office alongwith monthly progressreport. Similarly photographs for problem areas should be submitted wellin advance with a proposed methodology to execute the works and meetthe construction schedule. The cost of same shall be deemed to beinclusive in the rates and no separate payment shall be made.

g) All as-built drawings as mentioned in specification for documentationenclosed elsewhere in the tender.

10.2 Completion Document

The following documents shall be submitted in hard binder by the CONTRACTOR inTHREE sets, as a part of completion documents :-a) Welding Procedure Qualification Report.b) Welder Qualification Report.c) Radiographic Procedure Qualification.d) Radiographic Report alongwith radiographs (Radiographs only with the

original).e) Batch Test Certificate from manufacturers for electrodes.f) Pretesting and final Hydrostatic and other Test results and reports.g) All other requirements as specified in the respective specifications.h) Test results and reports.i) Pre-commissioning/commissioning check list.j) Completion Certificate issued by Owner’s Site Engineer.k) No claim certificate by the Contractor.l) Consumption statements of steel and cement certified by Owner’s Site

Engineer.m) Completion certificate for embedded and covered up works wherever

applicable.n) Recovery statement, if any.o) Statement for reconciliation of all the payments and recoveries made in the

progress bills.p) Copies of deviation statement and order of extension of time, if granted.

10.3 Submission of Coloured Photographs

The Contractor shall shoot, prepare and submit coloured photographs in 2 setsto MECON site office along with monthly progress report covering all theactivities of pipeline constructions highlighting the progress or other areas of






work. Similarly photographs for problem areas should be submitted well inadvance with a proposed methodology to execute the works and meet theconstruction schedule. The cost of same shall be deemed to be inclusive in therates and no separate payment shall be made.

10.4 Videotape

Contractor shall develop and submit a videotape of three hours durationcovering the construction activities showing the nature and magnitude of thework. The tape shall be shot and edited to Indian broadcast standards.Professional camerapersons shall shoot videotape recorded in field. Tape shallcover, but not limited to the following construction activities:• Mobilization of equipment/ machinery• ROW cleaning/grading• Trenching• Stringing• Automatic Welding• Automatic UTS• Pipe laying• Back filling• River crossings• Rail/Road/Canal crossings• Hydro testing Pre-drying and drying• Restoration of ROU• Laying of optical fibre cable• Various construction and installation at sectionalizing valve stations etc.

Videotape shall also have coverage on new/special techniques used in theContract and major problems encountered, if any, and the measures taken toresolve them. The tape shall be supplemented with suitable narration andsubtitles explaining the job, techniques and methodology, etc. The video shall beprepared with two narration tracks, one in Hindi one in English. Professionalnarrators shall voice both. The script shall include explanations of job activitiestechniques used methodologies etc. Elements of the video programmesequencing and editing techniques shall be discussed with Owner and mutuallyagreed to before videotaping begins. Draft script shall be submitted to Owner forapproval before editing commences.

Following completion of editing and review and approval of programme byOwner, Contractor shall deliver edited master tape to Owner plus six VHS-Format copies of the programme

11.0 PLANS, DESIGNS, DRAWINGS BY CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall be responsible for the Detailed Engineering of the Project.

The Contractor shall, within the scope of his work, prepare detailed working andother plans, drawings and designs required for or in connection with theperformance of the work or selection, procurement of making of any supply, and






these plans/drawings shall be approved by the Owner / Project Manager beforethe Contractor can commence with the performance of the relative work or withmaking the relative supply.

The Contractor shall within the scope of his work also carry out investigative anddesign studies and prepare detailed design for the various materials and workscovered in the Contract Documents. Such detailed designs along with referredcodes, standards and practices, back-up calculations, and other details on basisof which the designs have been prepared shall be subject to the Owner’ sapproval. Detailed working drawings and material specifications shall beprepared and established on the basis of the approved design(s) and shall alsobe subject to the Owner’ s approval.

Where the Contractor shall be required under the Contract to prepare or furnishany plan(s), drawing(s), design(s) or specification(s) or other items for thing inrespect of the work or any particular work and/or supplies or any particularsupply, the Contractor shall within 30 (thirty) days (or such other period as theProject Manager may prescribe in this behalf) on receipt of notification ofAcceptance of Bid or not less than 60 (sixty) days before the proposed date ofcommencement of the relative work or supply, whichever shall be earlier, submitto the Project Manager or other authority specified by the Owner in this behalffor approval the relative plan(s) / drawing(s) / design(s) / specification(s) / oritem(s) or thing(s) concerned. The Owner / shall be entitled at any time tosuggest any amendment(s) or modification(s) in the plans/drawings and/orspecifications and the Contractor shall thereupon either convince theOwner/Project Manager of the necessity in whole or part of such amendment ormodification or shall implement the same and shall cause the plan(s)/drawing(s)/ design(s) / specification(s) or item(s) or thing(s) concerned to beaccordingly amended, provided that no such approval of or amendments /modifications in the plans/ drawings/ designs/ specifications by or suggested bythe Owner / Project Manager shall any way absolve the Contractor of any of hisobligations, responsibilities or liabilities under the Contract, inclusive of anrelative to the utility and suitability of the Contractor(s) plans / drawings /designs / specifications or items or things concerned in or for the relativework(s) or supply and fulfillment of all specifications and performance and otherguarantees of the consequent works/supplies, any such approval or suggestionby the Owner / Project Manager as aforesaid being intended only by way ofassistance to the Contractor and prima facie satisfaction of the Owner withoutany attendant liability upon the Project Manager / Owner in this behalf andwithout any estoppel against the Owner from assenting that notwithstandingsuch approval, the plan, drawing, design, specification or other items or thinapproved and any resultant works or supply were faulty and/or not inaccordance with the contractual requirements.

The Contractor shall furnish seven (6) prints each of the drawings for approvalof the Project Manager.






The Contractor shall not permit any work to be done or any material to besupplied or fabricated or manufactured at variance with drawings, designs,specifications reviewed / approved by the Project Manager / Owner as the casemay be and / or as amended or modified. The reviewed/approved drawings maybe released to the Contractor for fabrication/installation progressively.

Unless otherwise required at least 3 (three) sets of direct reading reproduciblesno lower in quality than auto positive of extra thin paper able to produce classlegible prints (the reproducibles to be submitted in roll forms) and 3 (three) setsof prints of all approved plan, drawings, designs, specifications prepared by theContractor, together with similar sets of the reproducible and prints of allrevisions/amendments/ modifications therein shall be lodged with the ProjectManager for the record of the Owner, such sets of plans, drawings, designs,specifications to be signed by the Contractor and to indicate thereon the numberand date of each revision/amendment and of the communication of the ProjectManager for the approval thereof by which the approval was given.

12.0 SURVEY AND LEVEL/SETTING OUT WORK

12.1 Before the WORK or any part thereof are begun, the Contractor’s agent and theEngineer-in-Charge's representative shall together survey and take levels of theSITE and decide all particulars on which the survey is to be made, and on whichmeasurements of the WORK are to be based. Such particulars shall be plotted bythe CONTRACTOR and after agreement the drawings shall be signed by theEngineer-in-Charge.

12.2 The CONTRACTOR shall be entirely responsible for the horizontal and verticalalignment, the level and correctness of every part of the WORK and shall rectifyany errors or imperfections therein. The CONTRACTOR at his own cost shall carryout such rectifications, when the Engineer-in-Charge or his representative issuesinstructions to this effect.

12.3 The Engineer-in-Charge shall furnish the relevant existing grid point with BenchMark on the land. It shall be Contractor’s responsibility to set out the necessarycontrol points in and to set out the alignment of the various works. TheCONTRACTOR shall have to employ efficient survey team for this purpose and theaccuracy of such setting out work shall be Contractor’s responsibility.

12.4 The CONTRACTOR shall give the Engineer-in-Charge not less than 24 (twenty four)hours notice in writing of his intention to set out or give levels for any part of theWORK so that arrangements may be made checking the same.

12.5 WORK shall be suspended for such times as necessary for checking lines and levelson any part of the WORK.

12.6 The CONTRACTOR shall at his own expense provide all assistance, which theEngineer-in-Charge may require for checking the setting out ot WORKS.






12.7 Before commencement of any activity, contractor's quality control set up dulyapproved by company must be available at site.

13.0 ORDER OF WORKS/ PERMISSIONS/ RIGHT OF ENTRY/ CARE OFEXISTING SERVICES

13.1 The order in which the WORK shall be carried out shall be subject to the approvalof the Engineer-in-charge and shall be so as to suit the detailed method ofconstruction adopted by the CONTRACTOR, as well as the agreed jointprogramme. The WORK shall be carried out in a manner so as to enable the othercontractors, if any, to work concurrently.

OWNER reserves right to fix up priorities, which will be conveyed, byEngineer-in-Charge and the CONTRACTOR shall plan and execute workaccordingly.

13.2 Existing Service

13.2.1 Drains, pipes, cables, overhead wires and similar services encountered in course ofthe works shall be guarded from injury by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost, sothat they may continue in full and uninterrupted use to the satisfaction of theOwners thereof, or otherwise occupy any part of the SITE in a manner likely tohinder the operation of such services.

13.2.2 Should any damage be done by the CONTRACTOR to any mains, pipes, cables orlines (whether above or below ground etc.), whether or not shown on the drawingsthe CONTRACTOR must make good or bear the cost of making good the samewithout delay to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.

14.0 MAKE OF MATERIAL/BOUGHT OUT ITEMS

An Appendix-I of approved vendors for various major items is enclosed with thistender specification. The bidder shall consider such names only as indicated in theaforesaid list and clearly indicate in the bid the name(s) as selected against theseitems. For any other item not covered in the list enclosed with this tenderdocument, prior approval shall be obtained by the contractor for its make/supplier’s name.

15.0 TESTS, INSPECTION AND COMPLETION

15.1 Tests and Inspection

The Contractor shall carry out the various tests as enumerated in the technicalspecifications of this Bidding Document and technical documents that will befurnished to him during the performance of the work at no extra cost to theOwner.






All the tests either on the field or at outside laboratories concerning theexecution of the work and supply of materials by the Contractor shall be carriedout by Contractor at his own cost.

The work is subject to inspection at all times by the Engineer-in-Charge. TheContractor shall follow all instructions given during inspection and shall ensurethat the work is being carried out according to the technical specifications of thisBidding Document, the technical documents that will be furnished to him duringperformance of work and the relevant codes of practice.The Contractor shall provide for purposes of inspection access ladders, lightingequipment for testing, necessary instruments etc. at his own cost, low voltagelighting equipment for tray fixing and inspection work.

Compressed air for carrying out works shall be arranged by the Contractor at hisown cost.For material supplied by Owner, Contractor shall carryout the tests, if requiredby the Engineer-in-Charge, and the cost of such tests shall be reimbursed by theOwner at actual to the Contractor on production of documentary evidence.

All results of inspection and tests will be recorded in the inspection reports,proforma of which will be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. These reportsshall form part of the completion documents. Any work not conforming toexecution drawings, specifications or codes shall be rejected and the Contractorshall carryout the rectifications at his own cost.

For materials supplied by Owner, contractor shall carryout the tests, if required bythe Engineer-in- charge, and the cost of such tests shall be reimbursed by theOwner at actual to the Contractor on production of documentary evidence.Contractor shall inspect carefully all equipment before receiving them from Ownerfor installation purposes. Any damage or defect noticed shall be brought to thenotice of Engineer-in- Charge immediately.

Inspection and acceptance of the work shall not relieve the Contractor from any ofhis responsibilities under this Contract.

15.2 Inspection of Supply Items

15.2.1 All inspection and tests on bought out items shall be made as per thespecifications forming part of this contract. Various stages of inspection andtesting shall be identified after receipt of Quality Assurance Programme from theContractor/ Manufacturer.

15.2.2 Inspection calls shall be given for associations of Owner/ MECON ’srepresentative as per mutually agreed programme in prescribed proforma with15 days margin, giving details of equipment and attaching relevant testcertificates and internal inspection report of the Contractor. All drawings,General Arrangement and other contract drawings, specifications, cataloguesetc. pertaining to equipment offered for inspection shall be got approved from






Owner/ MECON and copies shall be made available to owner/ MECON beforehand for undertaking inspection.

15.2.3 The contractor shall ensure full and free access to the inspection engineer ofOwner/ MECON at the Contractor’s or their sub-contractor’s premises at anytime during contract period to facilitate him to carry out inspection and testingassignments.

15.2.4 The contractor/ sub-contractor shall provide all instruments, tools, necessarytesting and other inspection facilities to inspection engineer of Owner/ MECONfree of cost for carrying out inspection.

15.2.5 Where facilities for testing do not exist in the Contractor’s/ sub-contractor’slaboratories, samples and test pieces shall be drawn by the Contractor/ Sub-Contractor in presence of Inspection Engineer of a Owner/ MECON and dulysealed by the later and sent for testing in Government approved Test House orany other testing laboratories approved by the Inspection Engineer at theContractor’s cost.

15.3 Test Certificates

15.3.1 Bidder shall be required to submit recent test certificates for the material beingused in works from the recognized laboratories. These certificates shouldindicate all properties of the materials as required in relevant IS Standards orInternational Standards.

15.3.2 Contractor shall also submit the test certificate with every batch of materialsupplied which will be approved by Engineer-in-Charge. No secured advance willbe given for the materials not having test certificate. In case any test is to becarried out, the same shall be got done in the approved laboratory at the cost ofcontractor.

15.4 Third Party Inspection Agency

15.4.1 Contractor is required to employ Third party inspection agency (TPIA) forinspection, witnessing tests and certification of works at Contractor’ s workcenters for procurement of line pipes, coating of line pipes, equipmentmanufacturing, construction, etc. The owner shall approve the agency and itshall not be same TPIA engaged by owner.

15.4.2 Owner reserves the right to employ his own TPIA as indicated in the subsequentsections.

15.4.3 Owner will appoint an independent TPIA for construction of total pipeline.

15.4.4 Owner reserves the right to appoint agencies for quality surveyor lance duringthe time of production and supply of major items.






15.4.5 GSPL reserves the rights of access for audit and inspection at Contractor, sub-contractor / vendor’ s plants / work sites at any stage during the Project.

15.4.6 First day production and quality checks shall be carried out in presence of Owner/ Owner’ s representatives.

15.4.7 EPC Contractor shall ensure that TPI inspectors have sufficient experience andqualification to fulfill the inspection of specified items. EPC contractor shallsubmit the CVs of proposed personnel before putting them on to the job. Atleast not less than 3 (three) working days are to be given top GSPL for approval.

15.4.8 Inspection and test plans (ITP) are to be developed for all items of supply anditems of construction as per his QA/QC plan by Contractor and submit the sameto Owner for his review / approval within fifteen (15) days after award of work.Owner will review the ITPs and approve the same for implementation in thework.

All inspections and tests shall be made as required by the specifications formingpart of this contract. Contractor shall advise Owner/ Consultant in writing at least10 days in advance of the date of final inspection/tests. Manufactures inspectionor testing certificates for equipment and materials supplied, may be considered foracceptance at the discretion of Owner/ Consultant. All costs towards testing etc.shall be borne by the contractor within their quoted rates. All inspection of variousitems shall be carried out based on Quality Assurance Plan, which will be submittedby the Contractor and duly approved by Owner/ Consultant.

APPENDIX-I

DESIGN BASIS

Gujarat State Petronet Limited

BRIEF PROJECT DETAIL & BASIC ENGINEERING DESIGN BASIS

PADMALA – HALOL NATURAL GAS PIPELINE

12” NB – 37.23 KM PIPELINE FROM TAP-OFF AT PADMALA IN 24” SERKHI – PADMALA PIPELINE

ENGINEERING DOCUMENT NO. MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001, R-4

(OIL & GAS SBU)

MECON LIMITED DELHI

December, 2006

C:\Documents and Settings\GV _kavl\Desktop\GSPL_13.03.07\Design Basis - GSPL-0001-R-4.doc


OIL & GAS SBU

DESIGN BASIS FOR 12” NB x 37.23 KM PIPELINE FROM

PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI

ENGINEERING DOCUMENT NO. PAGE 1 of 22 TITLE BASIC ENGINEERING DESIGN BASIS

MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


C O N T E N T S Sl.No. Description Page No. 1.0 BRIEF PROJECT DETAIL 2 2.0 DESIGN BASIS 8 2.1 INTRODUCTION 8 2.2 SCOPE 8 2.3 GAS COMPOSITION PARAMETER 8 2.4 STATIONS B/L CONDITIONS 9 2.5 PIPELINE PARAMETERS 9 2.6 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL 14 2.7 TERMINALS 17 2.8 SCADA FACILITY 18 2.9 LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM 18 2.10 TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM 19 2.11 ELECTRICAL 19 2.12 CIVIL/ STRUCTURE 20 2.13 SERVICES 20 2.14 LIST OF ASSUMPTIONS 21 3.0 LIST OF STANDARD 22

PREPARED BY

R.SHUKLA S.RAM

CHECKED BY

D.G.MAJUMDER G.V. WALIMBE

APPROVED BY

( A.K. JOHRI )

C:\Documents and Settings\GV _kavl\Desktop\GSPL-23JT\Design Basis - GSPL-0001-RV1-GV.doc

1.0 BRIEF PROJECT DETAIL


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


1.0 BRIEF PROJECT DETAIL 1.1 M/s GSPL intend to lay a 12” NB x 37.23 km pipeline from Padamla tap-off near Baroda on

24” OD Baroda – Ahmedabad – Kalol pipeline. The proposed pipeline is approximately ~ 37.23 km long and 12” NB and will transport ~ 1.5 MMSCMD intermingled RLNG & Natural Gas from Padamla tap-off to Halol for distribution to domestic, automobile, commercial & industrial consumers.

1.1.1 Detail of Existing Pipeline The tap-off shall be taken from existing SV at Padmala on Baroda – Ahmedabad – Kalol

Pipeline. Status of Pipeline : Under Operation Line Size : 24” OD Length : ~134 km Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure : 95 bar (g) 1.1.2 Proposed Grid Line The proposed new pipeline shall be originated from Padamla tap-off at Baroda –

Ahmedabad – Kalol Pipeline and shall be terminated at Halol. The new pipeline shall be of 12.75” OD and 37.23 km in length.

Basic objective of the new pipeline is to cater for the need of industrial, commercial & automobile consumers in that area.

1.1.3 Details of Proposed Pipeline Line Size : 12” NB Length, in km : ~ 37.23 Pipe Specification : ERW, API 5L Gr. X-65, PSL-2 Thickness : 6.4mm, 7.1mm & 8.7mm Operating Pressure : 50 bar(g) Maximum Allowance Operating Pressure : 95 bar(g) External Coating : 3-LPE Tap-off’s : Five nos. of Tap-off (at 1.00 km,

11.42 km, 23.87 km, 37.23 km ) each shall be originated from main line.

No. of SV Stations : One No. Pig Launcher cum Receiver : At Sokhada Pig Receiver cum Launcher : At Halol Filtration : At Halol Metering : At Halol Let Down Unit : At Halol

*However, Filtration, Pressure Reduction & Metering system shall be supplied by M/s GSPL as free issue items.


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


1.2 Pipeline and Facilities The route of the proposed pipeline has been decided by M/s GSPL, the salient feature of the pipeline routes is described in the civil, mechanical document. The entire pipeline network has been divided into the following section.

1.2.1 Trunk Line • Padamla to Halol (~ 37.23 km)

1.2.2 Tap-Off

• Tap-off I at Sokhada, Ch. 1.00 km • Tap-off II for GIDC, Majusar at Ch. 11.42 km • Tap-off III for GIDC, Savili at Ch. 23.87 km • Future Tap-off IV for GIDC, Kalol at Ch. 37.23 km • Future Tap-off V for ,Godhara at Ch. 37.23 km

1.2.3 Consumer Connection • Receving Terminal at Ch. 37.23 km on 12” NB Padmala – Halol Pipeline to Halol

consumers through 12” NB pipeline. 1.2.4 Terminals

At following location pipeline terminals are provided. • Tap-off : At Padamla • Despatch Terminal : Sokhada • Receipt Terminal : At Halol • Tap-off Stations : At Sokhada ch. 1.00 km, For GIDC, Manjusar at ch.11.42 km, For GIDC Savili at ch. 23.87 km.

Tap-off shall be provided (Ch. 37.23 km), at receiving terminal for GIDC, Kalol and for Godhra.

1.2.5 Pipeline Design

Based on the optimization studies carried out the following design parameters have been considered for Mechanical Design of Pipeline System. Pipeline diameter : 12” NB Design Pressure, bar,g : 95


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


Design Temperature, °C : -20 to 65 (aboveground) : 45 (buried) Corrosion Allowance : 0.0 mm Material of Construction : Carbon Steel Based on above design parameters, pipeline wall thickness and grade have been optimised and are indicated below :-

Pipeline Section Class

Location Dia. (NB) API 5L

Grade W.T.

Class-II 12” NB X-65 6.4 Class-III 12” NB X-65 7.1

Padamla to Halol (12” NB x 37.23 km)

Class-IV * 12” NB X-65 8.7 TOTAL

1.2.6 Pipeline Material

Pipeline & its appurtenances shall be provided with carbon steel material suitable for the intended service as indicated above.

a) Line Pipe ERW, Line pipe shall confirm to API Specification 5L, PSL-2 Quality. The grade of line pipe shall be API 5L Gr. X-65 as indicated above. Pipe wall thickness shall confirm to ASME B31.8 and shall also meet the requirement of OISD 141. At river crossing higher wall thickness shall be used.

b) Pipeline Fitting and Flanges All pipeline materials such as pipe, valves, flanges and fittings etc. shall be of class 600#.

c) Mainline Valves/ Station Valves All mainline valves/ station valves are full bore type and designed as per API 6D and API 6FA/ API 607 fire safe design requirements.

All mainline valves shall be double block & bleed type, double piston effect for low

temperature services. First isolation valve in mainline shall be butt welded type. All mainline valves including launcher & receiver valves are gas operated and have body material conforming to LF2.

d) Flanges, Terminal Pipes & Fittings


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


All aboveground piping system shall be of low temperature seamless pipes of equivalent

grade to match 600# pressure and temperature rating. All fittings shall conform to ANSI 600# and low temperature application.

e) Ball Valves All ball valves for terminals shall be full bore type. TMBV underground ball valve shall have

welded configuration and aboveground station valves can be a bolted configuration. f) Flow Tees All branch connection on the main line which are greater than 40% of mainline would be

provided with flow tees to allow smooth passage of pigs. Flow tees material would be same as that of line pipe.

g) Insulating Joint Insulating joints would be provided at transition point of aboveground & underground

portion of pipeline for electrical isolation. These will be mono-block type suitable for both above/ underground installation.

h) Sectionalizing Valve / Station Block Valves Sectionalizing Valve and station block valves shall be gas actuated. All Sectionalising

Valve shall have provision for remote operation (ROV). Sectionalising Valve shall be buried and provided with stem extension. Mainline valve shall be full bore type ball valves, to allow smooth passage of scrappers or pigs through them. All other valves used in terminals shall also be full bore ball valves. These valves shall conform to API 6D.

i) Scrapper Traps By directional scrapper receiver/ launcher shall be provided in Dispatch and Receiving

Terminal for facilitating intelligent pigging and cleaning pigging. Scrapper traps shall be designed as per ASME B31.8 ASME SEC VIII, Div. 1,2004. The material of scrapper traps shall be compatible with line pipe material. Design factor and corrosion allowance for designing scrapper traps shall be considered as 0.5 and 3mm respectively.

j) LR Bends Cold field bends shall be in accordance with codes but in no case with a radius below 40

times diameters. Induction bend shall only be used where ever space constraint is there. However at

stations it can be used. 6D bends shall be acceptable only in mainline stations.


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


k) Gas Chromatograph Gas Chromatograph shall be installed in Distribution cum Receipt Terminal to measured

gas composition, gas gross heating valve, specific gravity. Gas composition shall be used for calculating the energy flow in flow computers.

l) SCADA Foxboro make C-50 RTU shall be installed at despatch, SV’s & Receiving Station & Terminal

at the end of Spurlines. However M/s GSPL shall finalize all SCADA equipment shall be free issue item to contractor & scheme.

m) Telecom System OFC based telecom system shall be provided 24 fiber unarmored OFC shall be laid in self-

lubricated in φ 40mm / 50mm HDPE conduit. At crossing a spare φ 40mm / 50mm HDPE conduit shall be laid in 6” casing pipeline. Telecom system shall comprise of minimum STM-1 equipment at each station, SVs & tap-off points. Telecom equipment shall be free issue item to contractor & scheme shall be finalized by M/s GSPL.

1.2.7 Corrosion Coating

The selected corrosion coating shall be suitable for the temperature range specified in the process design basis. It is proposed to provide corrosion protection of the buried pipeline using 3-Layer Side Extruded Polyethylene (PE) Coating for the pipeline. The minimum total thickness of 3LPE Coating shall be as given below :-

For pipe size (OD) 12.75” - Minimum 3.2mm

Field weld joints shall be coated with heat shrinkable sleeves or cold applied taps. In addition to the corrosion coating, the entire buried portion of the pipeline system shall be provided with cathodic protection system. No internal coating shall be provided.

1.3 Pipeline Construction Pipeline and associated facilities shall be constructed in accordance with ASME B31.8 and

other applicable standards. The pipeline shall be laid underground with minimum 1(one) meter cover. Additional cover, wherever required, shall be provided in accordance with OISD 141.

Welding shall be carried out as per API 1104. All welds shall be 100% radiographed.

After the installation is completed, the entire pipeline shall be hydrostatically tested. The hydrostatic test pressure at any test section shall 1.25 – 1.4 times the design pressure for respective class location. The maximum hydrostatic test pressure at any location in


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


the pipeline during testing shall be not exceed the pressure required to produce hoop stress equal to 95% SMYS of pipe material. The test duration shall be 24 hours for pipeline. Despatch/ Receipt Terminals as well as other intermediate facilities shall also be tested at 1.4 times the design pressure. The test duration shall be 6 hours.

1.4 CONSTRUCTION METHODOLOGY 1.4.1 Main Pipeline

In case of soft soil, conventional trenching and backfilling can be considered for laying of pipeline.

In case of sub surface encountered being weathered rock, a minimum of 150mm thick

layer of soft back-fill material shall be provided all around the pipeline prior to back-filling the trench with excavated material. Where blasting can not be carried out due to close proximity of existing facilities, mechanical equipment for rock excavation can be used. Conventional trenching and back-filling using trenching machine has been considered for laying of the pipeline in the soft soil areas other than described above.

The type of corrosion coating selected (PE) for the pipeline has adequate mechanical properties to withstand the hard surface features. A typical cover of one (1) meter over the top of pipeline is considered.


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


Pipeline Crossings a) Rail

Boring method shall cross railway lines. Approval of designs and construction methodology shall be obtained from concerned railway authorities. Pipeline at railway crossing shall be provided with casing pipe. The carrier pipe shall be installed inside casing pipe. The casing pipe shall be three nominal sizes larger than carrier pipe. The minimum clear cover at the crossing above top of pipeline shall be 1.7mm. The crossing angle shall be as close to 90° as possible. The railway crossing shall comply with the requirement of API 1102 and Indian Railway authorities. Casing insulator and seals shall be provided to isolate carrier and casing pipes.

b) Road & Canal Road crossing shall comply with the requirement of API 1102 and requirements

of the concerned road authorities. Pipeline at National Highways and State Highways Crossing (wherever required) shall be provided with the casing pipe. Metalled roads other than the national highways and state highways shall be crossed by open cut method. However at locations where it is not possible to cross the road by open cut method boring/ jacking method shall be used. No casing pipe shall be considered at such locations. All the cart tracks crossings shall be carried out by open cut method. The road crossing shall be provided with minimum cover of 1.2mm measured from top of the carrier pipe.

Irrigation land canals shall be crossed by boring method wherever required by

the statutory authorities. All other minor canals and nulls crossings shall be carried out with conventional open cut method unless directed other-wise by concerned authorities. The canal crossings and other water crossing shall be provided with a minimum clear cover of 1.5m.

c) River Crossing All rivers crossing are proposed to be crossed by conventional open cut method

except for the rivers specifically proposed to be crossed by HDD Method. Pipeline shall be installed approx. 1.5m (for rocky) / 2.5m (for normal soil) below the lowest bed level. Lowest bed level shall be calculated after giving due consideration to scour depth of such water crossings. The line pipe shall be concrete coated, if required to sufficient negative buoyancy.

At all major crossing two nos. of HDPE conduits shall be laid in steel casing pipe to take care of future requirement.


2.0 DESIGN BASIS


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


2.0 DESIGN BASIS 2.1 INTRODUCTION M/s GSPL proposes to lay 12” NB and 37.23 km long pipeline from Padamla Tap-off for

supplying 1.50 MMSCMD Natural Gas to industrial consumers in Halol and nearby areas. 2.2 SCOPE

• 12” NB x ~ 37.23 km pipeline from tap-off at Padmala to Halol. • Despatch Terminal at Sokhada • Tap-off-I : Tap-off point at Sokhada ch. 1.00 km on mainline . • Tap-off-II : Tap-off point at ch. 11.42 km on mainline (12” NB Padmala – Halol

Pipeline) to GIDC, Manjusar. • Tap-off-III : Tap-off point at ch. 23.87 km on mainline (12” NB Padmala – Halol

Pipeline) for GIDC, Savili. • SV Station at ch. 23.87 km. • Future Tap-off-IV : Future Tap-off-IV at ch. 37.23 km on mainline (12” NB Padmala

– Halol Pipeline) for GIDC, Kalol. • Future Tap-off V : Future Tap-off V at ch. 37.23 km on mainline (12” NB Padmala –

Halol Pipeline) for Godhara • Gas Distribution/ Receipt Terminal at Halol at ch. 37.23 km. • TCP & Impressed Current Permanent Cathodic Protection System. • Optical Fiber Cable Laying, Jointing & temperature • SCADA & Telecom System (scheme shall be decided by M/s GSPL based on In-

house engineering). All SCADA & Telecom equipment shall be supplied as a free issue item to contractor.

2.3 GAS COMPOSITION/ PARAMETER Components Mol% C1 : 89.68 C2 : 6.34 C3 : 2.49 i-C4 : 0.48 n-C4 : 0.59 i-C5 : 0.040 n-C5 : 0.040 C6+ : 0.0 N2 : 0.34 CO2 : 0 Gas Quality : Dry Gas Specific Gravity : 0.62 MW : 18.17 Calorific Value, MJ/Sm3 Gross : 41.65


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


Calorific Value, MJ/Sm3 Net : 37.86 2.4 STATIONS B/L CONDITIONS Gas Pressure, kg/cm2g (at Tap-off) : 50 bar Aboveground Temperature, °C : 5°C (Minimum) Aboveground Temperature, °C : 50°C (Maximum) Sub Soil Temperature, °C : 20°C (Minimum) – GSPL to Confirm Sub Soil Temperature, °C : 25°C (Maximum) – GSPL to Confirm 2.5 PIPELINE PARAMETERS 2.5.1 Pipeline Details

Mainline Section : Padamla – Halol Length of Pipeline : ~ 37.23 km Flow Rate, MMSCMD : 1.5 MMSCMD Pipeline Diameter : 12” NB Pipeline Thickness : 6.4mm, 7.1mm & 8.7mm Material : API 5L (ERW) Pipeline Grade : X-65, PSL-2 MOC : CS (Carbon Steel) Pipeline Rating : 600# Rating Corrosion Allowance : Nil Roughness (micron) : 45 2.5.2 Pipeline Design Parameters Pipeline Operating Life : 40 Years Onstream Days/ Year : 365 Pipeline Diameter : 12” NB Pipeline Length : 37.23 km Design Code : ANSI/ ASME B31.8 (latest edition) Pipeline Laying : Buried Sub-Soil Temperature : 20 - 25°C through out the entire length of

pipeline (1.0m below ground) 2.5.3 Design Pressure, kg/cm2(g) U/S of Pressure Control Valve : 95 bar(g) D/S of Pressure Control Valve : 49 bar(g) 2.5.4 Design Temperature, °C Buried : -20°C to 45°C Above ground : -20°C to 60°C


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


2.5.5 Design Margin On Gas Flow : Nil [50 bar(g) Inlet Pressure] On Pipe Length : Nil

2.5.6 Operating Conditions at Tap-off-I & Dispatch Terminal Pressure : 50 bar(g) Temperature, °C : 5 to 50°C Gas Flow, MMSCMD : 1.5 2.5.7 Operating Conditions at Tap-off-II, Ch. 11.42 km Pressure, kg/cm2(g) : 49.50 Temperature, °C : 5 to 50°C Gas Flow, MMSCMD : 1.5 2.5.8 Operating Conditions at Tap-off-III, Ch. 23.87 km Pressure, kg/cm2g : 46.5 Temperature, °C : 5 to 50°C Gas Flow, MMSCMD : 1.5 2.5.9 Delivery Conditions at Receiving end ch. 37.23 km Pressure, kg/cm2g : 40 - 50 Temperature, °C : 5 – 50 Gas Flow, MMSCMD : 1.5

2.5.10 Pipeline External Corrosion Protection

To protect pipeline from external corrosion three layers of polyethylene coating will be provided, the minimum thickness of coating shall be 3.2mm. This include 180 micron thickness of epoxy, adhesive thickness of 200 micron.

Design basis for cathodic protection system has been attached as Appendix I 2.5.11 Pig Launching & Receiving Facility For effective maintenance of pipeline, pig launching & receiving facilities will be provided

at the ends of pipeline that is at Sokhada despatch terminal & Halol Receiving Terminal. Provision shall be kept for intelligent pigging.


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


2.5.12 Flow Tees All branch connection on the main line which are greater than 40% of mainline would be

provided with flow tees to allow smooth passage of pigs. Flow tees material would be same as that of line pipe.

2.5.13 Insulating Joint Insulating joints would be provided at transition point of aboveground & underground

portion of pipeline for electrical isolation. These will be mono-block type suitable for both above/ underground installation.

2.6 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL SYSTEM 2.6.1 Instrumentation & control system will be provided for safe reliable and efficient control of

natural gas transportation in pipeline. For this purpose, microprocessor based electronic instruments having 4-20 mA DC current signal as input/output have been envisaged. The basic function of the instrumentation system shall be to monitor and control of natural gas parameters viz , pressure , temperature, flow, % of LEL, Actuated Valve’s status , pig signaling , gas analysis, etc as indicated in the P&ID diagram. Instrumentation for measurement of control will be combination of both local and remote operation from the control room.

a) Despatch Terminal at Sokhada One control panel shall be provided in Despatch Terminal at Sokhada. Control panel shall be

used for mentoring of inlet pressure, temperature, pig signaling, LEL detection system and actuated valve’s, status indication & control. Fire gas alarm system shall be provided. Provision shall be kept to hook-up all parameters with SCADA through RTU.

However the SCADA System including RTU shall be finalized by M/S GSPL and shall be

executed by other contractors. (b) SV Station & Tap-off-III One control panel shall be provided in SV-I for pressure, temperature indication, actuated

valve’s status indication & control. Provision shall be kept to hook-up all parameters with SCADA through RTU.

(c) Gas Distribution cum Receipt Terminal

Control panel shall be provided in gas distribution cum receipt terminal. Control panel shall be used for indication of inlet/ outlet pressure, temperature, differential pressure indication across cartridge filter, pig signaling, LEL detection, actuated valve’s status indication, outlet flow, status indication of Pressure Control Valve, Slam Shut Valve, and inputs from Flow Computers. Provision shall be kept to hook-up all parameters including TR Unit on-line data


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


with SCADA through RTU. However the SCADA System including RTU shall be finalized by M/S GSPL and shall be executed by other contractors.

Fire & Gas Alarm System and CO2 Flooding System shall also be provided in all control rooms.

2.6.2 The design shall employ the latest technology of proven capabilities. The selection of

equipment shall be such as to offer flexibility for future modification and expansion without affecting the system reliability.

2.6.3 All instruments shall be capable of operating for the specified turndown conditions. All

instruments unless otherwise specified, shall be electronic type. However, final control element shall be pneumatically operated.

2.6.4 The type of instrument as specified in the Instrument Data Sheet shall be invariably

selected unless the vendor has valid technical reasons for proposing a change. Any deviation on the type of instrument from the data sheet shall be specifically highlighted with technical reason and approval sought from MECON/GSPL. Contractor to note that the ultimate responsibility to select the particular instrument to suit process conditions shall be Contractor’s responsibility.

2.6.5 All safety shutdown and interlocks shall be carried out using electromagnetic relays. 2.6.6 All field instruments, junction boxes and cable glands shall be certified for use in

hazardous area as per area classification mentioned elsewhere in the tender document. The Instrumentation shall be certified intrinsically safe in general, as per IEC-79. However, field switches, solenoid valves shall be certified flameproof for use in classified area as applicable (IS-2148/ IEC-79). Moreover, all field instruments junction boxes, cable glands shall be weather proof to NEMA-4 / IP 55 as per IS:2147 / IEC-529 and explosion proof/ flame proof to NEMA-7 or equivalent IS Standard.

2.6.7 The philosophy of power supplies for Instrumentation purposes are as follows :-

i) 230 VAC, 50 Hz , UPS for Min incoming power supply to control panel. ii) 24 VDC (Dual redundant) for panel mounted instrument, field transmitters,

solenoid valve LEL gas detectors and interlock based relay systems. iii) 230 VAC , 50 HZ , non-UPS for panel lighting, electrical heat tracing.

2.6.8 Isolated 230V AC @50 Hz, 24V DC and its distribution within the battery limits including UPS and battery backup shall be Contractor’s responsibility. AC distribution board and DC distribution board shall be provided in control room with suitable isolator for each feeder.

2.6.9 All open and close loops shall have an individual MCB in the panel for isolating the field

instruments for maintenance (i.e. for field switches, transmitters, SOV, Control Valve etc.)


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


2.6.10 The design and installation of instruments shall be generally in accordance with ISA / API recommended practices and other applicable standards like ASI, IBR etc. Material specifications and practices shall, in general, conform to appropriate ASTM or equivalent standards. All standards, code of practice shall be of the latest edition.

2.6.11 All instruments and equipments shall be suitable for use in hot, humid and tropical

industrial climate in which corrosive gases and/ or chemicals may be present. As a minimum, all instruments and enclosures in field shall be dust proof, weather proof to NEMA 4 (IP 55) and secure against the ingress of fumes, damages, insects and vermin. All external surfaces shall be suitably treated to provide anti corrosion protection against plant atmosphere.

2.6.12 Materials of construction of instruments shall be consistent with temperature, pressure,

corrosion conditions and other process requirements. In case where suitable material procurement is not feasible, diaphragm seal shall be provided.

2.6.13 Ranges for instruments shall be selected, in general, such that in normal process

operation the indication on the indicator or chart is between 40% to 60% of span for linear scale and 60% to 80% of span for square root scale.

2.6.14 The complete instrument system shall be designed for safe operation, by using normally

contacts which open on fault conditions. 2.6.15 The design of the alarm annunciation system shall be such that the transient alarms of

less than 330 milli seconds duration shall be automatically discounted. 2.6.16 All lamps on control panels shall be provided with lamp test facility 2.6.17 All process switches shall be provided with DPDT (two nos.) switches with contact rating,

as a minimum of 110V, 0.5 A DC or 230 V 5.0 Amp (Inductive) AC as applicable. For all field switches (except limit switches), differential of switch shall be less than 40% of difference between set value & normal operating value.

2.6.18 Control valve sizing formula shall, in general, be as per ISA 75.01. Control valves shall be

sized for the available pressure drop at normal flow and in addition shall permit upto 150% of normal flow or 110% of the maximum flow, whichever is higher. Vendor shall submit the sizing calculations for all control valves.

2.6.19 All transmitters shall be of SMART type provided with in-built output meter/ output

gauge at the transmitter end. 2.6.20 All solenoid valves shall be of three way “universal “ type and continuous rated type.


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


2.7 TERMINALS To supply gas to consumers. The following station has been envisaged.

a) Despatch Terminal at Sokhada b) Gas Distribution Terminal at Halol c) Sectionalising Valve Station d) Tap-off-I at a chainage of 1.00 km. e) Tap-off-II at a chainage of 11.42 km for GIDC, Manjusar f) Tap-off-III at a chainage of 23.87 km for GIDC, Savili g) Future Tap-off-V at chainage of 37.23 km for GIDC, Kalol h) Future Tap-off-VI at chainage of 37.23 km for Godhara

2.7.1 Dispatch Terminal at Padamla A 12” NB tap-off available at Padamla shall be used to supply gas. The despatch

terminal at Sokhada will have following facilities. 1. Scrapper Launcher cum Receiver (16” x 12” NB) – 1 No. 2. Local & panel mounted instruments such as PT, TG & Pig Signalers, GoV Valves

Operation. 3. Control Panel 4. Civil Building 5. DG Set 6. LEL Detection System 7. F&G Alarm

2.7.2 Sectionalising Block Valve-I 2.7.2.1 A sectionalising valve will be provided at a distance of 23.87 km from dispatch terminal for

shut down of the pipeline. SV-1 gas over-oil valves shall be made remoteopera table from SCADA Control Room. However SCADA & RTU shall not be in EPC contractor scope.

2.7.2.1.1 Mode of Operation Sectionalising valve : GoV (Gas over-oil type) Bypass/ blow down valve : Manual 2.7.3 Terminal After despatch terminal gas flow through the pipeline will be distributed through Gas

Distribution/ Receipt Terminal at Halol. The following facilities have been envisaged at Receiving Terminal. 1. Scrapper Receiver cum Launcher with pig signaler (16” x 12” NB) – 1 No. 2. Control Panel 3. Control Room Building 4. LEL Detection System 5. F&G Alarm Metering skid (Free issue, supplied by M/s GSPL)


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


2.8 SCADA FACILITY The purpose of SCADA System is to ensure effective and reliable control, management &

supervision of the pipeline from centralized location using remote terminal units located along the pipeline at suitable locations.

Central SCADA control centre will be interlocked through Optical Fiber Cable (OFC) link with

Remote Terminal Units (RTUs) located along the pipeline. The following pipeline facilities have been considered for telemetry operation.

i) Despatch terminal

ii) Sectionalising Valve Station SV-1 iii) Gas Distribution Terminal at Halol . iv) Pipeline and skid mounted terminal for industrial consumer at Manjusar, Savili and

Receiving Terminal at Halol. However Metering Skid shall be free use item to EPC contractor.

RTU’s have been envisaged in the future for SCADA system covering the requirements of

above mentioned points. The RTU shall be integrated with SCADA Master Stations by M/s GSPL. The RTU’s will be used for scanning and telemetering of pipeline parameters such as flow , temperature , pressure, valve status, scraper pig signaling ,density, CP parameters etc to update the main computer database for monitoring the entire pipeline operation. The SCADA system will also be used for remote operation and monitoring of sectionalized valve.

However, the future SCADA system including RTU shall be finalized by M/s GSPL and executed by other contractor.

2.9 LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM 2.9.1 IR Based Gas Detection System IR based detection system having adequate nos. of fixed gas detectors at various critical

locations in the Receiving Terminal shall be provided for continuous monitoring of hydrocarbon level in the air in the proximity of filtration, pressure reduction & metering unit, piping etc. the basis of location for the same shall be based on wind direction, gas component density and coverage of gas detections in Receiving Terminal & same shall be integrated with SCADA, RTU through serial communication.

The panel (completely wired) for housing the monitor/ controller for gas detectors with

relays, hooters/ annunciators indicating the location shall be provided in the control room. The single channel monitor to be used with two channels as spare. The gas detection

system shall give high gas alarm on 20% low explosion level (LEL) and very high gas alarm of 40% LEL detection in the gas detectors. One no. of calibration kit complete with calibration gas cylinders for gas detector calibration shall be provided. in each station/terminal.


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


2.9.2 Fire and Gas Alarm System Suitable fire and gas detection system for control room and field area are to be provided,

with receiver instruments in control room with separate alarm. The supply shall include fire detectors, monitor/ controllers, and enunciators in fire panel to

be placed in the control room (CR). The fire and gas detector layout shall cover the entire plant area system following NFPA-72

standard. Develop the detailed layout and same will be finalized during detailed engineering.

The location & type of fire and gas detection system to be provided in different areas is as

follows:- Type Location (Typical) Fixed type thermal detectors Control room Manual call point/ break glass Exit doors of the building in Receiving Terminal. All the connections for fire/ gas/ smoke detection system will lead for annunciation to the

fire panel to be placed in the control room. The receiver instrument will be placed in the control room.

2.10 TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM To facilitate proper operational and management control of the pipeline, a reliable and

dedicated Telecommunication System is proposed to be setup in future connecting the various attended and unattended stations along the pipelines. At present only Optical fiber cable shall be laid in HDPE Duct along with the pipeline

The future Communication System proposed will provide for remote operation of SV-I along

the pipeline along with communication amongst other attended stations. The system will also provide for voice communication from unmanned stations to the attended stations and also remote monitoring of the cathodic protection. STM-1 equipment shall be installed at each station/ tap-off points in future. However, the future Telecommunication System including STM equipments shall be finalized by M/s GSPL and executed by other Contractor.

2.11 ELECTRICAL 2.11 Design basis for Electrical has been attached as Appendix II 2.12 CIVIL/ STRUCTURE Control room building to be provided in following stations.


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


i) Dispatch Terminal ii) SV Station & Tap-off-III iii) Receiving Terminal

For detail of control room building refer civil design basis.

• Bore well shall be provided in each station (such as Dispatch, SV, Tap-off and Receipt Terminal).

• Boundary wall with gate shall be provided in Dispatch, SV & Receipt Terminal while in tap-off only fencing with gates are to be provided.

• Civil work such as pavement, pipes support & equipment foundation in Dispatch, SV, tap-off and receipt terminal.

Detail design basis for Civil/Structural has been attached as Appendix III

2.13 SERVICES 2.13.1 Air conditioners (Split and Window) will be provided in control room shift-in-charge room

and SCADA & Telecom room in Dispatch, Receiving Terminal and in control SV and tap-off Stations control room.

2.13.2 Portable fire extinguisher will be provided. 2.13.3 Utility Requirement The requirement of utilities to GSPL terminal at following technical parameters as per

requirement. 2.13.3.2 Power Supply * a) Source & Battery Limit : M/s GSPL to Indicate (*) b) Incoming Electric Power : 415 V/ 50 HZ/ 3 Phase + Neutral c) No. of Feeders : d) Emergency Power : * Power supply for critical services such as Instrument/ Telecom/ SCADA &

Control Panel and total for non-critical services shall be furnished by MECON during detail engineering.

2.13.4 Fire Fighting Facilities It has been considered that fire fighting facilities such as static fire fighting equipment such

as DCP type fire extinguisher at station will be provided to cover the pipeline facilities at the despatch station SV, tap-off and Receiving Terminal.


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


2.14 LIST OF ASSUMPTIONS 2.14.1 The total route length shall be decided based on survey drawings. 2.14.2 No instrumentation, plant air shall be available. However, instruments shall be gas operated

only. 2.14.3 An existing plot of 105m x 70m is provided as indicated by GSPL at Dispatch Terminal at

Sokhada. The plot sizes considered for different locations are as follows :– i) Tap –off I at Padmala - 56mx121m

i) Despatch terminal (with building) - 105X70 m ii) Tap-off Point-II (without building) - 40m x 40m iii) SV-1 / Tap-off Point-III (with building) - 100m x 60m iv) Receipt Terminal (With Building) - 60m x 60m


3.0 LIST OF STANDARDS


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


3.0 LIST OF STANDARD 3.1 Pipeline Codes and Standards a) American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) ASME B31.8 : Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping System ASME B16.25 : Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping System ASME B16.9 : Factory – Made Wrought Iron Steel Butt-Welding Fittings ASME B31.3 : Process Piping ASME B31.4 : Pipeline Transportation System for Liquid Hydrocarbons and

others ASME B16.5 : Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings ASME B16.9 : Factory Made Wrought Steel Butt Welding Fittings ASME B16.10 : Face to Face and End to End – Dimensions of Valves ASME B16.11 : Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded ASME B16.20 : Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges – Ring Joint, Spiral Wound

and Jacketed. ASME B16.21 : Non-Metallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges ASME B16.25 : Butt Welding Ends ASME B16.28 : Wrought Steel Butt Welding Short Radius Elbows ASME B16.34 : Valves – Flanged, Threaded & Welding Ends ASME B16.36 : Orifice Flanges ASME B16.47 Series “A” : Large Diameter Steel Flanges NPS 26 through NPS 60 ASME B18.2.1 : Square and Hex. Bolts and Screws ASME B18.2.2 : Square and Hex. Nuts ASME B31.3 : Process Piping ASME B36.10M : Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe ASME Boiler & Pressure : Section-IX – Qualification standard for welding and Brazing Vessel Code procedures, welders, brazes, and welding and brazing

operators ASME Boiler & Pressure : Part C – Specifications for Welding Rods, Electrodes, and Vessel Code-II Filter Metals ASME Boiler & Pressure : Section-V, Nondestructive Examination Vessel Code ASME Boiler & Pressure : Section-II Materials Part A – Ferrous Materials Specifications Vessel Code b) American Petroleum Institute (API) API Spec 5L : Specification for Line Pipe API RP 1102 : Recommended Practice for Liquid Petroleum Pipelines Crossing

Railroads and Highways API Std 1104 : Standard for Welding Pipeline and Related Facilities


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


API RP 1110 : Recommended Practice for the Pressure Testing of Liquid Petroleum Pipelines

API Std 607 : Fire Test for Soft Seated Quarter Turn Valves API RP 500 : Recommended practice for classification of locations of

Electrical installations at Petroleum Facilities classified as Class I, Div. 1 and 2.

Spec 6FA : Specification for Fire Test for Valves STD 590 : Steel Line Blanks STD 594 : Check Valves, Wafer, Wafer Lug and Double Flanged Type STD 598 : Valve Inspection and Testing STD 600 : Steel Gate Valves Flanged or Butt Welding Ends, Bolted and

Pressure Seal Bonnets STD 602 : Compact Steel Gate Valves – Flanged, Threaded, Welding and

Extended Body Ends. STD 607 : Fire Test for Soft-Seated Quarter-Turn Valves c) British Standard Institute BS1868 : Steel Check Valve (Flanged and Butt-Welding Ends) for

Petroleum, Petro-Chemical and Allied Industries BS1873 : Steel Globe, Globe Stop and Check Valves (Flanged and Butt

Welding Ends) for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied Industries

BS5154 : Copper Alloy Globe, Globe Stop and Check, Check and Gate Valves

BS5351 : Steel Ball Valves for Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied Industries

BS5352 : Steel Wedge Gate, Globe and Check Valves 50mm and Smaller for Petroleum, Petro-Chemical and Allied Industries

BS6755 Part-I : Testing of Valves Part-1 : Production Pressure Testing Requirements

BS6755 Part-2 : Testing of Valves Part-2 : Specification for Fire Type Testing Requirements.

EN 288-9 : Specification and approval of welding procedures for metallic

materials – part 9. Welding procedure test for pipeline welding on land and offshore site butt welding of transmission pipeline

NDB EN 1594 : Gas supply systems – pipeline for maximum operating pressure over 16 bar – Functional requirements

NBN EN 10208-2 : Steel pipes for pipelines for combustible fluids – Technical delivery conditions - Part 2

ISO-15590-1 : International Standard for Petroleum and natural gas industries – Induction bends, fittings and flanges for pipeline transportation systems

DIN 30672 : Coatings of corrosion protection tapes and heat-shrinking products for pipelines for operational temperatures up to 50°C


OIL & GAS SBU


PADMALA TO HALOL

MECON LTD., DELHI


MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001 REVISION 4


SEL 072 – 1st Edition : Ultrasonically tested heavy plate DIN 20670 : Polyethylene coatings for steel pipes and fittings DIN 2413 Part-II : Design of steel bends used in pressure pipelines ISO/TR 5168 : Measurement of fluid flow-Evaluation of uncertainties d) Oil Industry Safety Directorate (OISD Standards) OISD-GDN-115 : Guidelines on Fire Fighting, Equipment and appliances in

Petroleum Industry Fire Protection Manual : Fire Engines, Trailer Pumps and Hydrant Systems - TAC OISD-Standard-141 : Design and construction requirements for cross country

hydrocarbon pipelines OISD-Standard-118 : Layouts for oil and gas installations e) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM A82 : Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete

Reinforcement ASTM A185 : Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for

Concrete Reinforcement ASTM E92 : Standard Test Method for Vickers Hardness Testing of Metallic

Materials ASTM E94 : Standard Practice for Radiographic Testing ASTM E165 : Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Inspection Method ASTM E709 : Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Examinations f) MSS Standard Practices MSS SP 75 : Specification for High Test Wrought Welding Fittings g) Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) MSS-SP-6 : Standard Finishes for Contact Faces MSS-SP-9 : Spot Facing for Bronze, Iron and Steel Flanges MSS-SP-25 : Standard Marking Systems for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and

Union

APPENDIX-II

DATA SHEETS FOR MECHANICALITEMS ETC.





D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\list of data sheet IB of V.doc

LIST OF DATA SHEETS FOR MECHANICAL ITEMS

Sl. No. Description Data Sheet No.

1. LONG RADIUS BENDS MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS-015-1 R-0

2. FLOW TEE MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS/011-01, R-0

3. FLOW TEE MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS/011-02, R-0

4. INSULATING JOINTS MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS-009-01, R-0

5. INSULATING JOINTS MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS-009-02, R-0

6. INSULATING JOINTS MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS-009-03 R-0

7. INSULATING JOINTS MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS-009-04 R-0

8. PRESSURE SAFETY VALVES MEC/23JT/05/21/DS/PSV-001, R-1

9. BALL VALVES (NB<2”) MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/BV-001, R-1

BALL VALVES (NB>2”) MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/BV-002, R-1





BALL VALVES (NB>2”) MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/BV-006A, R-0


BALL VALVES (NB>2”) MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/BV-008, R-1BALL VALVES (NB>2”) MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/BV-008A, R-0

10. GLOBE VALVE MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/DS/GV-001, R-1

11. GLOBE VALVE MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/DS/GV-002, R-1

12. GLOBE VALVE MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/DS/GV-002A, R-0

13. CHECK VALVE MEC/23JT/05/21/DS/VC-01, R-1

13. i) SCRAPPER TRAP MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/SL-0001/0002, R-1

ii) PIG SIGNALLER MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/DS-001





D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\list of data sheet IB of V.doc

INSTRUMENTATION - DATA SHEETS

SR.NO. INSTRUMENT DATA SHEET NO. REV

1 Pressure Gauge MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-PG 1

2 Pressure Transmitter MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-PT 1

3 Temperature Transmitter MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-TT 1

4 Resistance Temperature Detector MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-RTD 1

5 Differential Pressure Switch MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-DPS 1

6 LEL Gas Detection System MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-LEL 1

7 Control Panel MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-CP 1

8 Indicator MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-IND 1

9 Signal Distributor MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-SDC 1

10 Zener Barrier MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-ZB 111 Alarm Annunciator MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-ANN 1

DATA SHEET FOR LONG RADIUS BENDS

1) LR BEND MFR. :

2) : MEC/TS/05/62/015 Rev 01

3) MANUFACTURING CODE : MSS-SP-75

4) DIMENSIONAL TESTING : REQUIRED AS PER SPEC.

5) DESTRUCTIVE TESTING : REQUIRED AT (-) 20 0C CV (Avg.) - 35 J/cm2 / CV (Min.) - 28 J/cm2

(TENSILE / CHARPY /HARDNESS) : REQUIRED AS PER SPEC.

6) NON-DESTRUCTUVE TESTING : REQUIRED AS PER SPEC.

7) PIGGING : REQUIRED AS PER NOTE NO.3

8) HYDROSTATIC TEST PRESSURE : 142.5 bar (g)

TABLE-I

Sl. Bend End Type Qty. Angle StrainghtNo. NB Thk. Material Radius (Nos.) Length

mm (R) after m/ bend Totalcurvature @ length(mm) (m) @

1. 12" CONTRACTOR TO INDICATE API 5L Gr X - 65 6D BW CONTRACTOR TO

INDICATECONTRACTOR TO INDICATE 500 mm

TABLE-II

Pipe length required for fabrication of bends

* = "D" - denotes nominal dia. of pipeBE = Bevel End@ = Vendor to indicate

= Straight length after curvature will be minimum 300mm.

Note:1) Test Bend shall be of 90°2) Quantity & angles of LR Bends shall be finalized during detailed engineering activities3) A check shall be performed on each bend by passing gauging pig consisting of two discs having a diameter equal to 95% of the nominal

internal diameter of the pipe, connected rigidly together at a distance equal to 300mm. Details of the gauging pig, including its dimensions shall be approved by Purchaser.

REV. NO. DATE ZONE DESCRIPTIONS BY APPRD REVISIONS REFERENCES DRG. NO.

SECTION PROCESS & PIPING CLIENT :

NAME DATE CHKD DATEDSGN PROJECT : PADAMLA - HALAOL NATURAL GASDRWN PIPELINE PROJECT OF GSPL IN GUJARAT

SCALE : REVAPPROVED A.K.JOHRI DATA SHEET FOR DATA SHEET NO.: MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002//0001/DS-015-1 0

LONG RADIUS BENDS


(m) random length of pipe

MECON LIMITED

Details of P/L material Pipe length reqd. tofabricate the bend

@Total Length

From Table-I

@Total Nos. of double

(11.5 to 12.5m length) required

NB x Thk. (mm)

12 x Thk.

PURCHASER SPECIFICATION NO.

TRoy/D:/Revised-GSPL-PADM-Documents/Copy of DATA SHEET-LRB-015 GSPL REV-1LRB

DESIGN DATA

1. FLOW TEE MFR. :

2. PURCHASER'S SPECIFICATION NO : MEC/TS/05/62/011

3. RATING : 600#

4. DESIGN PRESSURE : 95 bar(g)

5. DESIGN TEMPERATURE : -20 to 60°C

6. SERVICE : R-LNG

7. CORROSION ALLOWANCE : 1.5 MM

8. SIZE NB (INCHES) : 12 X 12 X12

9. END CONNECTION : BUTT-WELD AT BOTH ENDS

10. DESIGN CODE : ASME B31.8

11. DESIGN FACTOR : 0.5

12. HYDROSTATIC TEST PRESSURE : 142.5 bar(g)

13. CHARPY TEST : REQUIRED AT (-) 200C, CV (Avg.) - 35 J/cm2 / CV (Min.) - 28 J/cm2

14. HARDNESS TEST : REQUIRED AS PER SPEC.

15 SUITABILITY OF FLOW TEE : FOR PIGS AND SPHERES

16 FLOW DIRECTION : BI - DIRECTIONAL

17 MATERIALS SPECIFICATION (EQUIVALENT OR SUPERIOR)A) TEE : MSS-SP-75 WPHY-65 B) END PIECES : ASTM A 694 F-65C) INTERNAL SLEEVE : API 5L Gr. B

18 CONNECTING PIPE SPECIFICATION SL. NO. Qty.

D1 THK. MATERIALS D2 THK. MATERIALS Nos.NB (INCH) (MM) NB (INCH) (MM)

1 12 - API 5L Gr. X - 65 12 - API 5L Gr. X - 652 12 - API 5L Gr. X - 65 12 - API 5L Gr. X - 653 12 - API 5L Gr. X - 65 12 - API 5L Gr. X - 65

19 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS : FLOW TEES SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR ABOVE GROUND INSTALLATION

NOTE: 1 MANUFACTURE TO INDICATE DIMENIONS MARKED A & B IN THE SKETCH ABOVE.2 MANUFACTURER TO FURNISH DETAILS OF THE HOLES IN INTERNAL SLEEVE. THE AREA OF THE HOLES

SHALL BE MINIMUM EQUAL TO THE INTERNAL AREA OF THE BRANCH PIPE. RELEVENT CALCULATIONS TO THIS EXTENT SHALL BE FURNISHED.

3 THE THICKESS OF PIPE SHALL BE IN VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR DURING DETAILED ENGINEERING.REV. NO. DATE ZONE DESCRIPTIONS BY APPRD

REVISIONS REFERENCES DRG. NO.SECTION OIL & GAS CLIENT :

NAME DATE CHKD DATEDSGN TR TRAY PROJECT : PADAMLA - HALAOL NATURAL GASDRWN PIPELINE PROJECT OF GSPL IN GUJARAT

SCALE : NTS REVAPPROVED DATA SHEET NO.: MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS-011-01 0 FLOW TEES (12"X12"X12")

MECON LIMITED

BRANCH PIPE DETAILS

FWT - 0101FWT - 0601 3


DATA SHEET FOR

FWT - 0701

DATA SHEET FOR FLOW TEES

TAG NO. RUN PIPE DETAILS

TRoy/D:/Revised-GSPL-PADM-Documents/Data Sheet - Flow Tee GSPL(12- inches)-Rev-0Flow Tee - 12"

DESIGN DATA

1. FLOW TEE MFR. :

2. PURCHASER'S SPECIFICATION NO. : MEC/TS/05/62/011

3. RATING : 600#



6. SERVICE : R-LNG


8. SIZE NB (INCHES) : 12 X 12 X 8


10. DESIGN CODE : ASME B31.8


12. HYDROSTATIC TEST PRESSURE : 142.5 bar (g)

13. CHARPY TEST : REQUIRED AT (-) 200C, CV (Avg.) - 35 J/cm2 / CV (Min.) - 28 J/cm2


15. SUITABILITY OF FLOW TEE : FOR PIGS AND SPHERES

16. FLOW DIRECTION : BI - DIRECTIONAL

17. MATERIALS SPECIFICATION (EQUIVALENT OR SUPERIOR)A) TEE : MSS-SP-75 WPHY-65 B) END PIECES : ASTM A 694 F-65C) INTERNAL SLEEVE : API 5L Gr. B

18. CONNECTING PIPE SPECIFICATION SL. NO. Qty.

D1 THK. MATERIALS D2 THK. MATERIALS Nos.NB (INCH) (MM) NB (INCH) (MM)

1 12 - API 5L Gr. X - 65 8 - API 5L Gr. X - 652 12 - API 5L Gr. X - 65 8 - API 5L Gr. X - 65

19. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS : FLOW TEES SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR UNDER GROUND INSTALLATION

NOTE: 1. MANUFACTURE TO INDICATE DIMENIONS MARKED A & B IN THE SKETCH ABOVE.2. MANUFACTURER TO FURNISH DETAILS OF THE HOLES IN INTERNAL SLEEVE. THE AREA OF THE HOLES

SHALL BE MINIMUM EQUAL TO THE INTERNAL AREA OF THE BRANCH PIPE. RELEVENT CALCULATIONS TO THIS EXTENT SHALL BE FURNISHED.

3 THE THICKESS OF PIPE SHALL BE VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR DURING DETAILED ENGINEERING.REV. NO. DATE ZONE DESCRIPTIONS BY APPRD

REVISIONS REFERENCES DRG. NO.SECTION OIL & GAS CLIENT :

NAME DATE CHKD DATEDSGN PROJECT : PADAMLA - HALAOL NATURAL GASDRWN PIPELINE PROJECT OF GSPL IN GUJARAT

SCALE : NTS REVAPPROVED A.K.JOHRI DATA SHEET NO.: MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS-011-02 0

FWT - 0301FWT - 0401

FLOW TEES ( 12"X12" X 8" )

MECON LIMITED

2


DATA SHEET FOR

DATA SHEET FOR FLOW TEES

TAG NO. RUN PIPE DETAILS BRANCH PIPE DETAILS

TRoy/D:/Revised-GSPL-PADM-Documents/Data Sheet - Flow Tee GSPL(8- inches)-Rev-0Flow Tee - 8"

A = OVERALL LENGTH OF IJ TO BE CONFIRMED BY MANUFACTURER.

1. INSULATING JOINTS MFR. :


3. RATING : 600#

4. DESIGN PRESSURE : 95 bar (g)


6. SERVICE : Natural Gas


8. SIZE NB (INCHES) : 12"


10. DESIGN CODE : ASME SECTION-VIII DIV-I



13. CHARPY TEST : REQUIRED AT (-) 20 0C CV (Avg.) - 35 J/cm2

CV (Min.) - 28 J/cm214. HARDNESS TEST : REQUIRED AS PER SPEC.

15. MATERIALS SPECIFICATION (EQUIVALENT OR SUPERIOR)A) BODY : ASTM A 694 F 65B) PUPS : API 5L Gr. X-65, C) INSULATING MATERIAL : AS PER MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD

16. CONNECTING PIPE SPECIFICATION SIZE, NB, MM (INCHES) 300(12")WALL THICKNESS, MM -MATERIAL API 5L Gr.X-65

17. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS : INSULATION JOINT SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR ABOVE GROUND INSTALLATION

18. TAG NOS. : 0101/ 0102/ 070119. QUANTITY : CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY


SECTION OIL & GAS CLIENT :NAME DATE CHKD DATE

DSGN PROJECT : PADAMLA - HALAOL NATURAL GASDRWN PIPELINE PROJECT OF GSPL IN GUJARAT

SCALE : NTS REVAPPROVED A.K.JOHRI DATA SHEET FOR DATA SHEET NO.: MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS-009-01 0

INSULATING JOINTS ( 12" DIA., 600# SIZE )

DATA SHEET FOR INSULATING JOINTS

MECON LIMITEDGUJARAT STATE PETRONET LIMITED

NOTE: THE THICKNESS OF PIPE/ PUP SHALL BE VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR DURING DETAILED ENGINEERING

TRoy/D:/Revised-GSPL-PADM-Documents/Data Sheet - IJ 009 GSPL(12- inches)-Rev-01IJ 009 - 12"- R01




3. RATING : 600#










13. CHARPY TEST : REQUIRED AT (-) 20 0C CV (Avg.) - 35 J/cm2

CV (Min.) - 28 J/cm214. HARDNESS TEST : REQUIRED AS PER SPEC.

15. MATERIALS SPECIFICATION (EQUIVALENT OR SUPERIOR)A) BODY : ASTM A 350 Gr. LF2 Cl.1B) PUPS : ASTM A-333, Gr. 6C) INSULATING MATERIAL : AS PER MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD

16. CONNECTING PIPE SPECIFICATION SIZE, NB, MM (INCHES) 300(12")WALL THICKNESS, MM S 80MATERIAL ASTM A-333, Gr. 6


18. TAG NOS. : 060119. QUANTITY : CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY


SECTION OIL & GAS CLIENT :NAME DATE CHKD DATE







TRoy/D:/Revised-GSPL-PADM-Documents/Data Sheet - IJ 009 GSPL(12- inches)-Rev-02IJ 009-12"- R02




3. RATING : 600#




7. CORROSION ALLOWANCE :1.5 MM






13. CHARPY TESTS : REQUIRED AT AS PER SPECIFIED MATERIAL CODE


15. MATERIALS SPECIFICATION (EQUIVALENT OR SUPERIOR)A) BODY : ASTM A 350 Gr. LF2 Cl. 1B) PUPS : ASTM A 333 Gr. 6C) INSULATING MATERIAL : AS PER MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD

16. CONNECTING PIPE SPECIFICATION SIZE, NB, MM (INCHES) 200(8")WALL THICKNESS, MM XSMATERIAL ASTM A 333 Gr.6


18. TAG NOS. : 0301/ 040119. QUANTITY : CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY


SECTION OIL & GAS CLIENT : NAME DATE CHKD DATE


SCALE : NTS REVAPPROVED AK.JOHRI DATA SHEET FOR DATA SHEET NO.: MEC/23JT/05/21/M/002/0001/DS-009-03 0





TRoy/D:/Revised-GSPL-PADM-Documents/Data Sheet - IJ 009 GSPL (8- inches)Rev-0IJ 099 - 8"




3. RATING : 600#










13. CHARPY TESTS : REQUIRED AS PER SPECIFIED MATERIAL CODE

14. HARDNESS TESTS : REQUIRED AS PER MATERIAL CODE

15. MATERIALS SPECIFICATION (EQUIVALENT OR SUPERIOR)A) BODY : ASTM A 350 Gr. LF2 Cl. 1B) PUPS : ASTM A333 GR. 6C) INSULATING MATERIAL : AS PER MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD

16. CONNECTING PIPE SPECIFICATION SIZE, NB, MM (INCHES) 100(4")WALL THICKNESS, MM STDMATERIAL ASTM A333 GR. 6


18. TAG NOS. : 050319. QUANTITY : CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY


SECTION OIL & GAS CLIENT : NAME DATE CHKD DATE

DSGN TR TRAY PROJECT : PADAMLA - HALAOL NATURAL GASDRWN PIPELINE PROJECT OF GSPL IN GUJARAT






TRoy/D:/Revised-GSPL-PADM-Documents/Data Sheet - IJ 009 GSPL (4- inches)-Rev-0IJ 009 - 4"

1.0 Valve Manufacturer :

2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) :(20)3/4", (25)1'', (40)11/2'' ANSI Rating :600# Design Standard : BS:5351

3.0 Connecting Pipeline Design Pressure, kg/cm2(g) : 96.87 Design Temperature, °C :-20 to +60°C

4.0 Connecting Pipe Specification : N.A.4.1 Material : 4.2 Diameter (OD), mm (inch) : 4.3 Thickness, mm :

5.0 Valve Construction Design5.1 Bore : Reduced Full5.2 End Connections Flanged End raised face (as per ASME B16.5)

5.3 Flanges (wherever applicable) : a) RF FF RTJ NA b) Serrated Smooth (125 to 200 microinches AARH) NA

5.4 Valve Type : Floating Ball

6.0 Valve Material SpecificationPart Specified Material Material Offered

6.1 Body ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 16.2 Ball ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/SS 316, with ENP coating*6.3 Body Seat RPTFE/ DELRIN6.4 Gland SS 3166.5 Stem SS 316 with ENP coating* (No casting)6.6 Body Seal Grafoil6.7 Stem Seal Grafoil6.8 Body Studs/Nuts ASTM A 320 L 7/ A194 Gr. 4

7 Corrosion Allowance : 1.5 mm Service : Natural Gas

8.0 Location : Above Ground Buried

9.0 Stem Extension Requirement : Yes No Length of Stem Extension, m : N.A.

10.0 Gear Operator Requirement : Yes No

11.0 Gas Powered Actuator Requirement : Yes No Actuator Specification No.: N.A.Actuator Data Sheet No.: N.A.

12.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : Type-Test as per Standard API 607/ BS:6755 (Part-II)

13.0 Valve Testing Requirement Test Pressure (min.), kg/cm2(g)Minimum Duration, minutes

13.1 Hydrostatic Test Body 157 2Seat 114 2

13.2 Air Test 7.0 15

14 Anti-Static Testing Requirement : As per Standard BS:5351

15.0 Valve Painting Specification 15.1 Surface preparation by Short Blasting as per grade SA 2 1/2, Swedish Standard SIS-055 909.15.2 Three coats of paint shall be applied with minimum thickness of 300 micron. (Permissible thickness in each

coat shall be within 80 to 120 micron.)16 Lock Open/ Lock Close Requirement : As indicated in Material Requisition

Notes:1. Charpy V- notch test for body, ball, gland, stem & studs/ nuts will be conducted at -20°C on five samples having average value

of 35J and minimum value shall be 28J.2. Material test certificates and hydrostatic test reports shall be furnished prior to despatch.3. Detailed dimensional drawings showing cross-section with part numbers and materials shall be submitted for Purchaser's

approval prior to manufacture of the valves.4. All tests shall be as per BS:6755 (Part-I).5. Valves shall have ball position indicator.6. Stops shall be provided to ensure positive alignment of ball with ports and ensure proper installation of handle.7. Each valve shall be provided with a wrench.8. Valves shall be inspected and approved by Purchaser before despatch.9. Gland packing assembly shall permit repair of gland packing under full line pressure.10. Inspection and Testing shall be as per this specification, BS:6755 (Part-I) and other relevant standards and clause no. 5.0 of

T.S. No.: MEC/TS/05/62/002, Rev-2.* Minimum thickness of ENP coating on Ball & stem shall be 25 microns.

REV. NO. DATE ZONE DESCRIPTIONS BY APPRD1 30.12.06 REVISIONS: As per discussions with GSPL BB GS REFERENCES DRG. NO.

SECTION PROCESS & PIPING CLIENT : GSPL

NAME DATE CHKD DATE

DSGN BB GS PROJECT : DRWN

SPECIFICATION AND DATA SHEET SCALE : REVAPPROVED FOR BALL VALVES NO. : MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/BV001 1

(NB < 2'')

MECON LIMITEDPROJECT :Padamla (Baroda) -

Godhra Pipeline Project


2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 50(2"),100(4'') ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D

3.0 MECON's Technical Specification No. : MEC/TS/05/62/002, Rev-2

4.0 Connecting Pipeline Design Pressure, kg/cm2(g) : 96.87 Design Temperature, °C : -20 to +60°C

5.0 Connecting Pipe Specification : 2'' 4"5.1 Material A 333 Gr 6 A 333 Gr 65.2 Diameter (OD), mm 60.3 114.35.3 Thickness, mm 5.54 6.02

6.0 Valve Construction Design6.1. Bore : Reduced Full

6.2. End Connections6.3. Flanges (wherever applicable) : a) RF FF RTJ NA

b) Serrated Smooth (125 to 200 microinches AARH) NA6.4 Valve Type : Trunnion Mounted7.0 Valve Material Specification

7.1 Body A350 Gr. LF2 Class 1 / A352 Gr. LCB 7.2 Ball ASTM A 350 LF2 Class1/ SS 316, with ENP coating*7.3 Body Seat Rings ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 3167.4 Seat Seal VITON7.5 Stem ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316, with ENP coating* (No Casting)7.6 Stem Seals VITON/ PTFE7.7 Stud Bolts/ Nuts ASTM A 320 Gr. L7/ A 194 Gr. 4

8.0 Corrosion Allowance : 1.5 mm Service : Natural Gas


10.0 Stem Extension Requirement : Yes No Length of Stem Extension, mm : N.A


12.0 Gas Powered Actuator Requirement : Yes No Actuator Specification No.: N.A.

13.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : API 6FA.

14.0 Valve Testing Requirement Test Pressure (min.), kg/cm2(g)

14.1 Hydrostatic Test BodySeat

14.2 Air Test

15.0 Anti-Static Testing Requirement : As per Standard API 6D (2002 Ed.)


coat shall be within 80 to 120 micron.)17.0 Lock Open/ Lock Close Requirement : N.A.

Notes:1. This Valve Data Sheet shall be read in conjunction with MECON's Technical Specification No. MEC/TS/05/62/002, Rev-22. Inspection and Testing shall be as per attached QAP, this Data Sheet, MECON's T.S., API 6D and other relevant standards.3. Stops shall be provided for positive alignment of ball with ports and ensure proper installation of handle.4. Short pattern valves as per API 6D are not permitted, only long pattern valves are to be supplied.5 Charpy V- notch test for body, ball, body seat rings, stem & studs/nuts will be conducted at -20°C on five samples

having average value of 35J and minimum value shall be 28J.* Ball & stem shall be ENP coated for minimum thickness of 25 microns.



NAME DATE CHKD DATE

DSGN BB GS DRWN

SCALE : REVAPPROVED DATA SHEET FOR BALL VALVES DATA SHEET NO.:MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/BV002 1

(NB > 2")

2", 4"NB

MECON LIMITED

PROJECT :Padamla (Baroda) -Godhra Pipeline Project

1571147.0

As per API 6DAs per API 6DAs per API 6D

: Butt Weld as per ASME B 16.25 with 300mm pup pieces as per above connecting pipe specification.

Part Specified Material

Minimum Duration, minutes

Material Offered


2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 300(12'') ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D



5.0 Connecting Pipe Specification : 12''5.1 Material A 333 Gr 65.2 Diameter (OD), mm 323.85.3 Thickness, mm 17.48



b) Serrated Smooth (125 to 200 microinches AARH) NA6.4 Valve Type : Trunnion Mounted

7.0 Valve Material Specification

7.1 Body ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / A 352 Gr. LCB 7.2 Ball ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316, with ENP coating*7.3 Body Seat Rings ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / SS 316 7.4 Seat Seal VITON7.5 Stem ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / SS 316, with ENP coating* (No Casting)7.6 Stem Seals VITON/ PTFE7.7 Stud Bolts/ Nuts ASTM A 320 Gr. L7/ A 194 Gr. 4



10.0 Stem Extension Requirement : Yes No Length of Stem Extension, mm : N.A

11.0 Manual Hydraulic Operator Requirement : Yes No


13.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : API 6FA



14.2 Air Test


16.0 Valve Painting Specification 16.1 Surface preparation by Short Blasting as per grade SA 2 1/2, Swedish Standard SIS-055 909.16.2 Three coats of paint shall be applied minimum thickness of 300 micron. (Permissible thickness in each


Notes:1. This Valve Data Sheet shall be read in conjunction with MECON's Technical Specification No. MEC/TS/05/62/002, Rev-22. Inspection and Testing shall be as per attached QAP, this Data Sheet, MECON's T.S., API 6D and other relevant standards.3. Stops shall be provided for positive alignment of ball with ports and ensure proper installation of handle.4. Short pattern valves as per API 6D are not permitted, only long pattern valves are to be supplied.5 Charpy V- notch test for body, ball, body seat rings, stem & studs/nuts will be conducted at -20°C on five samples having

average value of 35J and minimum value shall be 28J.* Ball & stem shall be ENP coated for minimum thickness of 25 microns.



NAME DATE CHKD DATE

DSGN BB GS DRWN


(NB > 2")

: Butt Weld as per ASME B 16.25 with 300mm Pup Pieces as per above connecting pipe specification.

MECON LIMITED

Material Offered

1571147.0




Minimum Duration, minutes12'' NB


2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 50(2"), 100(4'') ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D


4.0 Connecting Pipeline Design Pressure, kg/cm2(g) : 96.87 Design Temperature, °C : -20°C to +60°C

5.0 Connecting Pipe Specification : N.A.5.1 Material 5.2 Diameter (OD), mm (inch)5.3 Thickness, mm

6.0 Valve Construction Design6.1. Bore : Reduced Full6.2. End Connections : Flanged as per ASME B16.56.3. Flanges (wherever applicable) : a) RF FF RTJ NA



7.1 Body ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ A 352 Gr. LCB 7.2 Ball ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / SS 316, with ENP coating*7.3 Body Seat Rings ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316 7.4 Seat Seal VITON7.5 Stem ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / SS 316, with ENP coating* (No Casting)7.6 Stem Seals VITON/PTFE7.7 Stud Bolts/ Nuts ASTM A 320 Gr. L7/ A194 Gr. 4

8.0 Corrosion Allowance : 1.5 mm Service : Natural Gas (Composition as per Annex-I to T.S.)








14.2 Air Test






REV. NO. DATE ZONE DESCRIPTIONS BY APPRD1 30.12.06 REVISIONS: As per GSPL BB GS REFERENCES DRG. NO.


NAME DATE CHKD DATE

DSGN BB GS PROJECT :DRWN


(NB > 2'')


Minimum Duration, minutes2", 4'' NB

MECON LIMITED

Material Offered

157114

7




2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 300(12'') ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D


4.0 Connecting Pipeline Design Pressure, kg/cm2(g) : 96.87 Design Temperature, °C : -20°C to +60°C

5.0 Connecting Pipe Specification : N.A.5.1 Material 5.2 Diameter (OD), mm (inch)5.3 Thickness, mm

6.0 Valve Construction Design6.1. Bore : Reduced Full6.2. End Connections : Flanged as per ASME B16.56.3. Flanges (wherever applicable) : a) RF FF RTJ NA



7.1 Body ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ A 352 Gr. LCB 7.2 Ball ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / SS 316, with ENP coating*7.3 Body Seat Rings ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316 7.4 Seat Seal VITON7.5 Stem ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316, with ENP coating* (No Casting)7.6 Stem Seals VITON/PTFE7.7 Stud Bolts/ Nuts ASTM A 320 Gr. L7/ A194 Gr. 4

8.0 Corrosion Allowance : 1.5 mm Service : Natural Gas (Composition as per Annex-I to T.S.)



11.0 Manual Hydraulic Qperator Requirement: Yes No





14.2 Air Test








NAME DATE CHKD DATE



(NB > 2'')

MECON LIMITED

Material Offered

157114

7




Minimum Duration, minutes 12'' NB


2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 300(12'') ,200(8") ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D



5.0 Connecting Pipe Specification 12'' 8''5.1 Material API 5L Gr X65 A 333 Gr 65.2 Diameter (OD), mm 323.8 219.15.3 Thickness, mm 8.7 12.7




7.1 Body ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / A352 Gr. LCB 7.2 Ball ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316, with ENP coating*7.3 Body Seat Rings ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316 7.4 Seat Seal VITON7.5 Stem ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / SS 316, with ENP coating* (No casting)7.6 Stem Seals VITON/PTFE7.7 Stud Bolts/ Nuts ASTM A 320 Gr. L7/ A194 Gr. 4



10.0 Stem Extension Requirement : Yes No Length of Stem Extension, mm : 2500+/-250(From finished ground level)


12.0 Gas Powered Actuator Requirement : Yes No Actuator Specification No.: MEC/TS/05/26/002Data Sheet No.: MEC/DS/05/26/23JT/002/01

13.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : API 6FA (Gas over Oil)



14.2 Air Test




Notes:1. This Valve Data Sheet shall be read in conjunction with MECON's Technical Specification No. MEC/TS/05/62/002, Rev-22. Inspection and Testing shall be as per attached QAP, this Data Sheet, MECON's T.S., API 6D and other relevant standards.3. Stops shall be provided for positive alignment of ball with ports and ensure proper installation of handle.4. Short pattern valves as per API 6D are not permitted, only long pattern valves are to be supplied.5 Valves seat shall have double piston effect.6 Valve body material shall be of minimum yield strength 44000psi, so as to weld with API 5L X-65,8.7 thk or else .

with welded spool piece of 500 length of API 5l-X65, 8.7 thk.5 Charpy V- notch test for body, ball, body seat rings, stem & studs/nuts will be conducted at -20°C on five samples having




NAME DATE CHKD DATE



(NB >2'')





MECON LIMITED

Material Offered

1571147.0



2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 300(12'') ,200(8") ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D



5.0 Connecting Pipe Specification 12'' 8''5.1 Material API 5L Gr X65 A 333 Gr 65.2 Diameter (OD), mm 323.8 219.15.3 Thickness, mm 8.7 12.7




7.1 Body ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 17.2 Ball ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316, with ENP coating*7.3 Body Seat Rings ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316 7.4 Seat Seal VITON7.5 Stem ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / SS 316, with ENP coating* (No casting)7.6 Stem Seals VITON/PTFE7.7 Stud Bolts/ Nuts ASTM A 320 Gr. L7/ A194 Gr. 4



10.0 Stem Extension Requirement : Yes No Length of Stem Extension, mm : 2500+/-250(From finished ground level)


12.0 Gas Powered Actuator Requirement : Yes No Actuator Specification No.: MEC/TS/05/26/002Data Sheet No.: MEC/DS/05/26/23JT/002/01

13.0 Fire Resistant Design Requirement : API 6FA (Gas over Oil)



14.2 Air Test




Notes:1. This Valve Data Sheet shall be read in conjunction with MECON's Technical Specification No. MEC/TS/05/62/002, Rev-22. Inspection and Testing shall be as per attached QAP, this Data Sheet, MECON's T.S., API 6D and other relevant standards.3. Stops shall be provided for positive alignment of ball with ports and ensure proper installation of handle.4. Short pattern valves as per API 6D are not permitted, only long pattern valves are to be supplied.5 Valves seat shall have double piston effect.6 Valve body material shall be of minimum yield strength 44000psi, so as to weld with API 5L X-65,8.7 thk or else .

with welded spool piece of 500 length of API 5l-X65, 8.7 thk.5 Charpy V- notch test for body, ball, body seat rings, stem & studs/nuts will be conducted at -20°C on five samples having


REV. NO. DATE ZONE DESCRIPTIONS BY APPRD0 07.03.07 BB GS REFERENCES DRG. NO.


NAME DATE CHKD DATE


SCALE : REVAPPROVED DATA SHEET FOR BALL VALVES DATA SHEET NO.:MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/BV006A 0

MAINLINE VALVES (NB >2'')





MECON LIMITED

Material Offered

1571147.0



2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 100(4''), 200(8'') ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D



5.0 Connecting Pipe Specification : 4'' 8''5.1 Material A 333 Gr 6 A 333 Gr 65.2 Diameter (OD), mm 114.3 219.15.3 Thickness, mm 6.02 12.7





7.1 Body ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / A352 Gr. LCB 7.2 Ball ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316, with ENP coating*7.3 Body Seat Rings ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316 7.4 Seat Seal VITON7.5 Stem ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / SS 316, with ENP coating* (No Casting)7.6 Stem Seals VITON/ PTFE7.7 Stud Bolts/ Nuts ASTM A 320 Gr. L7/ A194 Gr. 4



10.0 Stem Extension Requirement : Yes No Length of Stem Extension, mm : 2500+/-250(From Finished Ground Level)






14.2 Air Test




Notes:1. This Valve Data Sheet shall be read in conjunction with MECON's Technical Specification No. MEC/TS/05/62/002, Rev-22. Inspection and Testing shall be as per attached QAP, this Data Sheet, MECON's T.S., API 6D and other relevant standards.3. Stops shall be provided for positive alignment of ball with ports and ensure proper installation of handle.4. Short pattern valves as per API 6D are not permitted, only long pattern valves are to be supplied.5 Valves seat shall have double piston effect.5 Charpy V- notch test for body, ball, body seat rings, stem & studs/ nuts will be conducted at -20°C on five samples having


REV. NO. DATE ZONE DESCRIPTIONS BY APPRD1 30.12.06 REVISIONS: As per discussions withGSPL BB GS REFERENCES DRG. NO.


NAME DATE CHKD DATE

DSGN BB GS DRWN


(NB > 2")




Material Offered

4'', 8'' NB

MECON LIMITED


1571147.0



2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) :300(12") ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D



5.0 Connecting Pipe Specification : 12''5.1 Material A 333 Gr 65.2 Diameter (OD), mm 323.85.3 Thickness, mm 17.48





7.1 Body ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / A352 Gr. LCB 7.2 Ball ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316, with ENP coating*7.3 Body Seat Rings ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316 7.4 Seat Seal VITON7.5 Stem ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / SS 316, with ENP coating* (No casting)7.6 Stem Seals VITON/ PTFE7.7 Stud Bolts/ Nuts ASTM A 320 Gr. L7/ A194 Gr. 4









14.2 Air Test




Notes:1. This Valve Data Sheet shall be read in conjunction with MECON's Technical Specification No. MEC/TS/05/62/002, Rev-22. Inspection and Testing shall be as per attached QAP, this Data Sheet, MECON's T.S., API 6D and other relevant standards.3. Stops shall be provided for positive alignment of ball with ports and ensure proper installation of handle.4. Short pattern valves as per API 6D are not permitted, only long pattern valves are to be supplied.5 Valves seat shall have double piston effect.5 Charpy V- notch test for body, ball, body seat rings, stem & studs/nuts will be conducted at -20°C on five samples having




NAME DATE CHKD DATE

DSGN BB GS DRWN


(NB > 2")

12'' NB

MECON LIMITED


1571147.0





Material Offered


2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) :300(12") ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D



5.0 Connecting Pipe Specification : 12''5.1 Material API 5L Gr X 655.2 Diameter (OD), mm 323.85.3 Thickness, mm 8.7





7.1 Body ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 7.2 Ball ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316, with ENP coating*7.3 Body Seat Rings ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316 7.4 Seat Seal VITON7.5 Stem ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / SS 316, with ENP coating* (No casting)7.6 Stem Seals VITON/ PTFE7.7 Stud Bolts/ Nuts ASTM A 320 Gr. L7/ A194 Gr. 4









14.2 Air Test




Notes:1. This Valve Data Sheet shall be read in conjunction with MECON's Technical Specification No. MEC/TS/05/62/002, Rev-22. Inspection and Testing shall be as per attached QAP, this Data Sheet, MECON's T.S., API 6D and other relevant standards.3. Stops shall be provided for positive alignment of ball with ports and ensure proper installation of handle.4. Short pattern valves as per API 6D are not permitted, only long pattern valves are to be supplied.5 Valves seat shall have double piston effect.5 Charpy V- notch test for body, ball, body seat rings, stem & studs/nuts will be conducted at -20°C on five samples having




NAME DATE CHKD DATE

DSGN BB GS DRWN

SCALE : REVAPPROVED DATA SHEET FOR BALL VALVES DATA SHEET NO.:MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/BV008A 0

(NB > 2")

12'' NB

MECON LIMITED


1571147.0





Material Offered


2.0 Valve Size (NB), mm (inch) : 300(12") ANSI Rating : 600# Design Standard : API 6D/ BS:1868/


4.0 Connecting Pipeline Design Pressure, kg/cm2(g) : 96.87 Design Temperature, °C :-20 to +60

5.0 Connecting Pipe Specification : N.A.5.1 Material : 5.2 Diameter (OD), mm (inch) : 5.3 Thickness, mm :

6.0 Valve Construction Design6.1. Port : Full Regular

6.2. End Connections : Flanged both ends Flanged (as per ASME B16.5): Butt Weld both ends Flanged one end, butt weld other end

6.3. Flanges (wherever applicable) : a) RF FF RTJ NA b) Serrated Smooth (125 to 200 microinches AARH) NA


7.1 Body ASTM A 350 Gr LF2 class 1/A352 Gr LCB.7.2 Cover ASTM A 350 Gr LF2 class 1/A352 Gr LCB.7.3 Disc/ Plates ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1 / SS 316, with ENP coating*7.4 Body Seat Rings (See Note-3) ASTM A 350 LF2 Class 1/ SS 316, with ENP coating*7.5 Disc Hinge SS 3167.6 Hinge Pin SS 3167.7 Cover Stud Bolts ASTM A 320 Gr. L77.8 Nuts ASTM A 194 Gr. 47.9 Cover Gasket SS 304 Spiral Wound with C.A. Filler

7.10 Spring Inconel X-750



10.0 Stem Extension Requirement : N.A.

11.0 Gear Operator Requirement : N.A.

12.0 Gas Powered Actuator Requirement : N.A.





coat shall be within 80 to 120 micron.)

16.0 Lock Open/ Lock Close Requirement : N.A.Notes:

1. This Valve Data Sheet shall be read in conjunction with MECON's Technical Specification No. MEC/TS/05/62/004.2. Inspection and Testing shall be as per this Data Sheet, MECON's T.S., API 6D and other relevant standards.3. Seats shall be non-renewable integral type.4 Charpy V- notch test for body, cover, disc, body seat rings & studs/ nuts will be conducted at -20°C on five samples having

average value of 35J and minimum value shall be 28J.* Minimum thickness of ENP coating shall be 25 microns.



NAME DATE CHKD DATE

DSGN BB GS PROJECT : Natural Gas Supply To DRWN Padmala- Godhra Pipeline

SCALE : REVAPPROVED A.K. JOHRI DATA SHEET FOR CHECK VALVES DATA SHEET NO. : MEC/23JT/05/21/DS/VC-01 1

(NB > 2")

Part

157

Specified Material Material Offered (Equivalent or Superior

MECON LIMITED


114API 6DAPI 6D

d:\fateh\narimanam-kuthalam\tender rfq\check valve\Data Sheet - CV - 01

DATA SHEET FOR GLOBE VALVES

1. Valve Manufacturer :

2. Size : 2", 4'' Rating : ANSI 600# Design Standard : BS:1873

3. Purchaser's Specification : MEC/05/62/S/005

4. Design Pressure : 96.87 kg/cm2(g) Design Temperature : -20 to + 60°C

5 Corrosion Allowance : 1.5mm Services : Natural Gas

6 End Connections : Flanged both ends Butt Weld both ends as per ASME B 16.25 with 300mm Pup Pieces on both sides as per pipe specifications Flanged one end butt weld other end

7 Flanges (where applicable) : a) RF FF RTJ NA

b) Serrated Smooth (125 to 200 AARH) NA

8 Pipe Specification : 2'' 4''A 333 Gr. 6 A 333 Gr. 6

60.3 114.33.54 6.02

9 Valve Material Specification (or Equivalent/ Superior) : Material Offereda) Body : ASTM A352 Gr. LCB :b) Bonnet (Bolted) : ASTM A352 Gr. LCB :c) Stem (Rising) : SS 316 (No casting) :b) Disc(Loose Plug/Ball Type) : SS 316 with ENP coating* :e) Body Seat Ring : SS 316 :f) Stem Packing (Renewable : Graphited Braided Asbestos with sacrifical : with valve open on stream) inhibitor & Inconel wire reinforcementg) Hand Wheel (Rising) : Malleable Iron/ Cast Steel/ Fab. Steel :h) Bonnet Bolts : ASTM A 320 Gr. L7 :i) Bonnet Nuts : ASTM A194 Gr. 4 :j) Bonnet Gasket : Spiral Wound SS 304 + CA Filler :

10 Hydrostatic Test Pressurea) Body : 157 kg/cm2(g)b) Seat : 114 kg/cm2(g)

11 Test Pressure with Air : 7.0 kg/cm2(g)

12 Schedule of Quantity :

Notes:1. Valve shall be designed for intristically fire safe.2. Testing shall be asper BS:6755 (Part-I)3. Bidder shall clearly write all/ any deviation against each part/ material of valve in the space provided for .

Wherever bidder agrees with MECON's data sheet, bidder shall clearly indicate "agreed".4 Charpy V- notch test for body, bonnet, stem, disc, body seat rings & studs/nuts will be conducted at -20°C on five samples having

average value of 35J and minimum value shall be 28J.* Minimum thickness of ENP coating shall be 25 microns

Painting Specifications:1 Surface preparation by Short Blasting as per grade SA 2 1/2, Swedish Standard SIS-055 909.2 Three coats of paint shall be applied with minimum thickness of 300 micron. (Permissible thickness in each




NAME DATE CHKD DATE


SCALE : REVAPPROVED A.K. JOHRI DATA SHEET FOR GLOBE VALVES DATA SHEET NO. MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/DS/GV-001 1

MECON LIMITED

(Nos.)As per SORAs per SOR

Padamla (Baroda) - Godhra Pipeline Project

2"4''

QuantityValve Size, NB



2. Size : 2'' to 12" Rating : ANSI 600# Design Standard : BS:1873




6 End Connections : Flanged both ends as per ASME B 16.5 Butt Weld both ends Flanged one end butt weld other end

7 Flanges (where applicable) : a) RF FF RTJ

b) Serrated Smooth (125 to 200 AARH)

8 Pipe Specification : N.A

9 Valve Material Specification (or Equivalent/ Superior) : Material Offereda) Body : ASTM A352 Gr. LCB :b) Bonnet (Bolted) : ASTM A352 Gr. LCB :c) Stem (Rising) : SS 316 (No casting) :b) Disc(Loose Plug/Ball Type) : SS 316 with ENP coating* :e) Body Seat Ring : SS 316 :f) Stem Packing (Renewable : Graphited Braided Asbestos with sacrifica : with valve open on stream) inhibitor & Inconel wire reinforcementg) Hand Wheel (Rising) : Malleable Iron/ Cast Steel/ Fab. Steel :h) Bonnet Bolts : ASTM A320 Gr. L7 :i) Bonnet Nuts : ASTM A194 Gr. 4 :j) Bonnet Gasket : Spiral Wound SS 304 + CA Filler :





Wherever bidder agrees with MECON's data sheet, bidder shall clearly indicate "agreed".4 Charpy V- notch test for body, bonnet, stem, disc, body seat rings & studs/ nuts will be conducted at -20°C on five samples having






NAME DATE CHKD DATE


SCALE : REVAPPROVED A.K. JOHRI DATA SHEET FOR GLOBE VALVES DATA SHEET NO. MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/DS/GV-002 1

QuantityValve Size, NB

2''

12''

MECON LIMITED

(Nos.)As per SOR

As per SOR4''

Padamla (Baroda) to Godhra Pipeline Project

As per SOR

DATA SHEET FOR INTELLIGENT PIG SIGNALLERS

Pig Signaller Tag No. On Equipment XXLS-0003 on SR-0002On Line XXLS-0001, 0002 on 12" dia. Pipeline

Pig Signaller Manufacturer

Purchaser's Specification MEC/S/05/62/048

Pig Signaller Model

Quantity (No.) 3

DESIGN CONDITIONS

Maximumk Allowable Operating Pressure, kg/cm2(g) 96.87

Temperature, °C (-) 20 to (+) 60

Design Code ASME B31.8

Corrosion Allowance (MM) 1.5ANSI Rating (#) 600 #

Design Factor 0.5

Service RLNG

End Connection BEInstallation Aboveground

Electrical Area Classification IEC - Zone-1, Gas Group-IIA & IIB, Temp. Class-T3

DETAILS OF PIPELINE ON WHICH PIG SIGNALLERS SHALL BE MOUNTED

Diameter (NB, mm) x Thk. (mm) 300 (12") x17.48

Material ASTM A 333 Gr 6PIG SIGNALLERS MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Body ASTM A105

Internals SS-316

MICRO SWITCH DETAILS

Rating Potential Free Contact of Rating 24V DC, 2A, SPDT

Enclosure Weather Proof to IP55 & Flame Proof Exd. Enclosure

certified for area classification

Cable Connection ½" NPTF

NOTES: 1) - VENDOR TO INICATE2) PIG SIGNALLERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH ISOLATION VALVE FOR ON-LINE REPAIR.3) PAINTING SPECIFICATIONS:a) SURFACE PREPARATION AS PER GRADE SA21/2, SWEDISH STANDARD SIS-055909.b) THREE COATS OF PAINT SHALL BE APPLIED OF MINIMUM 3 MICRONS THICKNESS.(PERMISSIBLE THICKNESS IN EACH COATS SHALL BE WITHIN 80 TO 120 MICRONS) 4) CHARPY V-NOTCH TEST (IF APPLICABLE) WILL BE CONDUCTED AT -20°C ON FIVE SAMPLES HAVING AVERAGE VALUE OF 35J AND MINIMUM VALUE SHALL BE 28J.


SECTION PROCESS & PIPING CLIENT : GAIL (India) Limited

NAME DATE CHKD DATE PROJECT : Natural Gas Pipeline projectDSGN SS GS From Padmala to GodhraDRWN

PIG SIGNALLERS SCALE : REVAPPROVED A.K. JOHRI (XXLS-0001, 0002 & 0003) DATA SHEET NO.:MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/DS 001 1

MECON LIMITED

D:\Vijaynt\IPPS KG Basin\DS - PS - 0501



2. Size : 2'' to 12" Rating : ANSI 600# Design Standard : BS:1873




6 End Connections : Flanged both ends as per ASME B 16.5 Butt Weld both ends Flanged one end butt weld other end

7 Flanges (where applicable) : a) RF FF RTJ

b) Serrated Smooth (125 to 200 AARH)

8 Stem Extension Requirement : Yes No Length of Stem Extension, mm : 2500+/-250(From finished ground level)

9 Pipe Specification : N.A

10 Valve Material Specification (or Equivalent/ Superior) : Material Offereda) Body : ASTM A352 Gr. LCB :b) Bonnet (Bolted) : ASTM A352 Gr. LCB :c) Stem (Rising) : SS 316 (No casting) :b) Disc(Loose Plug/Ball Type) : SS 316 with ENP coating* :e) Body Seat Ring : SS 316 :f) Stem Packing (Renewable : Graphited Braided Asbestos with sacrifical : with valve open on stream) inhibitor & Inconel wire reinforcementg) Hand Wheel (Rising) : Malleable Iron/ Cast Steel/ Fab. Steel :h) Bonnet Bolts : ASTM A320 Gr. L7 :i) Bonnet Nuts : ASTM A194 Gr. 4 :j) Bonnet Gasket : Spiral Wound SS 304 + CA Filler :





Wherever bidder agrees with MECON's data sheet, bidder shall clearly indicate "agreed".4 Charpy V- notch test for body, bonnet, stem, disc, body seat rings & studs/ nuts will be conducted at -20°C on five samples having






NAME DATE CHKD DATE


SCALE : REVAPPROVED A.K. JOHRI DATA SHEET FOR GLOBE VALVES DATA SHEET NO. MEC/23JT/05/21/M/001/DS/GV-002A 0

Valve Size, NB

2''

12''

MECON LIMITED

4''

Padamla (Baroda) to Godhra Pipeline Project

PRESSURE SAFETY VALVES

UNITS : Flow > Liquid - m*3/hr , Gas-Sm3/day, Steam - kg/hr. Pressure -> kg/cm*2(g), Temperature-°C, Level/ Length-> mm01 Tag No. 42-PSV-0101 42-PSV-0701

General 02 Line No./ Size - -03 Vessel Protected SL-0101 SR-070104 Quantity 01 No. 01 No.05 Safety/ Relief Safety Relief Safety Relief06 Vendor 07 Type Standard Standard08 Full Nozzle Full Lift Mod. Nozzle Full Nozzle Full Lift Full Nozzle Full Lift09 Bonnet Type Closed Closed10 Conv./ Bellows/ Pllot Operated Conventional Conventional11 Inlet Conn. : Size & Rating 600# 600#12 Inlet Conn. : Facing & Finish(Note-5) Smooth Finish Smooth Finish

Valve 13 Outlet Conn. : Size & Rating 600# 600#14 Outlet Conn. : Facing & Finish(Note-5) RF, RF, 15 Cap Over Adj. Bolt : Required Required16 Screwed Bolted Bolted Bolted17 Lifting Gear - Type - -18 Test Gag Required Required19 Body and Bonnet ASTM A350 LF2/A352Gr.LCB ASTM A350 LF2/352Gr.LCB20 Nozzle and Disc SS 316 SS 31621 Spring SS 316 SS 316

Material 22 Bellows232425 Resilient Seat Seal

Options 262728 Code API 520 & 526 API 520 & 526

Basis 29 Basis of Selection Vessel Under Ext. Fire Vessel Under Ext. Fire3031 Fluid and State Natural Gas Vapour Natural Gas Vapour32 Corrosive Constituent/ Corr. Allow. CO2 (0.18%)/ 2.0mm CO2 (0.18%)/ 2.0mm33 Required Flow Capacity - -34 Mol. Wgt. S.G. at Rel. Temp. 17.089 0.58 17.089 0.5835 Oper. Pressure,bar(g) 50 42-5036 Oper. Temp.°C Rel. Temp.°C 5.0-50 60 5 - 50 60

Service 37 Valve Discharges to Atm. Atm.Conditions 38 Back Press. Const. Or Variable Atm. Constant Atm. Constant

39 Set Pressure, bar(g) 95 9540 Cold Bench Test Pressure41 % Over Pressure % Blow Down 20 2042 Cp/Cv Compressibility Factor 1.4213 0.917 1.4213 0.91743 Viscosity at Rel. Temp. (cP) 0.0128 0.012844 Vess. : Wall Temp.°C Surf. Area-m2 593 5934546 Calculated Area-inch2

47 Sel. Area-inch2 Orifice Design48 No. of Valves Reqd. for capacity

Orifice 49 Total Area-inch2

50 Actual Flow Capacity, SCFM - -51 Relief Load52 Model No.53 Radiography Reqd. (100%) Reqd. (100%)54 IBR Certification Not Required Not Required

Notes: VENDOR TO SPECIFY/ CONFIRM

1 VENDOR SHALL FURNISH SIZING CALCULATIONS TO SUPPORT HIS VALVE SELECTION.2 VALVES SHALL BE 100% RADIOGRAPHED3 VENDOR TO CONSIDER COEFFICIENT OF DISCHARGE DERATED BY A FACTOR OF 0.9 AS PER ASME-VIII4 FOR SAFETY VALVE SIZING, FURNISH CERTIFIED CAPACITIES AS PER API-520.5 PSV's SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH INLET & OUTLET COMPANION FLANGES.6 VENDOR TO CONSIDER HYDRO-TEST PRESSURE 1.4 TIMES OF DESIGN PRESSURE


SECTION : OIL & GAS (LDP) CLIENT : GUJARAT STATE PETRONET LIMITED

NAME DATE CHKD DATEPROJECT : PADMALA-HALOL GAS PIPELINE PROJECT

DSGN MECON LIMITEDDRWN

PRESSURE SAFETY VALVES SCALE : REVAPPROVED TAG NO. : 42-PSV 0101,0701 DATA SHEET NO. : MEC/23JT/05/21/DS/PSV-001 1

This document and the design it covers are the property of MECON and issued for the specific project mentioned therein. This is not to be copies or used for other projects unless expressly permitted by MECON.

MECON LIMITEDDELHI

PROJECT: PADAMLA-GODHARA (HALOL)NATURAL GAS PIPELINE (PGPL)

CLIENT: GUJARAT STATEPETRONET LIMITED (GSPL) Data Sht No.:MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-PG

PRESSURE GAUGESUnits:- Flow : Liquid-m3/hr Gas-Nm3/hr Steam- kg/hr Pressure-Bar Temperature- °C Level/Length-mm

1 Type Direct 17 Type ---2 Mounting Local 18 Wetted parts material ---3 Dial size 150 mm Element ---

Colour White(Non rusting plasticwith black engraving)

Lower body ---

4 Case material Cast aluminium 19 Non wetted parts ---5 Bezel ring Screwed 20 Process connection ---6 Window material Shatter proof glass Size ---7 Enclosure IP 55 / NEMA 4 Rating ---8 Pressure element Bourdon tube 21 Facing &Finish ---9 Element material SS 316 22 Capillary material ---

10 Socket material SS 316 23 Capillary length ---11 Accuracy ± 1% FSD 24 Flushing & Filling ---12 Zero adjustment Micrometer pointer

(Internal)25 Over range protection 130% of range

26 Blow out protection Required13 Connections ½” NPT (M) 27 Options

Conn. Location Bottom a) Snubber14 Movement SS 304 b) Syphon15 Diaphragm seal --- c) Gauge saver16 d) Liquid filled casing

e) Solid frontPressure

Tag No. Range Operating

DesignDesign Temp.

Fluid Service Options

42-PI-0103 * 42 – 50 95 60 N.GAS Natural Gas42-PI-0104 * 42 – 50 95 60 N.GAS Natural Gas

42-PI-0104A * 42 – 50 95 60 N.GAS Natural Gas C,42-PI-0601 * 42 – 50 95 60 N.GAS Natural Gas42-PI-0602 * 42 – 50 95 60 N.GAS Natural Gas

NOTES:

1) Offered Instruments shall be suitable for corrosive constituents CO2 – 1.5 % .

1 08.03.07Data Sht No.:MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-PG

REV. DATE BY CHKD APPD

MECON LIMITEDDELHI


CLIENT: GUJARAT STATEPETRONET LIMITED (GSPL) Data Sht No.: MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-PT

PRESSURE TRANSMITTERSUnits:- Flow : Liquid-m3/hr Gas-Nm3/hr Steam- kg/hr Pressure-Kg/cm2g Temperature- °C Level/Length-mm

GENERAL MEASURING UNIT1 Function Transmit & Indicate 24 Service Pressure2 Type Electronic Smart µP Based 25 Element Diaphragm3 Case Mfg. Std. 26 Body Material Carbon Steel4 Mounting Yoke 27 Element Material 316 SS

5 Enclosure Weather proof to IS2147Explosion proof to IS2148 28 Process Connections ½” NPT(F)

Enclosure class NEMA 4 & NEMA 7 Process Conn. Locn.6 Elec. Area Class. Zone-I, Gr.IIA & IIB, T3 29 Diaphragm Seal:-7 Intrinsically safe Required Type8 Air supply Wetted Parts Matl.9 Power supply 24 VDC Other Material

10 Cable entry ½” NPT(F) Process Conn.:-11 Accuracy + 0.075% of SPAN Size and Rating12 Repeatability + 0.05% Facing and Finish

TRANSMITTER Capillary Material:-13 Output 4 – 20 mA DC, Two wire Armour Flexible14 Trans. Power supply 24 V DC Armour Flexible Matl.

CONTROLLER Capillary length, mm

15 Output Flush / Filling Conn. withplug

16 A/M switch MISCALLANEOUSNo. of positions 30 Over Range Protection 130% of Range

17 Set Point Adj. 31 Options

18 Manual Regulator a) Intrinsically safe Digital Outputmeter

19 Mode b) 2-way manifold - SS316 body &Trim

RECORDER c) Mounting accessories for 2”Pipe Mounting

20 Chart21 Chart Drive 32 Make & Model No. *22 Moving Parts Matl.23 Chart speed

RangeTag No. Operating

PressureDesignPress.

DesignTemp. Span Set

Service Options

42-PT-0101 42-50 95 65 * 0 – 100 N.GAS a, b,c42-PT-0102 42-50 95 65 * 0 – 100 N.GAS a, b,c42-PT-0501 42-50 95 65 * 0 – 100 N.GAS a, b,c42-PT-0502 42-50 95 65 * 0 – 100 N.GAS a, b,c42-PT-0603 42-50 95 65 * 0 -100 N.GAS a, b,c42-PT-0604 42-50 95 65 * 0 – 100 N.GAS a, b,c

NOTES:1) Offered instruments shall be suitable for corrosive constituents CO2 – 1.5%2) ‘*’ – Information to be furnished by Contractor/ Vendor.

1 08.03.07Data Sht No.: MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-PT


Data Sht. No. : MEC / 23JT/ 05 /E5/DS-TT

TRANSMIT INDICATE 11 POWER SUPPLY 24 V DC

BLIND

ELECTRONIC (SMART) 12 CONDUIT CONN. 1/2" NP TF

MFR STD. 13 LINEARISATION UPSCALE

DOWNSCALE

DIRECT ON RTD/TC YOKE 14 ACCURACY + / - 0.1% FSD

OTHER

W. PROOF EX. PROOF 15 RFI / EMI REQD.

CLASS : IP - 65 PROTECTION

INTRINISICALLY SAFE 16 LOAD 6000 OH MS AT

DRIVING CAABILITY 24 V DC

NEC, CLASS-1, DIVL.-2, 17 MAKE *

GROUP C&D

FROM RTD 18 MODEL NO. *

4-20 mA 19 OPTIONS

a) Output Meter

b) Mounting WP/EX PROOF/INTR SAFE

Accessories

For 2" Pipe

c) SS Tag Plate

SPAN SET* 0 - 100 a, b, c* 0 - 100 a, b, c* 0 - 100 a, b, c* 0 - 100 a, b, c* 0 - 100 a, b, c

NOTES:1 *CONTRACTOR / VENDOR TO FILLUP THE DATA SHEET BASED ON PROCESS DATA & P&ID AND SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL. 2 THE DIGITAL OUTPUT METER SHOULD INDICATE THE TEMPERATURE IN DEG. C. 3 ENVIRONMENTAL COVER TO BE PROVIDED FOR EACH TRANSMITTER (DRAWING ENCLOSED ELSEWHERE IN BID DOCUMENT).

1 08.03.07

REV DATE BY CHKD

7 INPUT

10 BURN OUT PROTECTION

8 OUTPUT

9 COLD JUNCTION COMPENSATION

3 CASE

6 AREA CLASSIFICATION

PROJECT: PADAMLA-GODHARA (HALOL) NATURAL GAS PIPELINE (PGPL)

CLIENT : GUJARAT STATE PETRONET LIMITED(GSPL)

Natural Gas

TAG NO.

TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS

UNITS :Flow : Liquid --> M3/Hr, Gas --> Nm3/Hr, Steam --> Kg/Hr, Pressure --> Kg/Cm2G, Temp --> °C, Level/Length > mm

1 FUNCTION

2 TYPE

RANGESERVICE OPTION

Natural Gas

Natural GasNatural GasNatural Gas

Data Sht. No. : MEC / 23JT/ 05 /E5/DS-TT

MECON LTD. DELHI

4 MOUNTING

5 ENCLOSURE

42-TT 0101

42-TT 0602

42-TT 050142-TT 050242-TT 0601

MECON LIMITEDDELHI


CLIENT: GUJARAT STATEPETRONET LIMITED (GSPL) Data Sht No: MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-RTD

RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE DETECTORUnits:- Flow : Liquid-m3/hr Gas-Nm3/hr Steam- kg/hr Pressure-Kg/cm2g Temperature- °C Level/Length-mm

GENERAL 13 Cable entry ½” NPT (F)14 No. of entries Single1 Assembly as per

drg.Drg. enclosed

15 Enclosure type Weather proof to IP55ELEMENT THERMOWELL

3 No. of elements Simplex 16 Material SS 3164 Calibration As per DIN 43760 17 Construction Drilled bar stock5 Element material Platinum (Pt 100) 18 Process connection 1 ½” Flanged6 Resistance at 0°C 100 ohms 19 Inst. connection ½” NPT (F)7 Leads Standard8 Sheath

20 Thermowell as perdrawings enclosed

D No. MEC/23JT/05/E5/003D No. MEC/23JT/05/E5/007

O.D. 8 mmMaterial SS 316 21 Make & Model No. *

9 Nipple & Union mtl. SS 31610 No. Of wires 4 Wire

HEAD11 Head Cover type Screwed cap & SS chain12 Material Cast Aluminium

Temperature WellDimensio

ns

Flange

Tag No. Range Nor Desi

gnU T Material Rating/Face/ Finish

Service Option

42-TE – 0101 0-100 5 - 50 65 380 * ASTM A 105 600# RF 125 AARH N.GAS42-TE – 0501 0-100 5 - 50 65 380 * ASTM A 105 600# RF 125 AARH N.GAS42-TE – 0502 0-100 5 - 50 65 380 * ASTM A 105 600# RF 125 AARH N.GAS

42-TE – 0601 0-100 5 - 50 65 380 * ASTM A 105 600# RF 125 AARH N.GAS42- TE – 0602 0-100 5 - 50 65 380 * ASTM A 105 600# RF 125 AARH N.GAS

NOTES:‘*’: Information to be supplied by Contractor.1) Offered Instruments shall be suitable for corrosive constituents CO2 – 1.5 %.

1 08.03.07Data Sht No: MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-RTD


1 TYPE BLIND/PRESSURE/DIRECT

2 MOUNTING YOKE

3 DIAL - 14 ELEMENT TYPE

a. SIZE - 15 ELEMENT MATERIAL

b. COLOUR - 16 PROCESS CONN.

4 CASE MATERIAL DIE. CAST ALUMINIUM WITH EPOXY PAINT

5 WINDOW MATERIAL - 17 DIAPHRAGM SEAL

6 AREA CLASSIFICATION AS PER ELECTRICAL AREA CLASSIFICATION TYPE

7 INTRINICALLY SAFE - WETTED PARTS MATERIAL

8 ENCLOSURE OTHER MATERIAL

a. TYPE AS PER ELECTRICAL AREA CLASSIFICATION PROCESS CONNECTION

b. CLASS IS-2147, NEMA-4 AS MIN. FACING AND FINISH

SIZE RATING

9 OUTPUT ARMOUR FLEABLE a. ELECTRICALCONTACTS YES ARMOUR MATERIAL

b. QTY. TWO CAPILLARY MATERIAL

c. FORMS DPDT CAPILLARY LENGTH

d. TYPE MICRO SWITCH, SNAP ACTION HERMATICALLY

18 OVER RANGE PROTECTION

e. CONTACT PLATING GOLD PLATED 19 BLOW OUT PROTECTION

f. RATING VOLT, AMP 24 VDC, 1A 20 MOUNTING ACCESSORIES

g. LOAD TYPE INDUCTIVE 21 OPTIONS

h. CABLE ENTRY 1/2" NPT (F) a. SNUBBER

i. NO. OF ENTRIES DUAL b. GAUGE SAVER

c. AIR FILTER REGULATOR

10 SET PT. ADJ. INTERNAL WITH INDICATED SCALE d. VACCUM PROTECTION

11 DIFF. MIN. (FIXED)

12 ACCURACY ± 1% OF SET POINT

13 REPEATABILITY ± 1% OF SET POINT

SL. NO. TAG NO. RANGE SET POINT PRESSURE

OPER.PRESSURE

MAX.TEMP.OPER.

TEMPMAX. SERVICE

1 42 - DPSH 0101 * 3.0 50.0 95.0 5 To 50 - 20 To 60 42 - GOV - 0101

2 42 - DPSH 0501 * 3.0 50.0 95.0 5 To 50 - 20 To 60 42 - GOV - 0501

3 42 - DPSH 0601 * 3.0 50.0 95.0 5 To 50 - 20 To 60 42 - GOV - 0601

NOTES:1 130% OF RANGE OF MAX. PROCESS WHICHEVER IS GREATER 2 SET POINT SHOULD BE ADJUTABLE THROUGHT THE RANGE. 3 (*) BY VENDOR

1 08.03.07

REV DATE BY CHKD

PROJECT : PADMALA-GODHARA (HALOL) NATURAL GAS PIPELINE (PGPL)

CLIENT : GUJARAT STATE PETRONET LIMITED(GSPL) Data Sht No : MEC / 23JT/ 05 /E5/DS-DPS

MECON LTD. DELHI

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH

Data Sht. No. : MEC / 23JT/ 05 /E5/ DS-DPS

UNITS : Flow --> Liquid M3/Hr Gas --> M3/Hr Steam --> Kg/Hr Pressure --> Kg/Cm2G Temp --> °C Level / Length -->MM

NOTE - 1

REQD.

SS-316

1/2" NPT (F)

*

MECON LIMITEDDELHI


CLIENT: GUJARAT STATEPETRONET LIMITED (GSPL) Data Sht No. : MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-LEL

1 08.03.07Data Sht No. : MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-LEL

REV. DATE BY CHKD APPDPage 1 of 9

GAS DETECTION SYSTEM

Design And Construction

1. The System Shall comprise of the following:a. Field Mounted Gas Detectors.

b. Monitors/ Controllers for Gas Detectors.

c. Portable Purge Calibrator(s) for the Gas Detection System

d. Portable Gas Detectors.

e. Gas Detection Panel housing the monitors, alarm annunciator, switches and relays,etc. for carrying out necessary monitoring and shutdown functions.

2. Gas Detection System shall be designed based on “fail safe” philosophy

3. The design of electronic instruments shall be in compliance with the electromagneticcompatibility requirement as “ IEC – 801” .

4. Constructions and performance of gas detection system shall be in general as per BS – EN –50054 and BS – EN – 50057 standards.

5. Both open path and point gas detectors shall be provided for each station Openpath gas detectors of Infrared Absorption type shall be suitable for specified hazardous areaand shall be installed in the most adequate location . Point gas detectors shall be provided inmetering/filtration/letdown skids.

6. The low and high gas concentrations and a failure/default state shall be detected andsignalized by the Control Unit.

7. Analog signals ( i.e. LEL indication ) and High Alarm from each gas detectors shall berequired at SCADA. For that necessary provision shall be made available at Gas DetectionPanel.

8. Hooter / Flasher for LEL High Alarms shall be provided in Local Gas Detection Panel andalso in outdoor remote position.

MECON LIMITEDDELHI





Gas Sensor( Open Path & Point Gas Detector)

TYPE : Infrared Absorption type (Both Open Path and Point type)

CONSTRUCTION : Explosion proof, SS 316 body with stainless steel flamearrestors, dust cover, Weather Proof as per NEMA 4X or IP65 (NOTE-1).Sensor element shall be replaceable type / plug in type.Terminal box shall be provided for further cabling. Flyingleads are not acceptable. Cable entry shall be ¾” NPT (F)(NOTE-2).

ELECTRICAL : Zone –1, Gr. II A & II B, T3AREA CLASSIFICATION

POWER SUPPLY : From Monitor / Control Unit.( Panel)

OPERATING VOLTAGE : 24 V DC

RANGE : 0 –100 % LEL (Low Explosive Limit)

ACCURACY : ± 3 % of gas reading @ ≤50% LEL, ± 5 % of gas reading @> 50% to 100% LEL

REPEATABILITY : Better than +/- 3% of Full Scale.

RESPONSE TIME : < 5 Sec

MOUNTING ACCESSORIES : Vendor to indicate.

NOTE 1: Splash guard & weatherproof cap for protection against dust and rain shall be provided.

NOTE 2: The junction box shall be weatherproof to IP 55 and certified to Explosion proof.

MECON LIMITEDDELHI





Gas Monitor / Controller :

TYPE : Solid state electronic , panel mounted plug in modular construction

NO. OF CHANNELS : Maximum 16 sensors with common indicating meter. However,single loop integrity shall be maintained by individual monitoringcard per sensor.

POWER SUPPLY : 24V DC ,

RANGE AND : Adjustable between 0-100 % LELMETER CALIBRATIONANALOG OUTPUT : 4 – 20 mA DC.ALARM OUTPUT : Adjustable Low and High Alarms(DPDT potential free relay contacts)

INDICATOR LIGHTS : Power On (by a confidence flash for every 2 seconds).(Separate for each channel) - 20 % LEL – Alarm level High

- 40 % LEL – Alarm level Very High.-Malfunction (Malfunction shall include short circuit., line breaking,over range and earth fault. )

OTHER FEATURES : a) Dual adjustable setpoints for gas level alarm.b) DPDT latching type relay contacts shall be provided for following:

i) 20 % LEL (each channel)-Alarm High (adjustable)

ii) 40 % LEL (each channel )-Alarm Very High (adjustable)

iii) Malfunction (common)c) Relay contacts shall be suitably rated for the specified power

requirements.d) Reset push button ( common )e) Sensor calibration without alarm outputs shall be achieved by

inhibit switch on relevant channel(Calibration /Test Switch)

MECON LIMITEDDELHI





Portable Calibrator (Calibration Kit)

One Portable Purge Calibrators consisting of a Volume Bottle containing a known gas/air mixture,a Pressure Regulator with gauge, a Flexible Hose and Adaptor Cap (to fit the sensor head) shall besupplied at each station to enable calibration of the sensors in the field without dismantling them.

Calibration range of all sensors will be 0-100% LEL for Hydrocarbon.

Sufficient quantity of calibration gas shall be supplied to enable calibration of all sensing headsatleast for six months. Calibration gas cylinder/bottle shall have validity of 1 year.

Portable Gas Detector (Portable Methanometer)

2 Nos. hand-held , Portable Gas Detector shall be supplied. These gas detectors / analysers shall becapable of measuring methane from 0% to 100% by volume, 0% to 100% LEL and 0% to 100%by volume oxygen as well.Portable Gas Detectors shall be supplied complete with its controller, audio visual alarm and shallbe suitable (preferably intrinsically safe) for use in hazardous area specified. Such units shall becertified by BASEEFA, CENRLEC, FM, PTB, CMRI etc. These units shall be supplied withrechargeable batteries and 240V, 50 Hz ac battery,. Sufficient number of battery charger/nimber ofpoints per charge shall be provided based on quantity of such portable units. These units shall besupplied complete with all accessories like carrying case, maintenance kit, calibration kit etc.

Gas Detection Panel

The Panel shall be designed to house the following instruments accessories:

i. Monitors / Conrollers.ii. Alarm Annunciator.iii. Relays / Logic Cards for shutdown / protection system.iv. Push buttons / Switches as required ( including Lamp Test Push Buttons).v. Any other items which are not listed above but essential to make the system

operational and meet the requirements as specified.

The panel shall be provided with 5% installed spares ( minimum one number) for items likemonitors/ controllers, relays / logic cards etc. Alarm Annunciator shall have installed 20% sparepoints. Panel shall have spare space (10%) for future expansion.

MECON LIMITEDDELHI





Panel Construction

1. Type : Self-supported, Free Standing, enclosed cubicle and Non-graphic.

2. Lighting : Required for inside panel with door switch.

3. Ventilation : Required with louvers backed by wirefly screen & fan. FanFailure alarm required

4. Doors : Rear Double removable hinged doors with flush pull typehandles & with locking arrangement.

5. Door width : Shall suit the width of panel. The Panel width is indicativeonly. The sizes shall be sufficient to accommodate therequired hardware specified in MR. However the depth andheight shall be 800 & 1800 respectively.

6. Cable Entry : Bottom, Cable Glands shall be double compression type forexternal armoured cables. All unused entries shall beplugged.

7. Receptacles : Required for 230VAC UPS / NON UPS

8. Painting : The finish shall include sand blasting, grinding, chemicalcleaning, surface finishing by suitable filter and two coats ofhigh grade lacquer with wet sanding between coats.. Twocoats of paint in panel colour shall be given for Non-glossyhigh stain finish. Panel face final colour shall be of thefollowing:a) Siemens Grey (RAL 7032) Powder coatingb) Panel internal shall have a finish color of Brilliant

White/Siemens Grey(RAL 7032)c) Channel Base shall have a finish color of black

9. Name Plates : Front of Panel Instrument name plates shall be blacklaminated plastic with white core. Nameplate shall beprovided on the rear of the panel also.

MECON LIMITEDDELHI





Dimensions & Material Of Construction

1. Panel dimension : 800(W) mm x 1800(H) mm x 800(D) mm (Including channelbase of 100 mm height).

2. Front Plate : 3.2 mm thick CRCA steel/5.0 mm thick HRCA steel, Weldedto frame

3. Side & Top plates : 2 mm thick CRCA steel, Welded to frame

4. Door panel : 1.6-mm thick CRCA steel. Double side hinged, concealedhinges and flush pull chrome-plated handles.

5. Cable gland plate : 3 mm thick CRCA steel

6. Anchor Bolt Size : By Vendor

7. Channel Base : 100X50X6 MM, MS material

8. Lifting Eye Bolt : Required (4 Nos.)

Note : Panel shall be electrically isolated from base channel

MECON LIMITEDDELHI





Wiring1. Type : General purpose, Intrinsically safe

2. Wiring details

230 VAC UPS Wiring External to Cabinet : Min. 3x2.5 mm²/copper conductor PVC insulated

armoured Inside the cabinet : Min. 19 Strands, 16 AWG copper conductor PVC

insulated 240 VAC Wiring (Non UPS) : 3x2.5mm² copper conductor PVC insulated armoured Low Voltage internal : Min. 19 Strands, 16 AWG copper conductor PVC

insulated to cabinet

3. Signal Wiring3.1 External to Cabinet : 1.0 mm² twin twisted individual shielded overall s shielded with overall drain PVC insulated armoured

3.2 Inside the cabinet : Multi stranded min. 0.5mm² copper conductor PVC insulated twin twisted and shielded.

4. Terminal type : Screw clamp type with Pressure Plate4.1 Terminal size for signal : Suitable for min. 2.5 mm² size conductor4.2 Terminal size for power dist. : Suitable for min. 4.0 mm² size conductor and higher as per actual cable sizes.4.3 Terminal block : Clip-on type5. Wiring colour code :5.1 Power Supply : Hot – Red, Neutral - Black, Earth – Green5.2 DC Wiring : Positive – Red, Negative – Black5.3 Alarm System : White5.4 Control & shutdown : Yellow5.5 Analog signals (IS) : Light blue5.6 Identification of Cable Termination : Criss – Crossing PVC tube Ferruling.

MECON LIMITEDDELHI





Specifications For Accessories 1. MCB

Make : SIEMENS/ L&T/ MDS.Qty. : As required.

2. LampsType : LED TypeVoltage : 24 VDC Make / Model No. : By VendorQuantity : As reqd.

3. Push ButtonsType : Spring return Contacts : 2 No. + 2 NCContact rating : 2A 24V DCMake : ESBEE / SIEMENS/ TEKNICColor : As per standard

Quantity : As reqd.

4. Selector switchType : As per functional switches( 3 Position,

4 Pole)Specification : Silver alloy gold plated contacts

To military specification with SS shaft dust covers with water Proof covering and contact shall Be made before break type

Rating : 10A 230V 50Hz / 2A 24V DCMake : KAYCEE/ SIEMENS/TEKNICQuantity : As reqd.

5. Relays Type : Plug in relays Contact Type : Potential free contactContact No. : 3 NO. + 3 NCRating : 24V DC, 5.0 AMake / Model No. : OEN/ OMRON

Quantity : As reqd.6. Space Heater Rating : 60 W, 230 V AC with Thermostat. Make : KEC

MECON LIMITEDDELHI





Alarm Annunciator

Alarm annunciator shall be provided at top of panel to display group alarms, shutdown alarms etc.Alarm annunciator shall be solid state electronic type provided with single input type logic moduleand solid state audio alarm unit. It shall be provided with first out type sequence (ISA F3A) withfunction test, acknowledge and reset push buttons. Each window shall be of 75 mm X 50 mm sizeand provided with two lamps. Lamps shall be removable from panel front.

Quantity Of LEL Gas Detectors

DESPATCH TERMINAL

1) FLAMMABLE GAS DETECTORS.2) EXPLOSION GAS DETECTORS.3) WEATHERPROOOF CAP

QUANTITY2 Nos. Open Path type & 2 Nos. Point type.Calibration Kit : 1 set.

SV TERMINAL



RECEIVING TERMINAL



SPARE QUANTITY2 Nos. Open Path type & 2 Nos. Point type.

MECON LIMITEDDELHI


CLIENT: GUJARAT STATEPETRONET LIMITED (GSPL) Data Sht No. : MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-CP

1 08.03.07Data Sht No. : MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-CP


SPECIFICATIONSFOR

CONTROL PANEL & ACCESSORIES

GENERAL

Site of Installation

1. Plant and Location : Despatch Terminal (SOKHADA), SV1 (SAVALI) & Receiving Terminal.(HALOL)

2. Owner : GSPL

3. Consultant : MECON LIMITED.

4. Location of control panel : Indoor and accessories

5. Floor : Concrete.

6. Air conditioning : Yes.

7. Control Panels Quantity : 3 Nos.

MECON LIMITEDDELHI





CONTROL PANEL CONSTRUCTION

1. Type : Self-supported, Free Standing, enclosed cubicle and Non-graphic.

2. Lighting : Required for inside panel with door switch.

3. Ventilation : Required with louvers backed by wirefly screen & fan. FanFailure alarm required

4. Doors : Rear Double removable hinged doors with flush pull typehandles & with locking arrangement.

5. Door width : Each max. of 600mm and shall suit width of the panel. Panelwidth is indicative only. The sizes shall be sufficient toaccommodate the required hardware specified in MR.However the depth and height shall be 800 & 2100respectively.

6. Cable Entry : Bottom, Cable Glands shall be double compression type forexternal armoured cables. All unused entries shall be plugged.

7. Receptacles : Required for 230VAC UPS / NON UPS

8. Painting : The finish shall include sand blasting, grinding, chemicalcleaning, surface finishing by suitable filter and two coats ofhigh grade lacquer with wet sanding between coats.. Two coatsof paint in panel colour shall be given for Non-glossy highstain finish. Panel face final colour shall be of the following:a) Siemens Grey (RAL 7032) Powder coatingb) Panel internal shall have a finish color of Brilliant

White/Siemens Grey(RAL 7032)c) Channel Base shall have a finish color of Black

9. Name Plates : Front of Panel Instrument name plates shall be black laminatedplastic with white core. Nameplate shall be provided on therear of the panel also.

MECON LIMITEDDELHI





DIMENSIONS & MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION

1. Panel dimension : 1200(W) mm x 2200(H) mm x 800(D) mm (Including channelbase of 100 mm height).

2. Front Plate : 3.2 mm thick CRCA steel/5.0 mm thick HRCA steel, Weldedto frame

3. Side & Top plates : 2 mm thick CRCA steel, Welded to frame

4. Door panel : 1.6-mm thick CRCA steel. Double side hinged. ConcealedHinges and Flush pull chrome-plated handles.

5. Cable gland plate : 3 mm thick CRCA steel

6. Anchor Bolt Size : By vendor

7. Channel Base : 100X50X6 MM, MS material

8. Frame base : 50mm×50mm×6mm MS material

9. Lifting Eye Bolt : Required (4 Nos.)

10. Anti Vibration Pad : Required (15mm thick rubber pad).

Note : Panel shall be electrically isolated from base frame.

MECON LIMITEDDELHI





WIRING1. Type : General purpose, Intrinsically safe

2. Wiring details

230 VAC UPS Wiring External to Cabinet : Min. 3x2.5 mm²/copper conductor PVC insulated

armoured Inside the cabinet : Min. 19 Strands, 16 AWG copper conductor PVC

insulated 240 VAC Wiring (Non UPS) : 3x2.5mm² copper conductor PVC insulated armoured Low Voltage internal : Min. 19 Strands, 16 AWG copper conductor PVC

insulated to cabinet

3. Signal Wiring3.1 External to Cabinet : 1.0 mm² twin twisted individual shielded overall s shielded with overall drain PVC insulated armoured

3.2 Inside the cabinet : Multi stranded min. 0.5mm² copper conductor PVC insulated twin twisted and shielded.

4. Terminal type : Screw clamp type with Pressure Plate4.1 Terminal size for signal : Suitable for min. 2.5 mm² size conductor4.2 Terminal size for power dist. : Suitable for min. 4.0 mm² size conductor and higher as per actual cable sizes.4.3 Terminal block : Clip-on type5. Wiring colour code :5.1 Power Supply : Hot – Red, Neutral - Black, Earth – Green5.2 DC Wiring : Positive – Red, Negative – Black5.3 Alarm System : White5.4 Control & shutdown : Yellow5.5 Analog signals (IS) : Light blue5.6 Identification of Cable Termination : Criss – Crossing PVC tube ferruling.

BULK POWER SUPPLY UNIT

1. Input : 230 VAC, 50 Hz.(UPS)

2. Output : 24 VDC

3. Rating : 1 KW Min. (25% spare capacity)

4. Quantity : 2 Nos. for each Panel (Dual Redundant)

MECON LIMITEDDELHI





SPECIFICATIONS FOR ACCESSORIES

1. MCBMake : SIEMENS/ L&T/ MDS.Qty. : As required.

2. LampsType : LED TypeVoltage : 24 VDC Make / Model No. : By VendorQuantity : As reqd.

3. Push ButtonsType : Spring return Contacts : 2 No. + 2 NCContact rating : 2A 24V DCMake : ESBEE / SIEMENS/ TEKNICColor : As per standard

Quantity : As reqd.

4. Selector switchType : As per functional switches( 3 Position,

4 Pole)Specification : Silver alloy gold plated contacts

To military specification with SS shaft dust covers with water Proof covering and contact shall Be made before break type

Rating : 10A 230V 50Hz / 2A 24V DCMake : KAYCEE/ SIEMENS/TEKNICQuantity : As reqd.

5. Relays

Type : Plug in relays Contact Type : Potential free contactContact No. : 3 NO. + 3 NCRating : 24V DC, 5.0 AMake / Model No. : OEN/ OMRON

Quantity : As reqd.

6. Space Heater Rating : 60 W, 230 V AC with Thermostat. Make : KEC

MECON LIMITEDDELHI


CLIENT: GUJARAT STATEPETRONET LIMITED (GSPL) Data Sht.No.: MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-IND

1 08.03.2007Data Sht.No.: MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-IND


INDICATOR SL .NO DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS TO BE CONFIRMED BY VENDOR1.0 Type Microprocessor based

Dual Channel Indicating2.0 Mounting Flush Panel3.0 Enclosure General Purpose4.0 To be used in intrinsically

safe systemWith Extl. Zener Barrier/Isolator

5.0 Power for transmitters 24V DC (From Bulk Power Supply/SDC)6.0 Inputs 4-20mA DC (2 wire)7.0 Outputs 4-20mA DC8.0 Capacity No. of Analog inputs

Other inputsOther outputs – RetransmissionMax. No. of Alarms settings

**

9.0 Facia Details B.ar graph display with 4 digit 7 segmentLCD/LED digital display of PV.

9.1 Indications ContinuosBargraphDigitalRequired for Process variable

10.0 Scan time 500 msec. Max11.0 A/D converter Resolution 1500 steps min.12.0 D/A converter Resolution 1500 steps min.13.0 Load driving capability 750 ohms14.0 Configuration From Indicator15.0 On line diagnostic messages Required16.0 Memory type If retentive:-

ErasiveErasing byIf volatile:-Battery backup for min. 72 hrs.Battery type chargeableContinuous.Battery type chargeableConfiguration protection time (In case of powerfailure)Battery drain indication required.

17.0 Indicator functionsArithmatic functions

Linearisation

Addition / SubtractionMultiplicationDivisionSquare RootBiasSummation (Integration)Sq. Root ExtractionFlow computation(Press and Temp. compensation)

18.0 Power supply 24 V DC19.0 Accuracy +/- 0.5%20.0 Repeatability + / - 0.5 %21.0 Qty. & Tag No. As per the P& ID and attached sheet.22.0 Make & Model *

• - By contractor / vendor

MECON LIMITEDDELHI


CLIENT: GUJARAT STATEPETRONET LIMITED (GSPL) Data Sht.No.: MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-IND

1 08.03.2007Data Sht.No.: MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-IND


Sl No. Tag No. Range

1 42-PI -0101 0 – 100 KG / CM2

2 42-PI – 0102 0 – 100 KG / CM2

3 42-TI – 0101 0 – 100 ° C

4 42-PI – 0501 0 – 100 KG / CM2

5 42-PI – 0502 0 – 100 KG / CM2

6 42-TI - 0501 0 – 100 ° C

7 42-TI - 0502 0 – 100 ° C

8 42-PI – 0603 0 – 100 KG / CM2

9 42-PI – 0604 0 – 100 KG / CM2

10 42-TI – 0601 0 – 100 ° C

11 42-TI - 0602 0 – 100 ° C

MECON LIMITEDDELHI


CLIENT: GUJARAT STATEPETRONET LIMITED (GSPL)

Data Sht No: MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-SDC

SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION CARDS

SL.NO. DESCRIPTION DETAILS

1. TYPE DUAL OUTPUT CURRENT ISOLATOR

2. INPUT 4-20 mA D.C

3. OUTPUT TWO NOS. 4-20 mA ISOLATED OUTPUTS AS MINIMUM

4. ISOLATION BETWEEN INPUT & OUTPUT, BETWEEN INPUT & OUTPUTWITH POWER SUPPLY, BETWEEN OUTPUT & OUTPUT

5. ACCURACY ± 0.1%

6. POWER SUPPLY 24 V DC

7. TRANSMITTER POWER SUPPLY 24 V DC

8. OUTPUT LOAD DRIVING CAPACITY 750 Ohms MINIMUM FOR EACH OUTPUT

9. MOUNTING DIN RAIL (BACK OF THE PANEL)

10. MAKE MTL/P&F

11. MODEL NO By Vendor

12. QUANTITY As Reqd.

Data Sht No: MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-SDC 1 08.03.07


MECON LIMITEDDELHI


CLIENT: GUJARAT STATEPETRONET LIMITED (GSPL) Data Sht No. - MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-ZB-01

ZENER BARRIERS

SL. NO. DESCRIPTION DETAILS

1. TYPE SHUNT DIODE SAFETY BARRIER

2. APPLICATION INSTRUMENT TYPE &QUANTITY

(i) 4-20 mA Analog I/P from 2 wire transmitter–

(ii) 4-20 mA Analog O/P to I/P Converter – .

3. HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION ZONE-I, GR. I, IIA & IIB, T3

4. APPROVAL AUTHORITY FM/BASEEFA/CSA/SA/CMRS

5. SUPPLY VOLTAGE 24 V DC

6. FUSE RATING *

7. END TO END RESISTANCE *

8. POLARITY *


10. OPERATING TEMP -20° C TO 60° C

11. OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE *

12. SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT *

14. MAKE MTL/P&F

15. MODEL NO *

16 Qty. As Reqd.

NOTE:- * --By Vendor

1 08.03.07Data Sht No. - MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-ZB-01


MECON LIMITEDDELHI



ZENER BARRIERS




RTD (4-WIRE) –



5. SUPPLY VOLTAGE

6. FUSE RATING *


8. POLARITY *





14. MAKE MTL/P&F

15. MODEL NO *

16 Qty. As Reqd.

NOTES:- * --By Vendor

1 08.03.07Data Sht No. - MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-ZB-02 REV

.DATE BY CHKD APPD

MECON LIMITEDDELHI



ZENER BARRIERS




(i) Limit switches (SPDT snap action Micro type) –

(ii) R/L status of AV-valves -

(iii) Push buttons for AV-Valves –

(iv) Pig Signaller –

(v) Spares –



5. SUPPLY VOLTAGE 24 V DC

6. FUSE RATING *


8. POLARITY *





14. MAKE MTL/P&F

15. MODEL NO *

Qty. As Reqd

NOTE:- * --By Vendor

1 08.03.07Data Sht No. - MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-ZB-03 REV

.DATE BY CHKD APPD

1 TYPE Audio & Visual 12 Type Back Lighted Bull's Eye

2 Mounting Panel Mounting 13 Alarm per Window One ( X ) Two

3 Enclosure Gen Purpose 14 Lamps Per Alarm One Two ( X )

4 Intrinsically Safe 15 Window Size As per P& Id.

5 Area Classification Safe 16 Inscription Lines / Window

Character / Line6 Cabinet Style Side Swing Door

OPTIONS

7 Volatage 24V DC, Pot. Free 17 Hooter Explosion Proof Gen Purpose ( X )

Intrinsically Safe Weather ProofIntegral Separate

Pneumatic Solid State

8 Location With Logic / Separate Industrial Tone adj( X )Volume Adj ( X )

9 Enclosure General Purpose Solenoid Valve for Hooter

10 Power Supply 24V DC 18 Push Buttons per Cabinet

Test ( X ) Acknowledge ( X )LOGIC UNIT

Reset ( X ) Integral / Remote11 Logic Integral ( X )

Remote 19 No. of Hooters OneNotes

1 08.03.07

REV DATE BY CHKDData Sht. No.:MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-ANN

DISPLAY

3. Vendor to Submit the List of Alarms in the Filled in the data Sheet for Review / Approval.

POWER SUPPLY UNIT

GENERAL

1 . No. of Windows to be Decided by Vendor From P&ID and Control Panel Specifications. 10% Spare window shall be provided fully wired upto Terminal Block in CP.

2.Refer General Specifications / Write up for Details

ALARM ANNUNCIATOR

PROJECT: PADAMLA-GODHARA (HALOL) NATURAL GAS PIPELINE (PGPL)MECON LTD. DELHI

Data Sht. No.:MEC/23JT/05/E5/DS-ANN

CLIENT : GUJARAT STATE PETRONET LIMITED(GSPL)

APPENDIX-III

QAP FOR MECHANICAL ITEMS ETC.





D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\Vol IB of V\list of qap IB of V.doc

LIST OF QAP FOR MECHANICAL ITEMS

1. SCRAPPER TRAP

2. BALL VALVES

3. FLANGE & FITTING

4. REDUCER

5. GLOBE VALVES

6. CHECK VALVES

7. ASSORTED PIPE

8. FLOW TEE

9. INSULATING JOINT

10. SPECTACLE BLIND

11. PRESSURE SAFETY VALVE

12. LINE PIPE

Page 1 of 11

CLIENT :

PO NO :

CLIENT TECH SPEC NO. : Manufacturing specification : API 5L 43RD Edition, 2004 & MECON Spec. No.: MEC/TS/D5/21/012D Rev-0

QAP NO : 05/28/23JT/M-001

SIZEOD (MM) WALL THICK.(MM) GR

323.9 6.4 X-65 (PSL-2)323.9 7.1 X-65 (PSL-2)323.9 8.7 X-65 (PSL-2)219.1 7.1 X-65 (PSL-2)

API 5LAPI 5LAPI 5L

SPECIFICATION

QUALITYASSURANCE PLAN

M/s GUJARAT STATE PETRONET LIMITED

API 5L

Gujarat State Petronet Ltd. MECON Ltd.

Prepared ByApproved By

Reviewed and Approved by

Page 2 of 11

QAP NO. : 05/28/23JT/M-001 SIZE :- SIZE: AS PER COVER PAGE

CLIENT:- SPEC. AS PER COVER PAGE

S.NO. DESCRIPTION CHARACTERISTICS/ TYPES OF CHECK

REFERENCE STANDERED/SPEC. TESTING FREQUENCY ACCEPTANCE CRIETERIA FORMAT OF RECORDS

MFRS./SUPPLIER TPIA

1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 101 RAW MATERIAL

(Fully filled Cast, Grain ASTM 7 or fine)

i) Chem. Analysis Customer Tech. Spec.Cl 6.1.1

1 sample / heat As per attached 'Annexure A' & Client Specification

Mill Test Certificate R R

ii) Carbon Eqivalent (CE) Customer Tech. Spec. and 1 sample / heat Mill Test Certificate R R

API 5L Cl. 6.1.3 (Boron content shall be considered even it is less than 0.001%)

iii)Tensile Test ASTM A 370 / API 5L Table-3B/Cust Tech spec 6.2.1

1 sample / heat As per attached 'Annexure B' & Client Specification

Mill Test Certificate R R

iv) Grain Size ASTM A - 370 1 sample / heat ASTM 7 or final as per ASTM E-112 Mill Test Certificate R R

2 Mill Control i) Chem. Analysis Customer Tech. Spec.Cl 1 Sample/Heat As per attached 'Annexure A' Chemical Test Report W R

ii)Mill Control Tensile Test ASTM A 370 / API 5L Table-3B/Cust Tech spec 6.2.1

1 Samples/Heat As per attached 'Annexure B' Mechanical Test Report W 10%W

iii) Ultrasonic testing (not mandatory if UT of pipe is done)

a) Skelp edged API 5 L & Customer TS. & BS 5996-1993 level E2 Ref. Standard 6.35 mm Dia. X 1/2 t flat bottom hide.

Each coil No imperfection of length less than 20 mm shall be considered for population density assesment. Maximum length of imperfection shall be in any direction shall not exceed 30 mm. Maximum area of individual imperfection shall not exceed 560 sq. mm. Maximum population density (No. of imperfection smaller than the max. permissible imperfection size and longer than 20 mm / one mtr. length shall not exceed 4) Disposition of defects shall be as per API 5L 9.9.

Strip UT report W W

CEL (PCM) < 0.2CE(IIW) _< 4.0

SCOPE OF INSPECTION






Page 3 of 11





MFRS./SUPPLIER TPIA

1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10

SCOPE OF INSPECTION




b) Skelp body API 5 L & Customer TS. & BS 5996-1993 level B4 Ref. Standard Eight slots of 35 mm X 8 mm x 1/2 t size

Each coil No individual imperfection that does not exceed all the following dimension area = 300 sq. mm, length = 35 mm width = 8 mm is parallel to scan Maximum no. of imperfection per 1 mm x 1 mm = 10. Maximum area of any individual discontinuity shall not exceed 1000 sq. mm. Any imperfection exceeding 100 mm length shall not be acceptable and any planner imperfection not parallel to the plate surface is not acceptable. Disposition of defects shall be as per API 5L 9.9.

Strip UT report W W

3 PIPE i) Welding Parameter Approved MPS for pipe ( Minimum Welding Frequency-250 KHz)

At least once per coil As per approved Procedure. Log Book W M

a) Timeb) Welding speedc) Current / Voltaged) Welding Temperaturee) Heat treatment temperature

ii) Seam Normalizing API 5L Spec. Cl. 5.1.3.3.2 & 5.4 of Cust Tech Spec

Once Per coil 800-960 deg C Rolling Report W R

iii) Flattening Test API 5L Cl 6.2.2 & 6.2.2 of cust tech spec

4 SAMPLES /COIL, 2 SAMPLE EACH FROM START AND LAST PIPE OF COIL. THE SAMPLES SHALL BE FLATTENED AT 0 AND 90 DEG. IN CASE OF WELD STOP, 1 SAMPLE FROM EACH CROP END SHALL BE TESTED AT 90 DEG

I) Flatten to 1/2 of original OD without weld opening. II) Continue flattening to 1/3 of Specified OD without cracks other than in weld. iii) Continue flattening until opposite walls of pipe meet. No evidence of lamination on material during the test.

Rolling Report W W

iv) Reverse Bend Test Customer Tech. Spec. 6.2.7

One Sample Per coil A specimen which fractures completely prior to the specified engagement of mandral and specimen, or which reveals cracks or ruptures in the weld or HAZ longer than 4 mm shall be rejected. Cracks less than 6 mm long at the edges of the specimen shall not be cause for rejection.

Rolling Report W W



Page 4 of 11





MFRS./SUPPLIER TPIA

1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10

SCOPE OF INSPECTION




v) Hydrostatic Test Customer Tech. Spec.9.4 Each pipe( Calibration of pressure guage weekly)

No leakage for 15 sec. Holding Time (Pressure calculation based on 95% SMYS). P=2St*0.95/D, where S=SMYS Hydro Pressure as per attached 'Annexure C'

Hydro Test Report and Graph

W W

vi) Cyclic Hydro Test Customer Tech. Spec. 9.4 1 Pipe every 500 pipes including one PQT test

pipe

Testing shall be done as per approved procedures. There should not be any leakage or bulging of the pipes or flaring up of the pipe ends.

Cyclic Test Report W W

vii) Burst Test Customer Tech. Spec. 9.4 at 130% of SMYS

one pipe for entire campaign (lowest thickness)

As per approved procedurePressure as per attached 'Annexure C'

Burst Test Report W W

viii) Product Analysis (Spectro) Customer Tech. Spec.Cl 6.1.1

2 Sample per Heat per lot of 50 pipes. One at the

beginning of heat and one at the end of heat.

As per attached 'Annexure A' Chemical Test Report W R

ix) Tensile Test (Transverse Body & Transverse Weld)

ASTM A 370 / API 5L Table-3B/Cust Tech spec 6.2.1

1/50 pipes/ heat As per attached 'Annexure B' Mechanical Test Report W W

x) Metallographic Examination

a) Microscopic/macro Analysis Customer Tech. Spec. 6.2.6

1/50 pipes/ heat No untempered martensite remains & uniformly distributed ferritic structure shall be established and fusion line shall be clearly visible. Grain size shall be finer than 7.

Metellographic Examination Report

W W



Page 5 of 11





MFRS./SUPPLIER TPIA

1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10

SCOPE OF INSPECTION




b) Vicker Hardness Test-HV 10 Customer Tech. Spec. 6.2.6

1/50 pipes/ heat Maximum Hardness 250 HV 10 Max. The maximum difference in hardness between the base metal and any reading taken on weld or HAZ shall be less than 80 HV 10

Metellographic Examination Report

W W

xi) Fracture Toughness Test( Charpy V-notch Impact Test-)- at 0 -20 and - 25 degree C for first day production from body, FL, FL+2 and FL+ 4mm

API 5L SR5 & Cust Tech Spec 6.2.5

One set per lot of 100 pipes per Heat. Each set shall consisting of 3 specimen with notch in base material, . For 8" x 7.1, 3 specimen with notch in base material, pieces with notch in fusion line, 3 pieces with notch in fusion line+2 mm, Fusion Line +4 mm.

Absorbed energy at -20, 25 & 0 deg.Centigrade (for full size specimen ) as per Appendix d' attached. and percentage shear area for base metal- min 75 %. And Heat Average 85 % Minimum.

Impact Test Report W W

xii) Drop weight Tear Test (DWTT) API 5L SR 6.2 through 6.8 The test shall be

conducted at ( - ) 20°C. At least 80% of the heats shall be exhibit & fracture appearance shear area of 75% or more for specified test temperature.

W W

xiii) Ultrasonic Test a) Automatic Ultrasonic Test Customer Tech. Spec. 9.8 Each pipe weld area

(100%) in auto weld tracking condition.

N5 longitudinal notch each at the center of weld seam on inside and outside surface of the pipe. A drilled hole each-one at edge of the seam and other at the centre of weld seam of daimeter equal to 1.6 mm. Acceptance Limit-100% of reference std.

Final Ultrasonic Test Report-Weld Seam

W W

b) Ends UT (Manual) do Each pipe, pipe weld at ends (100 mm from both ends) , sprayed portion in auto UT , & 25 mm circumferentially by TR probe for lamination

Ref Std. -1/4" Dia FBH for lamination & 1.6 mm drilled hole for weld Acceptance Limit-100% of reference std.

-do- W W



Page 6 of 11





MFRS./SUPPLIER TPIA

1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10

SCOPE OF INSPECTION




c) Pipe Body UT (Not mandatory if UT of skelp edge and body is done)

do 100 % Body each pipe Ref Standerd 35 x 8 x t/2 Flat Bottom Notch. Acceptance as per BS 5996

Ultrasonic Test Report-Pipe Body

W W

d) Magnetic Particle Inspection do Bevel Face & 100 mm circumferential width from the end

No lamination and cracks. The Residual Megnetism shall not exceed 20 Gauss measured by Gauss Meter.

Magnetic Particle Inspection Report

W 10%W

e) Radiography ( X Ray) do 0.5% of length Reference Standered: ASTM Hole Type/ ISO Wire Type IQI. Acceptance Criteria: Cracks, Lack of panetration , LOF and imperfection greater in size and /or distribution shown in table 21 & 22 of API 5L shall be considered defect.. Such defect shall be dispossed of AS per API 5L Cl 9.9

X Ray Inspection Report W 100% Film review

f) Manual UT of Pipe weld (100 % Weld seam)

do One pipe in 200 pipes Ref Std. -1.6 mm drilled hole for weld Acceptance Limit-100% of reference std.

Manual Ultrasonic Test Report

W W

xiv) Dimensionsa) Outer Dia. (mm) API 5L & Customer Tech.

Spec. 7.2Once per four hr.

production in a shiftBody: +/-2.4 mm End : -0.40 mm, +1.60 mm -0.80 mm, +2.40 mm

Inspection Report W 10%W

b) Thickness(mm) Customer Tech. Spec.Cl 7.3 and annex. of spec.

Each Pipe Nominal Thickness -0.0%, +10.0% do W W

c) Straightness API 5L five pipes per shift 0.2 % of length do W 10%W

d) Length Customer Tech. Spec. 7.5 Each Pipe 11.5-12.5 M with a average of 12 M minimum. Sample pipe length 10.5 M is also acceptable

do W 10%W

e)Weight Table 10 of API 5L Each Pipe (+10%, -3.5%) of Standerd Weight do W 10%W

f) Out of roundness Cl 7.2 of cust tech spec Each Pipe -0.79 mm, +2 mm do W W



Page 7 of 11





MFRS./SUPPLIER TPIA

1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10

SCOPE OF INSPECTION




xv) Workmanship & defects

a)Dents API-5L Cl.7.8.1 & cust Tech spec 7.8.1

Each Pipe The depth of dent shall not be more than 3mm or grinding / jacking work shall not be allowed on pipe to remove the dent. Dents on weld and HAZ are not acceptable.

do W 10%W

b) Off set of plate edges API-5L Cl.7.8.2 Each pipe Radial offset of plate edges plus flash trim shall not be greater than 1.5 mm

do W 10%W

c) Height of Flash API-5L Each Pipe The height of flash at weld seam shall be -0, +1.0 mm.and Outside flash shall be trimmed to flush condition.

do W 10%W

d)Trimmed Inside Flash API-5L Cl.7.8.7 3 Times per operating shift

The Depth of groove after the resulting of internal flash shall be 0.40 mm max ,

do W 10%W

e) Hard Spot API 5L Cl 7.8.8 Each Pipe Hardness Max 345 HV10 at hard spot. Min. Dimension in any direction shall not be more then 50.8 mm if it exceed then section of pipe containing the hard spot shall be cut-off as cylinder.

do W 10%W

e) Cracks, Sweats and Leaks API 5L Cl 7.8.9 Each Pipe All cracks, sweats and leaks shall be considered defects.

Inspection Report W 10%W

f) Lamination API 5L Cl 7.8.10 Each Pipe No lamination > 6.4 mm at the bevel face, Geater than 19.0 mm at the body of the pipe and area not greater than 7742 mm2.

do W 10%W

g) Arc Burn Cust Tech Spec. Cl 7.8.11 Each Pipe Arc burns are shall be buffed with wire brush or sanding disc and etched with 5% nital solution, however , not more than 3 arc burns per pipe is permitted, However UT shall be performed to check for harmful defects at arc area.

do W 10%W



Page 8 of 11





MFRS./SUPPLIER TPIA

1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10

SCOPE OF INSPECTION




h) Other Defects Cust Tech Spec. Cl 7.8.14 Each Pipe Any Imperfection depth >5 % of Wall thickness shall be considered unacceptable

do W 10%W

xvi) End Bevelling Cust Tech Spec. Cl 7.9.3 Each Pipe I) Bevel angel 32.5 deg. , (+2deg. ,-2 deg) do W 10%W

ii) Root face 1.60 mm (+ / - 0.80 mm)

xvii) Marking API 5L Spec. Cl. 10 & Customer Tech. Spec.10

Each pipe Marking shall be as per API 5l. Marking shall be in English. It shall include Manufacturer’s name, API monogram, Manufacturing date, Nominal Diameter, Wall Thickness, Grade, Hydrostatic test pressure, Pipe Number, Heat Number, Length ASL No etc. Marking shall be done by paint stencil on outside surface. Additionally pipe no & Length shall be marked on ID surface at one end by Permanant marker.

- W R

xviii) Coating and End Protection As per PO Each Pipe Both ends of pipe shall be protected by plastic/Metallic end protectors. The pipe shall be delivered bare.

- W -

xix) Pipe Loading API RP 5L1 The finished pipes shall be loaded on a trailor. The pipe shall be placed on wooden blocks.

- W -

xx) Test Reports and Certifications API 5L Each Pipe - Mechanical, NDT, Hydro Test Reports as per API 5L SR 15 and Raw material TC

W R



Page 9 of 11





MFRS./SUPPLIER TPIA

1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10

SCOPE OF INSPECTION




4 First Day Production Tests

Cust Spec. Annex.-II (New) Two pipe each from 3 Different Heats

As above W W

I) Chemical Composition

a) Heat Analysis One per Heat

b) product Analysis Two per Heat

ii) Mechanical test

a) Raw Materail Tensile Test One per heat

b) Product Tensile Test 2 Set Per Pipe

c) Flattening Test One Set Per Pipe, One at 90 Deg and One at 0 Deg

d) Macro,Micro, Vicker Hardness Test

All Selected Pipe( 6 sample from each Pipe end). Out of these , 2

specimen shall be tested for hardness from each

pipe.

e) Charpy V Notch Impact Test one set ( 3 Transverse specimen of Weld, HAZ, body) per Pipe at -25 Deg C.

f) Transition curve for Impact One Pipe

f) Cyclic hydro Test One pipeg) Reverse Bend test 2 Sample per pipe

iii) Hydro Test All Selected Pipe

iv) UT Testing(Body & Weld) All Selected Pipe

Weldablity test

v) MPI All Selected Pipe

vi) Dimensional and Visual All Selected Pipe

R=Review of Records W=Witness W/R=Witness at Random M= Monitor



Page 10 of 11





MFRS./SUPPLIER TPIA

1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10

SCOPE OF INSPECTION




ANNEXURE A

Chemical Requirements

Element Maximum %C 0.15

Mn 1.60Si 0.45S 0.01P 0.02

Nb 0.05V 0.05Ti 0.10Al 0.07Cu 0.35Ni 0.20Mo 0.08Cr 0.20N 0.012B 0.0005

V+Nb+Ti 0.15Cu+Ni 0.4AL/N 2 (Min)CE 0.40

CE(Pcm) 0.20Minimum for Si is not applicable for Aluminium Killed Steel



Page 11 of 11





MFRS./SUPPLIER TPIA

1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10

SCOPE OF INSPECTION




ANNEXURE 'B'

GRADE YIELD STRENGTH (Mpa)

TENSILE STRENGTH (Mpa)

% ELONGATION ( 2" GL)

X65 448 - 600 531 - 758 20

THE RATIO OF YS AND TS SHALL BE 0.90 Max

ANNEXURE 'C' ANNEXURE 'D'

OD (MM)

WALL THICK.(MM)

HYDRO PRESSURE (MPa)

BURST TEST PRESSURE

(MPa)323.9 6.4 16.81 23.00

323.9 7.118.65 25.52 0 °C -20°C

/-25°C323.9 8.7 22.86 31.28 AVE 100 35219.1 7.1 26.13 35.75 Sin (Min) 80 28

Av. 3 specimen 85% 85%

Sin (Min) 75% 75%Shear Area

Absorbed Energy (J) / Shear Area %

Item Range

Absorbed Energy Base Metal & Weld



Page 1 of 1

QAP No. : 05/28/23JT/M-002 Rev. 0Date : Prepared : Check : Approved :

Sr. No. Description Applied Standards Frequency *

(Extent of Check) Reference

Documents Document Type Vendor TPIA / Client Remarks

A Raw Material Inspection 1 Manufacture of Pipes ASTM A 333 Gr. 6 Manufacturer Test Certificate MECON's TS and

relevant Std. Test Certificate H/R R

2 Chemical Analysis ASTM A 333 Gr. 6 1 sample to be check tested for each Heat Lot at Lab.

MECON's TS and relevant Std.

Test Certificate H/R R

3 Mechanical & Tensile Test ASTM A 333 Gr. 6 1 sample to be check tested for each Heat Lot at Lab.



4 Impact (-20°) Test ASTM A 370 Review & correlation of Test Certificate with materials



B In-Process Inspection 1 Impact (-20°) & Flattening Test ASTM A 333 Gr. 6 2 sets of 3 specimens per

each Heat Lot to be tested at Lab.


Test Certificate H W 1 Sample per each Heat Lot

2 Chemical Analysis ASTM A 333 Gr. 6 One pipe per lot 5% from each lot


Test Certificate H R

3 Hydrostatic Test Tech. Spec. All pipes MECON's TS and relevant Std.

Test Certificate H W

4 Non Distructive Testing ASTM A 333 All pipes MECON's TS and relevant Std.

Test Certificate H R

5 Visual & Dimension Test ASTM A 530 All pipes MECON's TS and relevant Std.


6 Marking & Upgrading Test MSS SP 25 All marking shall be checked by TPI & released for

despatch



7 Final Inspection Tech. Spec. All pipes MECON's TS and relevant Std.


8 Documentation for Despatch Clearance

Tech. Spec. All marking shall be checked by TPI & released for

despatch

Inspection Report Inspection Release note H H

9 Inspection Release note Tech. Spec. Submit TC & Lab. Test Reports

Inspection Report Inspection Release note H H

LEGENDS : R : REVIEW, W : WITNESS, H - HOLD, TPIA : INSPECTION AGENCY

* Notes : The frequency given above is applicable only if the heat lot is established alongwith original MTC. Otherwise all above test shall be done for each pipe.

Gujarat State Petronet Ltd. MECON Limited

QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN SEAMLESS PIPE (A 333 Gr. B)

Prepared By Approved By Reviewed and Approved BY

Page 1 of 1


Vendor TPIA1 Review of PO / Drg. Review of PO Doc. / Drg. Critical Scrutiny / Varification Each doc. of P.O. Appl. Spec. / STD - - R - Check

2 Raw Material 1 Manufacturing process of steel Critical Varification with M.T.C. Each Heat Appl. Material Specification / STD

As per tender document / Material Specification / STD

Material Test Certificate and MI

Register

R R MTC Register Tractability to be

checked. 2 Chemical Composition Spectro Analysis Each Heat

3 Forgins 1 Reduction Ratio Critical Measurement Minimum 1 per size Standard Manufacturing Procedure

Std. Procedure Forging process record / internal

Register

P R

2 Temperature During Forging Optical Pyrometer As per Std. AMSE B16.5

3 Forging Dimensions Measurement

4 Heat Treatment (as applicable)

Heat Treatment Cycle Major Verification of Heat Treatment Cycle

Each Heat / HT Lot As per Tender Doc. / Material Specification /

STD

As per Tender Doc. / Material Specification /

STD

T.P.M. Sheet, Heat Treatment Graph

P/W R Test Specimen to Mark after Verification

to Heat Treatment.

5 Mechanical Testing (as applicable)

1 Tensile Test (TS, YS, RA%, EL%)

Major Tensile Testing One / HT / Lot / Group As per Tender Doc. / Material Specification /

STD

Std. Procedure Mechanical Test Report & T.C.

H W

2 Hardness IMPACT Testing As per Material Specification ASTM

A350 LF2

As per Material Specification ASTM

A350 LF23 IMPACT (-20 °C)

6 NDT 1 DP Major DP Testing 100% ASTM E-165 As per article 9.2 of appendix 9 of ASME

Spec. VIII, Div. 2

Mechanical Test Report & T.C.

W W

2 UT Ultrasonic Flaw Detector

ASTM E-388 AM 203.2 of ASME Spec. VIII, Div. 2

3 MPI MPI Testing ASTM A-275 As per article 9.1 of appendix 9 of ASME

Spec. VIII, Div. 2

7 Final Inspection Visual & Dimensions Major Visual / Measurement 100% As per Tender Doc. / Material Specification /

STD


STD

Dimension Report Format

P/W W

8 Making, Colour Coding, Rust Prevension &

Packing

Making, Colour Coding, Rust Prevension & Packing

Major Visual 100% As per Tender Doc. / Material Specification /

STD


STD

Packing List & Ruboff 1 item per size

P/W R

9 Certification TPI Inspection Release Note & TC

Major Verification of PO Spec. & QAP

100% As per Tender Doc. / Material Specification /

STD


STD

Release Note & TC P P

10 Shipping Verification of surface coating / type of packing

Major - - As per Tender Doc. / Material Specification /

STD


STD

Shipping documents P -

LEGENDS : W : WITNESS, M : MONITOR, R : REVIEW, P - PERFORM, TPIA : INSPECTION AGENCY, SPEC.: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

Format of Record Remarks Characteristic Ref. No. Operation Category Inspection Agency Type Method Check Extent of Check Reference Document Acceptance Norms


QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN FLANGES

Prepared By Approved By Reviewed and Approved By

Page 1 of 1


Vendor TPIA1 Review of PO / TDC

/ Drg. Review of PO Doc. / Drg. & TDC

Critical Scrutiny / Varification Each doc. of P.O. Appl. Spec. / STD - - R - Check

2 Raw Material 1 Manufacturing process of steel Critical Varification with M.T.C. Eact Heat Appl. Material Specification / STD

As per tender document / Material Specification / STD

Material Test Certificate and MI

Register

R R MTC Register Tractability to be

checked. 2 Chemical Composition Spectro Analysis Eact Heat

3 Forgins 1 Reduction Ratio Critical Measurement Minimum 1 per size Standard Manufacturing Procedure

Std. Procedure Forging process record / internal

Register

P R

2 Temperature During Forging Optical Pyrometer As per Std. AMSE B16.5

3 Forging Dimensions Measurement 100%

4 Heat Treatment (as applicable)

Heat Treatment Cycle Major Verification of Heat Treatment Cycle

Each Heat / HT Lot As per Tender Doc. / ASTM A694 F 65 or

A860 WPHY 65

As per Tender Doc. / ASTM A694 F 65 or

A860 WPHY 65

T.P.M. Sheet, Heat Treatment Graph

P/W R Test Specimen to Mark after Verification

to Heat Treatment.

5 Mechanical Testing (as applicable)

1 Tensile Test (TS, YS, RA%, EL%)

Major Tensile Testing One / HT / Lot / Group As per Tender Doc. / Material Specification /

STD


STD


H W

2 Hardness IMPACT Testing As per Material Specification ASTM

A350 LF2

As per Material Specification ASTM

A350 LF23 IMPACT (-20 °C)

6 NDT 1 DP Major DP Testing 100% ASTM E-165 As per article 9.2 of appendix 9 of ASME

Spec. VIII, Div. 2


W W

2 UT Ultrasonic Flow Detector

ASTM E-388 AM 203.2 of ASME Spec. VIII, Div. 2

3 MPI MPI Testing ASTM A-275 As per article 9.1 of appendix 9 of ASME

Spec. VIII, Div. 2

7 Final Inspection Visual & Dimensions Major Visual / Measurement 100% As per Tender Doc. / Material Specification /

STD

ASME B16.5 / ASME B16.47 A

Dimension Report Format

P/W W

8 Making, Colour Coding, Rust Prevension &

Packing

Making, Colour Coding, Rust Prevension & Packing

Major Visual 100% As per Tender Doc. / Material Specification /

STD


STD

Packing List & Ruboff 1 item per size

P/W R

9 Certification TPI Inspection Release Note & TC

Major Verification of PO Spec. & QAP

100% As per Tender Doc. / Material Specification /

STD


STD

Release Note & TC P P

10 Shipping Verification of surface coating / type of packing

Major - - As per Tender Doc. / Material Specification /

STD


STD

Shipping documents P -

LEGENDS : W : WITNESS, M : MONITOR, R : REVIEW, RW : RANDOM WITNESS, TPIA : INSPECTION AGENCY, SPEC.: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

Format of Record Remarks Characteristic Ref. No. Operation Category Inspection Agency Type Method Check Extent of Check Reference Document Acceptance Norms


QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN CS FLANGES (ABOVE 10")


Page 1 of 1


Vendor TPIA / Client 1 Chemical Analysis As per Tender Doc. /

Material Spec.Mill Test Certificate R R

2 Mechanical Properties As per ASTM A370 / Tender Doc. / Material

Spec.

As per Tender Doc. P 10% W100% R

3 R T of each Welded Fittings ASME V, Art. 2 ASME VIII-UW 51 Div.-1 P R

4 Heat Treatment As per Tender Doc. / Material Spec.

As per Tender Doc. / Material Spec. P R

5 Visual Test As per Tender Doc. / Material Spec.

As per Tender Doc. / Material Spec. P 10% W100% R

6 Mechanical Test As per ASTM A370 / Tender Doc.

As per ASTM A370 / Tender Doc. P 10% W100% R

7 Impact Test (at -20 °C) As per Tender Doc. As per Tender Doc. P 10% W100% R

8 NDT Test As per Tender Doc. / Material Spec.

As per Tender Doc. / Material Spec. P 10% W100% R

LEGENDS : R : REVIEW, W : WITNESS, H - HOLD, P : PERFORM, TPIA : INSPECTION AGENCY, SPEC.: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

Notes : 1 The above Testing and acceptance criteria are minimum requirements, however, equipment shall ensure and that the product also

comply to the additional requirements as per Technical Specifications and data sheets. 2 The supplier shall submit their own detailed QAP prepared on the basis of the above for approval of Owner / Owner's representative and TPIA. 3 Supplier shall submit calibration certificates of all Instruments / Equipments to be usd for Inspection and Testing to TPIA with relevant procedures and updates

standards for TPIA review / approval. 4 TPIA will have Right to Inspect minimum 10% of all manufacturing activities on each day or as specified above. 5 TPIA alongwith with Owner / Owner representative shall review / approve all the documents related to QAP / Quality manuals / drawings etc. submitted by supplier. 6 Contractor shall in coordination with Supplier / Sub vendor shall issued detailed Production and Inspection schedule including the dates and the locations to

facilite Owner / Owner's representative and TPIA to organise Inspection.

Remarks Sr. No. Inspection & Testing Procedure Inspection Acceptance Criteria and Certificate


QUALITY CONTROL TABLE BUTT WELDED FITTING


Page 1 of 1


Vendor TPIA / Client 1 Chemical Analysis API / ASTM E350

each heat and product API / ASTM Certificate P 100% W

2 Mechanical Properties API / ASTM A370 on samples taken from mill.

API / ASTM Certificate P 100% W

3 R T each piece ASME V, Art. 2 ASME VIII-UW 51 Certificate P 100% W

4 Low temperature certificate charpy test at -20°C

ASTM A-370 35 J/cm2(A) / 28 J/cm2(S)

Certificate with impact test P 100% W

5 HT Each heat treatment batch ASTM A-370 API / ASTM Certificate P 100% W

6 VT Each piece ASME V, Art. 9 API / ANSI Certificate P 100% W

FINAL INSPECTION TEST 7 Hydrostatic Test As per specification 135.38 during 4

hours Certificate P 100% W

8 Visual examination As per specification As per specification Report P 100% W9 Dimensional examination As per specification As per specification Report P 100% W

10 Making As per specification As per specification Report P 100% W11 Final Certificates As per specification As per specification Certificate P 100% W

LEGENDS :

RT : Radiographic Test PT : Liquid Penetrant Test VT : Visual Test P : Performed R : Review HT : Hardness Test TPIA : Third Party Inspection Agency

Notes : 1 The above Testing and acceptance criteria are minimum requirements, however, equipment shall ensure and that the product also

comply to the additional requirements as per Technical Specifications and data sheets. 2 The supplier shall submit their own detailed QAP prepared on the basis of the above for approval of Owner / Owner's representative. 3 Supplier shall submit calibration certificates of all Instruments / Equipments to be usd for Inspection and Testing to TPIA with relevant procedures and updates

standards for TPIA review / approval. 4 TPIA will have Right to Inspect minimum 10% of all manufacturing activities on each day or as specified above. 5 TPIA alongwith with Owner / Owner representative shall review / approve all the documents related to QAP / Quality manuals / drawings etc. submitted by supplier. 6 Supplier shall in coordination with sub vendor shall issued detailed production and Inspection schedule including the dates and the locations to

facilite Owner / Owner's representative and TPIA to organise Inspection. 7 Certification requirements shall comply with European Standard EN 10204 (latest edition).

Remarks Sr. No. Inspection & Testing Procedure Inspection Document Type Acceptance Criteria


QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN PIG LAUNCHER / RECEIVER


Page 1 of 2


SR. No. COMPONENT & OPERATIONS ACTIVITIES QUANTAM OF CHECK REFERENCE DOCUMENTS ACCEPTANC NORMS FORMET OF RECORD

VENDOR TPI1 RAW MATERIAL

CHEM. TEST PER HEAT ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. FOUNDARY T.C. R RPHY. TEST PER HEAT ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. FOUNDARY T.C. P W

VISUAL 100% MSS-SP-55/API 1104 MSS-SP-55/API 1104 INSPECTION REPORT P WIMPACT TEST

(-20oC) PER HEAT AS PER TENDER 35 / 28 JOULE INSPECTION REPORT P W

RADIOGRAPHY 3 Sample < 6",100% > 8" ASME B 16.34 ASME B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT P R

MPT 100% - DO - - DO - INSPECTION REPORT P W

CHEM. TEST PER HEAT A 182 F 316 + STELLITED & Tender doc.

A 182 F 316 + STELLITED & Tender doc. SUPPLIER T.C. R R

PHY. TEST PER HEAT A 182 F 316 + STELLITED & Tender doc.

A 182 F 316 + STELLITED & Tender doc. SUPPLIER T.C. P W

VISUAL 100% MSS-SP-55/API 1104 MSS-SP-55/API 1104 INSPECTION REPORT P WIMPACT TEST


MPT 100% ASME B 16.34 ASME B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT P W

RADIOGRAPHY 3 Sample < 6",100% > 8" ASME B 16.34 ASME B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT P R

CHEM. TEST PER HEAT AS PER APPROVED DRAWING ASTM STANDARD A 182 F6 LAB. T.C. R R

PHY. TEST PER HEAT AS PER APPROVED DRAWING ASTM STANDARD A 182 F6 LAB. T.C. P W

IMPACT TEST(-20oC) PER HEAT AS PER TENDER 35 / 28 JOULE INSPECTION REPORT R W

RADIOGRAPHY 3 Sample < 6",100% > 8" ASME B 16.34 ASME B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT R R

VISUAL 100% MSS-SP-55/API 1104 MSS-SP-55/API 1104 INSPECTION REPORT P W2 INTERMEDIATE AUDIT

2.1 BODY & BONNET TRANSFER OF HEAT NO. 100% ANSI B 16.34 ANSI B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT W R/W

DIMENSIONS 100% AS PER APPROVED DRAWING AS PER APPROVED DRAWING INSPECTION REPORT HR

W-1 sample per size per lot

100% ASNI B 16.34 ASNI B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT P R/W100% AS PER APPROVED DRAWING AS PER APPROVED DRAWING INSPECTION REPORT P R/W100% ANSI B 16.34 ANSI B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT W R/W

3 BROUGHTOUT ITEMCHEMICAL PER LOT A 320 GR. L7 & A 194 GR. 7 A 320 GR. L7 & A 194 GR. 7 SUPPLIER T.C. R RPHYSICAL PER LOT A 320 GR. L7 & A 194 GR. 7 A 320 GR. L7 & A 194 GR. 7 SUPPLIER T.C. R W

DIMENSIONS 10% AS PER APPROVED DRAWING AS PER APPROVED DRAWING INSPECTION REPORT P WIMPACT TEST

(-20oC) PER LOT ASTM A 370 / A 194 GR 7 AS PER TENDER DOC. SUPPLIER T.C. P W

INSPECTION

1.1 BODY & BONNET

1.2 DISC & SEAT RING

1.3 SPINDLE

3.1 FASTERNS


QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN GLOBE VALVE


Page 2 of 2



VENDOR TPI

INSPECTION


QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN GLOBE VALVE

4 FINAL INSPECTION VISUAL 100% MSS-SP-55/API 1104 MSS-SP-55/API 1104 INSPECTION REPORT P 100% W

DIMENSIONS 100% APPVD. DRG. API 598 APPVD. DRG. API 598 ASSEMBLY CARD P 100% WHYD. BODY TEST 100% APPVD. DRG. API 598 APPVD. DRG. API 598 ASSEMBLY CARD P 100% W

HIGH PRESSURE CLOSER TEST 100% APPVD. DRG. API 598 APPVD. DRG. API 598 -- DO -- P 100% W

LOW PRESSURE CLOSER TEST 100% APPVD. DRG. API 598 APPVD. DRG. API 598 -- DO -- P 100% W

BACKSEAT TEST 100% APPVD. DRG. API 598 APPVD. DRG. API 598 -- DO -- P 100% WPERFORMANCE 100% API 598 API 598 REPORT P 100% W

5 PAINTING SURFACE PREPARATION 100% DATA SHEET DATA SHEET INSP. REPORT P 10% W, 100% R

PRIMER COAT MEASUREMENT OF DFT DATA SHEET DATA SHEET PAINT INSP REPORT P 10% W, 100% R

FINAL COAT MEASUREMENT OF DFT DATA SHEET DATA SHEET PAINT INSP REPORT P 10% W, 100% R

VISUAL 100% … MSS-SP-55 … P R

6 FINAL DOCUMENTS REVIEW 100% AS PER SPEC. / APPVD. DRG. / ANSI B 16.34

AS PER SPEC. / APPVD. DRG. / ANSI B 16.34 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE P R

6.1 MARKING / TAG DETAILS 100% AS PER APPVD. DRG. / TENDER DOC.

AS PER APPVD. DRG. / TENDER DOC. COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE P W

LEGENDS : P - PERFORM, R - REVIEW, W - WITNESS, H - HOLD TPIA - THIRD PARTY INSPECTION AGENCY

Notes ;-1 The Above Testing and acceptable criteria are minimum requirement, however, equipment supplier shall ensure and that the product also comply to the additional requirements as per Technical specifications and data sheets.

2 The supplier shall submit their own details QAP prepared on the basis of the above for approval of Owner / Owner's representative and TPIA.

3 Supplier shall submit Calibration certificates of all Instruments/Equipments to be used for Inspection and Testing to TPIA with relavent procedures and update standards for TPIA review / Approval.

4 TPIA will have Right to Inspect minimum 10% of all manufacturing activities on each day or as specified above.

5 TPIA along with Owner / Owner representative shall review / approve all the documents related to QAP / Quality manuals / Drawings etc. submitted by supplier.

6 Contractor shall in coordination with Supplier / Sub vendor shall issue detailed Production and Inspection schedule indicating the dates and the locations to facilities Owner/Owner's representative and TPIA to organise Inspection.

AS PER DATA SHEET

4.1 AS PER API 598 / B.S.6755 PART-1


Page 1 of 2



VENDOR TPI1

CHEM. TEST PER HEAT ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. FOUNDRY T.C. P RPHY. TEST PER HEAT ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. FOUNDRY T.C. P W

VISUAL 100% API 1104/MSS-SP-55 API 1104/MSS-SP-55 CERTIFICATE P WIMPACT TEST


RADIOGRAPHY 3 Sample < 6"100% > 8"

ASME B 16.34ASME SEC VIII /ASME V ASME / ANSI B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT P R

MPT OF BUTTENDS 100% ASME VIII /ASME V ASME SEC VIII /ASME V CERTIFICATE P WCHEM. TEST PER HEAT A 350 LF2 + ENP & Tender doc. A 350 LF2 + ENP & Tender doc. CERTIFICATE R RPHY. TEST PER HEAT A 350 LF2 + ENP & Tender doc. A 350 LF2 + ENP & Tender doc. CERTIFICATE P W

VISUAL 100% API 1104/MSS-SP-55 MSS-SP-55/API 1104 CERTIFICATE P WIMPACT TEST

(-20oC) PER HEAT AS PER TENDER 35 / 28 JOULE INSPECTION REPORT R W

RADIOGRAPHY 3 Sample < 6"100% > 8"

ASME B 16.34ASME SEC VIII /ASME V

ASME B 16.34ASME SEC VIII / SEC V INSPECTION REPORT P R

CHEM. TEST PER HEAT AS PER APR DRG. / TENDER DOC. AS PER APR DRG. / TENDER DOC. LAB T.C. P R

PHY. TEST PER HEAT AS PER APR DRG. / TENDER DOC. AS PER APR DRG. / TENDER DOC. LAB T.C. P W

IMPACT TEST (-20oC) PER HEAT AS PER TENDER 35 / 28 JOULE INSPECTION REPORT P W

CHEM. TEST PER HEAT AS PER DATA SHEET 35 / 28 JOULE SUPPLIER TEST CERTIFICATE R RPHY. TEST PER HEAT AS PER DATA SHEET AS PER DATA SHEET SUPPLIER TEST CERTIFICATE P W

VISUAL 100% AS PER DATA SHEET CERTIFICATE W WIMPACT TEST

(-20oC) PER LOT ASTM A 370 / GTS / PTS 35 / 28 JOULE SUPPLIER T.C. P W

2TRANSFER OF HEAT NO. 100% PROCESS CARD 100% W R/W

R R

wW-1

sample per size per lot

2.2 BALL & SEAT RING TRANSFER OF HEAT NO. 100% APPVD. DRG APPVD. DRG INSPECTION REPORT W R/W2.3 STEM DIMENSIONS 100% APPVD. DRG APPVD. DRG INSPECTION REPORT W R/W

RADIOGRAPHY 100% ASME / ANSI B 16.34 / API 6D ASME / ANSI B 16.34 / API 6D INSPECTION REPORT W R/WVISUAL 100% ASME / ANSI B 16.34 ASME / ANSI B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT W R/W

33.1 CHEMICAL PER LOT A 320 GR. L7 & 194 GR. 7 A 320 GR. L7 & A 194 GR. 7 SUPPLIER T.C. R R3.2 PHYSICAL PER LOT A 320 GR. L7 & 194 GR. 7 A 320 GR. L7 & A 194 GR. 7 SUPPLIER T.C. P W3.3 DIMENSIONS 10% P W

3.4 IMPACT TEST (-20oC) PER LOT ASTM A 370 / A 194 GR 7 AS PER TENDER DOC. SUPPLIER T.C. P W

3.5 HEAT TREATMENT 100% ASTM A 370 AS PER CODE HEAT TREATMENT REPORT P W

STEM1.3

1.4

INSPECTION

BODY & SIDE PIECE1.1

1.2 BALL & SEAT RING

RAW MATERIAL

PUP PIECE

APPVD. DRG INSPECTION REPORT

2.4

INTERMEDIATE AUDIT

PUP PIECE WELDING

2.1 BODY & SIDE PIECE DIMENSIONS 100% APPVD. DRG

BROUGHT ITEM

FASTERNS


QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN BALL VALVE


Page 2 of 2



VENDOR TPI

INSPECTION


QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN BALL VALVE

4 FINAL INSPECTION4.1 VISUAL 100% MSS-SP-55/API 1104 INSPECTION REPORT P 100% W4.2 DIMENSIONS 100% APPVD. DRG / TENDER DOC. APPVD. DRG INSPECTION REPORT P 100% W4.3 HYD. BODY TEST 100% APPVD. DRG . / API 6D APPVD. DRG . / API 6D TEST REPORT P 100% W4.4 HYD. SEAT TEST 100% APPVD. DRG . / API 6D APPVD. DRG . / API 6D TEST REPORT P 100% W4.5 AIR SEAT TEST 100% APPVD. DRG / TENDER DOC. APPVD. DRG TEST REPORT P 100% W

4.5 DOUBLE BLOCK & BLEED TEST 100% APPVD. DRG / TENDER DOC. APPVD. DRG TEST REPORT P 100% W

4.6 PERFORMANCE TEST 100% API 598 API 598 TEST REPORT P 100% W4.7 FIRE SAFE TEST TYPE TEST API 6FA API 6FA TYPE TEST CERTIFICATE P W4.8 ANTI SAFE TEST 100% BS 5351 BS 5351 TEST REPORT P 100% W4.9 LEAK TEST 100% API 598 API 598 TEST REPORT P 100% W5

5.1 SURFACE PREPARATION 100% DATA SHEET DATA SHEET INSPECTION REPORT P 100% W, 100% R

5.2 PRIMER COAT MEASUREMENT OF DFT DATA SHEET DATA SHEET PAINT INSP REPORT P 100% W,

100% R

5.3 FINAL COAT MEASUREMENT OF DFT DATA SHEET DATA SHEET PAINT INSP REPORT P 100% W,

100% R5.4 VISUAL 100% … MSS-SP-55 … P W6 FINAL DOCUMENTS REVIEW 100% AS PER SPEC. / APPVD. DRG. AS PER SPEC. / APPVD. DRG. COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE P H

6.1 MARKING / TAG DETAILS 100% AS PER APPVD. DRG. / TENDER DOC.

AS PER APPVD. DRG. / TENDER DOC. COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE P W

LEGENDS : P - PERFORM, R - REVIEW, W - WITNESS, H - HOLD TPIA - THIRD PARTY INSPECTION AGENCY

NOTE : 1. VENDOR SHALL SUBMIT WPS AND PQR FOR APPROVAL.2. REFERENCE DOCUMENTS AND ACCEPTANCE NORMS FOR ABOVE ACTIVITY WILL BE AS PER PTS / GTS.

Notes ;-1 The Above Testing and acceptable criteria are minimum requirement, however, equipment supplier shall ensure and that the product also comply to the additional requirements as per Technical specifications and data sheets.2 The supplier shall submit their own details QAP prepared on the basis of the above for approval of Owner / Owner's representative and TPIA.3 Supplier shall submit Calibration certificates of all Instruments/Equipments to be used for Inspection and Testing to TPIA with relavent procedures and update standards for TPIA review / Approval.4 TPIA will have Right to Inspect minimum 10% of all manufacturing activities on each day or as specified above.5 TPIA along with Owner / Owner representative shall review / approve all the documents related to QAP / Quality manuals / Drawings etc. submitted by supplier.6 Contractor shall in coordination with Supplier / Sub vendor shall issue detailed Production and Inspection schedule indicating the dates and the locations to facilities Owner/Owner's representative and TPIA to organise Inspection.

AS PER API 598

AS PER DATA SHEET

PAINTING


Pages 1 of 2QAP NO : 05/28/23JT/M-009 Rev.

Date :Prepared by : Checked by

Approved by :

Sl. No. COMPONENTS & OPERATIONS ACTIVITIES QUANTAM OFCHECK REFERENCE DOCUMENTS ACCEPTANCE NORMS FORMET RECORD

CHEM. TEST PER HEAT ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. FOUNDRY T.C. R Rev.

PHY. TEST PER HEAT ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. ASTM A 350 LF2 & Tender doc. FOUNDRY T.C. P W

VISUAL 100% MESS-SP-55/API 1104 MESS-SP-55/API 1104 INSPECTION REPORT P WIMPACT TEST

(-200c)PER HEAT AS PER TENDER 35 / 28 JOULE INSPECTION REPORT P W

RADIOGRAPHY 3 Sample < 6", 100%> 8" ASME B 16.34 ASME B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT P Rev. MPT 100% -DO- -DO- INSPECTION REPORT P W

CHEM. TEST PER HEAT A 182 F 316 + STELLITED & Tender doc.

A 182 F 316 + STELLITED & Tender doc.

SUPPLIER T.C. P Rev.

PHY. TEST PER HEAT A 182 F 316 + STELLITED & Tender doc.

A 182 F 316 + STELLITED & Tender doc.

SUPPLIER T.C. P W

VISUAL 100% MSS-SP-55/API 1104 MSS-SP-55/API 1104 P W

IMPACT TEST(-200c)

PER HEAT AS PER TENDER 35 / 28 JOULE INSPECTION REPORT P W

MPT 100% ASEM B 16.34 ASEM B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT P WRADIOGRAPHY 3 Sample < 6", 100%> 8" ASME B 16.34 ASME B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT P R

2TRANSFER OF HEAT

NO. 100% ANSI B 16.34 ANSI B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT W R/W

DIMENSIONS 100% AS PER APPROVED DRAWING AS PER APPROVED DRAWING INSPECTION REPORT H

RW-1 sample per size per

lot

2.2 DISC & SEATRING TRANSFER OF HEAT NO. 100% ANSI B 16.34 ANSI B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT P R/W

2.3 HARD FACING HARDNESS & D.P. 1005 ANSI B 16.34 ANSI B 16.34 INSPECTION REPORT W R/W3

CHEMICAL PER LOT A 320 GR. L7 & A 194 GR. 7 A 320 GR. L7 & A 194 GR. 7 SUPPLIER T.C. R R

PHYSICAL PER LOT A 320 GR. L7 & A 194 GR. 7 A 320 GR. L7 & A 194 GR. 7 INSPECTION REPORT R WDIMENSIONS 10% AS PER APPROVED DRAWING AS PER APPROVED DRAWING INSPECTION REPORT P WIMPACT TEST

(-200c)PER LOT ASTM A 370 / A 194 GR 7 AS PER TENDER DOC. INSPECTION REPORT P W

4VISUAL 100% MSS-SP-55/API 1104 MSS-SP-55/API 1104 INSPECTION REPORT P 100% W

DIMENSIONS 100% APPVD. DRG. AND TS APPVD. DRG. AND TS INSPECTION REPORT P WHYD.BODY TEST 100% APPVD. DRG. AND TS APPVD. DRG. AND TS INSPECTION REPORT P WHIGH PRESSURE 100% APPVD. DRG. AND TS APPVD. DRG. AND TS INSPECTION REPORT P W

CLOSER TEST APPVD. DRG. AND TS APPVD. DRG. AND TSBACKSEATTEST API 598 API 598

PERFORMANCETEST 100% API 598 API 598 INSPECTION REPORT P

BROUGHTOUT ITEM

3.1 FASTNERS

4.1AS PER API

598/B.S.6755 PART-1/API 6D INSPECTION REPORT100%


QUALITY ASSURANCE PLANCHECK VALVE

MECON LIMITED

INSPECTION

1.1 BODY & COVER

P W

FINAL INSPECTION

1.2 DISC & SEATRING

INTERMEDIATE AUDIT

2.1 BODY & BONNET


Pages 2 of 2QAP NO : 05/28/23JT/M-009 Rev.

Date :Prepared by : Checked by

Approved by :

Sl. No. COMPONENTS & OPERATIONS ACTIVITIES QUANTAM OFCHECK REFERENCE DOCUMENTS ACCEPTANCE NORMS FORMET RECORD


QUALITY ASSURANCE PLANCHECK VALVE

MECON LIMITED

INSPECTION

5

5.1 SURFACE PREPARATION 100% DATA SHEET DATA SHEET INSPECTION REPORT P 10%w, 100%

5.2 PRIMER COAT MEASUREMENT OF DFT DATA SHEET DATA SHEET PAINT. INST. REPORT P 10%w, 100%5.3 FINAL CAOT MEASUREMENT OF DFT DATA SHEET DATA SHEET PAINT. INST. REPORT P 10%w, 100%5.4 VISUAL 10% - MSS-SP-55 - P W

6 FIANAL DOCUMENTS REVIEW 100% AS PER SPEC./ APPVD. DRG./

ANSI B 16.34AS PER SPEC./ APPVD. DRG./

ANSI B 16.34 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE R R

6.1 MARKING / TAG DETAILS 100% AS PER APPR. DRG/ TENDER DOC. AS PER APPR. DRG/ TENDER DOC. COMPLIANCE CERT, P W

Notes:-1 The above Testing and acceptance criteria are minimum requriements, however, equipment supplier shall ensure and that the product also com;y to the additional requirements as per Technical Specifications and data sheets.2 The supplier shall submit their own detailed QAP prepared on the basis of the aboe for approval of Owner/Owner's representative and TPIA.3 Supplier shall submit Calibration certificates of all instruments/Equipments to be used for inspection and Testing to TPIA with relevent procedures and updated standards for TPIA review/Approval.4 TPIA will have Right to inspect minimum 10% of all manufacturing activities on each day or as specified above.5 TPIA along with Owner/Owner representative shall review/approve all the documents related to QAP/Quality manuals/drawigs etc. submitted by suppler.6 Contractor shall in coordination with Supplier/Sib vendor shall issue detailed production and inspection schedule indicating the dates and the locations to facilitaate Owner/Owner's representative and TPIA to organise inspection.

LEGEND : P = PERFORM; R = REVIEW; W = WITNESS; H = HOLD; TPIA = THIRD PARTY INSPECTION

PAINTING

AS PER DATA SHEET


Page 1 of 2


Sub Vendor Supplier/TPIA Remarks

RT 3 first CastsEach Piece

PT 3 first CastsEach Piece

MT

ASME V, Art.2100%: Each type/size/rating100%: BW Eends

ASME V, Art.6 - ASTM E-165100%: Each type/size/rating100%: BW Eends

Alternative for PT

ASME VIII-1, App.7

ASME B 31.3 (1990), table341.3.2 A, Severe cyclic cond.ASME VIII-1, App.8 and 7

subject to approval

P 100% W

Chemical Analysis Reffered API / ASTMEach heat and product

Reffered API / ASTM P 100% W

Mechanical properties Reffered API / ASTMon samples taken from mill


Low temperate certificate ( if applicable ) ASTM A-370 Reffered API / ASTMwith impact test P 100% W

PT

MTon presure retanings parts

ASME V, Art.6100% presure retanings parts

ASME V, Art.7100% presure retanings parts

ASME VIII-1, App.8

ASME VIII-1, App.6 P 100% W






PT each batch

HTeach heat treatment batch

ASME V, Art.6after final machiningreffered ASTM

ASME VIII-1, App.8

reffered ASTM P 100% W




Reffered API / ASTMcertificate EN 10204/3.2 P 100% W


PROCEDURE

3 Bolting

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA AND CERTIFICATE

SN. INSPECTION AND TESTING

Cast1

Forgings2

Gujarat State Petronet Ltd.MECON Limited

QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN PRESSURE SAFETY VALVE

Prepared BY Approved BY Reviewed and Approved BY

Page 2 of 2


Sub Vendor Supplier/TPIA RemarksPROCEDURE ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA AND

CERTIFICATESN. INSPECTION AND TESTING

Gujarat State Petronet Ltd.MECON Limited

QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN PRESSURE SAFETY VALVE

4 BW ends each piece 100% RT ASME V, Art.2 ASME B 31.3 (1990table341.3.2 A, Severe cylic cond. P 100% W

5 Welds & weld repairs each piece 100% RT ASME V, Art.2 ASME B 31.3 (1990table341.3.2 A, Severe cylic cond.

6 Visual and Dimensional Tests each piece ASME V, Art.9 Reffered ANSI dimensions P 100% W7 Hydrostatic test (shell & Nozzle) each piece API 598 / ASTM A-530 and data sheet API 598 / ASTM A-530 P 100% W8 Air Seat Test each piece API 598 / ASTM A-530 and data sheet API 598 / ASTM A-530 9 Functional Tests

each pieceThree Openings and Closing at Atmospheric and Maximum Dififrential Presure

API 598 / ASTM A-530 P 100% W

10 Antistatic tests each piece Manufacturer’s Approved procedure BS 5351/5146 P 100% W11 Anti Blow Out Tests each piece Manufacturer’s Approved procedure BS 5351 P 100% W12 Fire Safe Tested ( Certificates of previously

conducted tests shall be API 6FA / API 607 / BS 5146 / OCMA API 6FA / API 607 / BS 5146 / OCMA - -

13 Painting as per approval procedure as per approval procedure P 100% W14 Packing and identification Marking as per approval procedure as per approval procedure P 100% W

Note : 1 The above testing and acceptance criteria are minimum requirements, however, equ supplier shall ensure and that the product also comply to the additional requirements as per technical specifications and data sheets.2 Supplier shall submit their own detailed QAP prepared on the basis of the above for approval of owner/owner's representative.3 Supplier shall submit Caliberatio certificates of all instruments/equipments to be used for � inspection and testing to TPIA with relevant procedures and updated standards for TPIA� review/approval.4 TPIA will have right to inspect minimum 10% of all manufacturing activities on each day or as specified above.5 TPIA along with Owner/Owner's Representative shall review/ approve all the documents related to QAP/Quality Manuals/Drawings etc. submitted by supplier.6 TPIA shall also review the Test certificates submitted by the Actuator manufacturer.7 Contractor shall in coordination with Supplier/Sub Vendor shall issue detailed Production and Inspection Schedule indicating the dates and the locations to Facilitate Owner/Owner's Representative and TPIA

to organise Inspection.

Legend RT: Radiographic Test PT: Liquid Penetrant test HT: Heat Treatment VT: Visual TestP: Performed R: Review W: WitnessTPI: Third Party inspection agency MT: Magnetic particle test

Prepared BY Approved BY Reviewed and Approved BY

QAP NO :05/21/JT/3LPE Coating Rev. Date :Prepared by : Checked byApproved by :

MECON LIMITEDSl. No. ACTIVITY TEST FREQUENCY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA DOCUMENTAION REFERENCE DOCUMENT INSTRUMENTS REMARKS

MANUF. TPIAA. PRIOR TO REGULAR PRODUCTION1 Quality control test plan Before production - - TS/Approved Procedure - H R

2 repair procedure - - - TS/Approved Procedure - H R

3 Handling, Storage & transportation of bare and coated pipes procedure

- - - TS/Approved Procedure - H R

4 Raw material acceptance, review of test cetificates for Epoxy, Adhesive, PE

Each Batch certificate Raw material manufacturer's test certificates.

Raw Material manufacturer's test certificates.

Cl. no. 4.1 & 4.2 of TS No.- MEC/S/05/62/014 VISUAL INSPECTION FOR MARKING

R R

5 Test of raw material (Epoxy, adhesive & PE)

Each batch As per material test certificate & Cl. no. 4.3(a,b&c) of TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014

Test report TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014 - H W

6 Storage All Materials Manufacturer Recommendation

STOCK REGISTER Approved procedure - H M

7 Bare pipe receipt at mill, handling & storage etc.

Each pipe As per TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014

PACKING LIST & Test report

TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014 & approved procedure VISUAL H M

8

8.1 Bare pipe stacking & handling in yard/plant

Each pipe PE sheet over sand row Teflon padded hooks

STOCK REGISTER TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014 & approved procedure VISUAL H M

8.2 Bare pipes receiving surface defect, Bevel damage, Grease/ oil on surface

Each pipe No defects, damages, oil/grease on pipe surface etc.

Data sheet TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014 Visual solvent cleaning for pipes with oil grease

H W

8.3 repair of Bare pipes defects pipes removed for defects As per API 5L & pipe Specification

Approved procedure Bevel cutting m/c, Jacks etc.

H W

8.4 Pre heating All pipes 65 - 850C Data sheet Cl. no. 8.4 of TS & approved procedure LPG Burner, contact thermometer

H R/W

8.5

8.5.1 Ambientemp., Relative humidity, Dew point & Elapsed time

Each pipe RH should be less than 85% (IF RH> 85% no shot blasting).

Data sheet TS No.MEC/S/05/62/014 and approved procedure. thermo hygrometer, Dew point apparatus

H R/W

8.5.2 phosphoric Acid treatment Each pipe pH = 1-2, Pipe temp prior to phosphoric acid treatment = 45-750C or as manuf. Recommendation.

Data sheet Cl. No. 8..6.2 of TS approved procedure PH paper, contact thermometer

H R/W

8.5.3 DM water wash Each pipe pH = 6.0-7.0, pipe surface should be dried

Data sheet TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014 PH paper H R/W

8.5.4 Cleaniness Each pipe SA 2½ Data sheet Cl no.8.7 of TS and approved procedure ISO - 8501-1 H R/W

8.5.5 Degree cf dust Each pipe Rating 2 or Class 2 Data sheet Cl no.8.7 of TS and approved procedure ISO - 8502-3 H R/W

8.5.6 Surface roughness Each pipe 50 - 70 µm (Rz) Data sheet Cl no.8.7 of TS and approved procedure Surface Profile gauge, Hand held 30X magnifying glass

H R/W

INSPECTION

PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION TESTS:- BEFORE START OF REGULAR PRODUCTION 5 PIPES TO BE COATED (4 PIPES FULLY COATED WITH 3LPE AND ONE PIPE COATED PARTLY WITH EPOXY & PARTLY WITH EPOXY & ADHESIVE).

DOUBLE SHOT BLASTING

QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN3 LPE COATING OF LINEPIPE

T Roy/Desktop/r gspl/QAP 3LPE Coating of Linepipe3LPE Padmala - Godhra Pipeline of GSPL Page 1 of 5



MANUF. TPIAINSPECTION


8.5.7 Bare pipe temp. Every pipe 180-2300 C or as per manuf. Recommendation

Test report TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014 & approved procedure contact thermometer H R/W

8.5.8 Bare pipe temp. after Epoxy application by IR thermometer

Every pipe by online pyrometer recording

190-2300C or as per manufacturer recommendation

- TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014 IR Optical pyrometer H R/W

9

9.1 Epoxy layer thickness One pipe at 3,6,9,12 positions 180µm min. Test report Sl. No. 3 of amendment-1 to TS & as per approved procedure

Coating thk. gauge H W

9.2 Adhesive Layer thk. One pipe at 3,6,9,12 positions 200µm min. Test report Sl. No. 3 of amendment-1 to TS & as per approved procedure


9.3 Degree of cure One pipe(one sample) ∆Tg = +3, -20C% cure = 95% min.

Test report Cl. no. 7.5.1.(a) of TS DSC Machine H W

9.4 Adhesion test (St. Andrews cross Method) One pipe Rating -1-3 Test report Cl. no. 7.5.1.(e) of TS Utility knife H W

1010.1 heat ageing, Light ageing, Coating

resistivity(each batch test certificate typical value will be issued by manufacture)

Melt rate shall not deviate by more than 35% of original value and Coate resistivity shall be 108 ohm-m2 minimum

Test report DIN 30670 - R R

10.2 Bond strength test at ends & middle Three pipe @ 20+50C = 8 Kg/Cm@65+50C = 5 KG/Cm

Test report Cl. no. 7.5.2.(a) of TS & approved procedure Peel test M/C by dynamometer (type-2)

H W

10.3 Degree of cure One pipe (One sample) ∆Tg = 3, -20C% cure = 95% min.

Test report Cl. no. 7.5.2.(e) of TS & approved procedure DSC Machine H W

10.4 Impact strength Three pipe 7 Joules/mm Test report Cl. no. 7.5.2.(b) of TS & approved procedure Impact tester H W10.5 Indentation test Twp sample for both temp. from

4 pipes0.2 max. at 23+ 20C0.3 max. at 70+ 20C

Test report Cl. no. 7.5.2.(c) of TS & approved procedure Controlled temp, bath, Dial Gauge, weight

H W

10.6 Elongation at failure Three PE coated pipes only (5 samles from each pipe)

300% min. Test report Cl. no. 7.5.2 (d) of TS & approved procedure Tensile M/C H W

10.7 Cathodic Disbondment test Two samples for 30 days at 600

+ 30C, one sample for 48 hrs. at 600 + 30C

ECR = 15 mm max. (for 30 days) - at 600C+ 30C7 mm max. (for 48 hrs. at 600C + 30C

Test report ASTM G-42 & sl. No. 01 of amendment-1 of TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014

CD, test assembly H W

10.8 Holiday test at 25 kv All pipes Max. + 30C One holiday surface area < 0.01 sq.mtrs.(repair as per approved Procedure)

Test report Cl. no. 7.5.2(f) of TS & approved procedure Holiday detector H W

10.9 Over all Coating Thickness All pipes 3.2mm on Body (S-v) Test report Cl. No. 7.5.2.(g) of TS & Sl. No. 03 of ammendment-1 to TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014


10.10 Air entrapment at 30X magnification All pipes Polyethylene and adhesive layers shall have not more than 10% of the observed area.

Test report Cl. no. 7.5.2.(h) of TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014 30X magnification hand-held microscope

H W

10.11 Visual inspection All pipes No defect (Blisters, pinholes scratches, wrinklee etc.)

Test report TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 Visual H W

10.12 Cut back length All pipes 110 mm, (+)20, (-) 0 mm Test report Sl. No. 04 of ammendment-1 to TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014

steel Scale H W

TEST ON COATED PIPES PARTLY WITH EPOXY AND PARTLY WITH EPOXY & ADHESIVE LAYERS

TEST ON COATED PIPES WITH ALL THREE LAYERS






B REGULAR PRODUCTION BARE PIPES AT INLET

1 Bare pipe stacking & handling in yard/plant

Each pipe PE sheet over sand row Teflon padded hooks

STOCK REGISTER TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 & approved procedure VISUAL H M

2 Bare pipes receiving surface defect, Bevel damage, Grease/ oil on surface


Data sheet TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 & approved procedure Visual solvent cleaning for pipes with oil

H M

3 repair of Bare pipes defects pipes removed for defects As per API 5L & pipe Specification

- API 5L & pipe specification Bevel cutting m/c, Jacks etc.

H W

4 recording of pipe parameters and tick off against mill packing list.

Each pipe Clear visibility OF STENCIL MARKING

Test report Mill packing list Visual & white paint H M

5 Pre heating All pipes 65 - 850C Data sheet Cl. no. 8.4 of TS & approved procedure LPG Burner, contact thermometer

H R/W

C.1 Ambient temp., relative humidity, Dew

point and Elapsed time.Start of every shift thereafter every 1 hr.

RH should be less than 85% (If RH> 85% no shot blasting).

Data sheet TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 Thermo hygrometer, Dew point apparatus

H R/W

2 phosphoric Acid treatment Each pipe pH = 1-2, Pipe temp prior to phosphoric acid treatment = 45-750C or as per manuf. Recommendation.

Data sheet Cl. no. 8.6 of TS & approved procedure PH paper, contact thermometer

H R/W

3 DM water wash Each pipe pH = 6.0-7.0, pipe surface should be dried

Data sheet TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 PH paper H R/W

4 Cleaniness Each pipe SA 2½ Data sheet Cl. no. 8.7 of TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 & approved procedure

ISO - 8501-1H R/W

5 Degree of dust Each pipe Rating 2 or Class 2 Data sheet Cl. no. 8.7 of TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 & approved procedure

ISO - 8502-3H R/W

6 Surface roughness Each pipe & one in 50 pipes by press-o-film

50 - 70 µm (Rz) Data sheet Cl. no. 8.7 of TS & approved procedure Surface Profile gauge, Hand held 30X H R/W

D.1 Bare pipe temp. Every pipe 180 - 2300C or as per powder

manufacturer recom.Data sheet TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014 & approved procedure contact thermometer

H R/W2 Bare pipe temp. after Epoxy application by

IR thermometerEvery pipe by online pyrometer. Recording every one hour.

190-2300C or as per powder manufacturer recommendation

- TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014 & approved procedure IR Optical phrometer

H R/W3 Adhesive film temperature. Every hour. 200 - 2400C or as per

manufacturer recom.Test report TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 Optical

pyrometer/digital thermometer H R/W

4 PE film temperature. Every hour. 220-2700C or as per manufacturer's recommendation.

Test report TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 Optical pyrometer/digital thermometer H R/W

5 Recording of batch no.'s of Epoxy, Adhesive Polyethylene

Every hour. As per standard data Test report Manufacturer's test certificate visual H M

E.1 Epoxy layer thickness Every shift at 3,6,9,12 positions Epoxy thk. - 0.18mm min.

Adhs. Thk. - 0.20mm min.Test report Cl. no. 10.3 of TS & approved procedure Coating thk. Gauge.

HR/W

2 Holiday test at 25 kv All pipes Max. one holiday surface area < 0.01 sq. mtrs.(repair as per approved procedure)

Test report Cl. no. 10.4 of TS & approved procedure Holiday detector

H

R/W

3 Over all Coating Thickness All pipes 3.2mm on Body (S-v) Test report Sl. no. 03 of ammendment-1 to TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014

Coating thickness gauge H

W

ON LINE INSPECTION & TESTING


COATING APPLICATION






F.1 Impact test. (30 Impacts) at 30mm

intervals.Two pipes per shift. 7J/mm Impact energy (No

holiday shall be observed at 25KV at impact area.) Test report

Cl. no. 10.5 of TS & approved procedure Impact test instrument

H W2 Resistance to peel test at cut back ends. One in 50 pipes. Peel strength at 20 + 50C -

8.0Kg/cm min.Peel strength at 60 + 50C -5Kg/cm min. Test report

Cl. no. 10.6 & amendment-1 to TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014

Peel test Machine, chisel etc.

H W3 Resistance to indentation test (Two

samples for each temp.)Two pipes per shift. At 23+20C = 0.2mm

At 70+20C=0.3mm

Test report Cl. no. 10.7 of TS & as per approved procedure Indentation bath heater, dial gauge, thermostate H W

4 Air entrapment at 30X magnification One sample per shift Polyethylene and adhesive layers shall have no more than 10% of the observed area. Test report

Cl. no. 10.8 of TS. 30X magnification hand-held microscope

H W5 Degree of cure Once per shift ∆Tg = 3, -20C

% cure = 95% min. Test report Cl. no. 10.9 of TS DSC M/C

H W6 Adhesion test (St. Andrews cross Method) Once per shift Test report Cl. no. 10.10 of TS Utility knife H W

7 Cathodic Disbondment test Every batch no. of epoxy powder.

Max. Disbondment radius 7 mm (At 650C + 30C for 48 hours.

Test report Cl. no. 10.11 of TS & approved procedure Test vessel D.C. votage supplier electrodes etc.

H W

G.1 Cut back length at ends. Each pipes 110 mm, (+)20, (-) 0 mm Test report Cl. no. 9.2.11 & sl. no. 04 of amendment-1 to TS

no. MEC/S/05/62/014 Measuring tape, scale etc. and visual

W M

2 Marking on caoted pipes external color band

Each pipes Proper information on coated surface (ME side) I.e. as follows. (1 mtr. From endPROJECT ……PIPE DIA… WALL THK….PIPE NO… LENGTH…HEAT NO……..

As per TS No. MEC/S/05/62/014

Spray gun, stencil paper etc. H M

COATING No….COLOUR BAND, ANY OTHER INFORMATION CONSIDERED RELEVANT BY COMPANY

H.1 Repair of Coating followed by holiday

detection at 25 KVAll coating repair All repairs as per approved

procedureTest report Cl. no. 12.0 of TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 Heating torch.

Chisel, scale etc.H W

2 Peel test on repari area One in 25 pipes As per manufacturer's Test report TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 Spring balance H WI.1 Handling Each pipes No damages on coated pipes.

Support bed, min. 2 nos. support on trailor & securing by three wire rope covered with nylon rubber tubing

STOCK REGISTER TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 Crane with teflon padded hooks, trailor with rubber padded beds etc.

H R/W

2 Storage Each pipes Proper stacking on sand rows covered with PE sheets with stack separator.

STOCK REGISTER TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014 --do-- H R/W

RECOMMENDATION

OFF LINE TESTS

FINAL INSPECTION

HANDLING & STORAGE






J.1 Digital thermometer Every month. Add or subtract the observed

value w.r.t. reference measurement.

Test report Ref. Thermometers, water/ oil bath etc.

H R/W

2 Thickness gauge. Every month. ----di--- Test report ref. Thickness foils, steel

H R/W

3 Roughness gauge Every month. ----di--- Test report Standard roughness H R/W

4 Holiday detector Every month. By spark gap method Test report

5 Hygrometer Once in four month By spark gap method Test report

6 D meter Every time before use By standard thickness block Test report H W

Notes:-1 The above Testing and acceptance criteria are minimum requriements, however, equipment supplier shall ensure and that the product also comly to the additional requirements as per Technical Specifications and data sheets.2 The supplier shall submit their own detailed QAP prepared on the basis of the aboe for approval of Owner/Owner's representative and TPIA.3 Supplier shall submit Calibration certificates of all instruments/Equipments to be used for inspection and Testing to TPIA with relevent procedures and updated standards for TPIA review/Approval.4 TPIA will have Right to inspect minimum 10% of all manufacturing activities on each day or as specified above.5 TPIA along with Owner/Owner representative shall review/approve all the documents related to QAP/Quality manuals/drawigs etc. submitted by suppler.6 Contractor shall in coordination with Supplier/Sib vendor shall issue detailed production and inspection schedule indicating the dates and the locations to facilitaate Owner/Owner's representative and TPIA to organise inspection.

Raw Material Combination to be used During Production as per ANNEXURE - 1 of TS no. MEC/S/05/62/014LEGEND : W = WITNESS; H = HOLD; M = MONITORING; R = REVIEW OF DOCUMENTS; R/M = RANDOM CHECK; A = APPROVED; TPIA = THIRD PARTY INSPECTION AGENCY

CALIBRATION OF EQUIPMENT

Spark gap assmbly/ Calibrated meter

H W


QAP NO : 05/21/JT/3LPP Coating Rev. Date :Prepared by : Checked byApproved by :


MANUF. TPIAA. PRIOR TO REGULAR PRODUCTION1 Quality control test plan Before production - - TS/ Approved Procedure - H R2 repair procedure - - - TS/ Approved Procedure - H R3 Handling, Storage & transportation of bare

and coated pipes procedure - - - TS/ Approved Procedure - H R

4 Raw material acceptance review of test cetificates for Epoxy, Adhesive, Poly propy,ene & repair product.

Each Batch certificate Raw material manufacturer's test certificates.

Raw Material manufacturer's test certificates.

TS no. MEC/S/05/21/014B VISUAL INSPECTION FOR MARKING

R R

5 Test of raw material (Epoxy, adhesive & Poly propylene & repair product)

Each batch As per manufacturer recommednation & TS NO. MEC/5/05/62/014B

Test report Cl. No. 4 of TS MEC/S/05/21/014B - H W

6 Storage All Materials Manufacturer Recommendation STOCK REGISTER TS/ Approved Procedure - H M

7 Bare pipe receipt at mill, handling & storage etc.

Each pipe As per TS PACKING LIST & Test report

TS/ Approved Procedure VISUAL H M

8

8.1 Bare pipe stacking & handling in yard/plant

Each pipe As per Cl. No.10 of TS TS/ Approved Procedure VISUAL H M

8.2 Bare pipes receiving surface defect, Bevel damage, Grease/ oil on surface


Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure Visual solvent cleaning for pipes with oil grease

H W

8.3 repair of Bare pipes defects pipes removed for defects As per API 5L & pipe Specification

API 5L/ Pipe Specficiation Bevel cutting m/c, Jacks etc.

H W

8.4 Pre heating All pipes 65 - 850C Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure LPG Burner, contact thermometer

H R/W

8.58.5.1 Ambientcemp., Relative humidity, Dew

point & Elapsed timeEach pipe Ambient temp shall be max.

350C & less than 100C. RH should be less than 85% (IF RH> 85% no shot blasting).

Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure Thermo hygrometer, Dew point apparatus

H R/W

8.5.2 Phosphoric Acid treatment Each pipe pH = 1-2, Pipe temp prior to phosphoric acid treatment = 45-750C or as manuf. Recommendation.

Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure PH paper, contact thermometer

H R/W

8.5.3 DM water wash Each pipe pH = 6.0-7.0, pipe surface should be dried

Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure PH paper H R/W

8.5.4 Cleaniness Each pipe SA 2½ Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure ISO - 8501-1 H R/W8.5.5 Degree of dust Each pipe Rating 2 or Class 2 Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure ISO - 8502-3 H R/W8.5.6 Surface roughness Each pipe 50 - 70 µm (Rz) Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure Surface Profile

gauge, Hand held 30X magnifying glass

H R/W

INSPECTION

PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION TESTS:- BEFORE START OF REGULAR PRODUCTION 5 PIPES TO BE COATED (4 PIPES FULLY COATED WITH 3LPE AND HDPE, ONE PIPE COATED PARTLY WITH EPOXY & PARTLY WITH EPOXY & ADHESIVE).


QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN3 LPP COATING OF LINEPIPE

T Roy/Desktop/r gspl/QAP 3LPE Coating of Linepipe3LPP Padmala - Godhra Pipeline of GSPL Page 1 of 5





8.5.7 Bare pipe temp. Every pipe 185 - 2100C for liquid epoxy coat 130-2000C for powder epoxy coat or as per manuf. Recommendation

Test report TS/ Approved Procedure contact thermometer H R/W

8.5.8 Bare pipe temp. after Epoxy application byIR thermometer

Every pipe by online pyrometer recording

190-2300C or as per powdermanufacturer recommendation

- TS/ Approved Procedure IR Optical phrometer H M

99.1 Epoxy layer thickness One pipe at 3,6,9,12

positions0.18 mm min. Test report TS/ approved procedure Coating thk. gauge H W

9.2 Adhesive Layer thk. One pipe at 3,6,9,12 positions

0.20 mm min. Test report TS/ approved procedure Coating thk. gauge H W

9.3 Degree of cure One pipe(one sample) △ Tg = +3, -20C% cure = 95% min.

Test report TS/ Approved Procedure DSC Machine H W

9.4 Adhesion test Two locations Rating -1-3 Test report TS/ Approved Procedure Utility knife H W9.5 Electrical Porosity at 25 KV One pipe No defects Test report TS/ Approved Procedure DC Holiday detector H W

9.6 2.50 Flexibility test One pipe ( 3 Specimens) No Cracking Test report TS/ Approved Procedure Hydraulic, press/ binding manfa. Etc.

H W

9.7 Cross section & Interface porosity test One pipe ( 3 Specimens) Rating - 1-4 Test report TS/ Approved Procedure Microscope knife etc.

H W

1010.1 U.V. Aging Each pipe Larger than 390% Test report ASTM D 638/ NF A - 49-74 - R R10.2 Overall Thickness Each pipe 3.2 mm Test report TS/ Approved Procedure Magnatic/

electromagnatic type over lap measuring instrument

H W

10.3 Cut back Each pipe 110 mm , + 20 mm Test report TS/ Approved Procedure Steel tape H W10.4 Electrical Porosity at 25 KV Each pipe no defects Test report TS/ Approved Procedure DC holiday H W10.5 Impact Test Three pipe > 15 Nm / mm Test report TS/ Approved Procedure Pile Hammer H W10.6 Rockwell Hardness Each pipe > 60 Test report TS/ Approved Procedure H W10.7 Resistance to peeling Each pipe > 500 N/ 50 mm 50+50C

> 400 N/50 mm 90+50CTest report TS/ Approved Procedure r Dynometer H W

10.8 Indentation All pipes < 0.1 mm at 250C<0.3 mm at 1000C

Test report TS/ Approved Procedure H W

10.9 Bendability Each pipe No holiday, no crack, no surface defect

Test report TS/ Approved Procedure Bending Machine H W

10.10 Cathodic disbonding Three samples < 15 mm after 60 days< 7 mm after 48 hrs.

Test report TS/ ASTM G8 H W

10.11 Coating Specific Resistivity Each pipe > 108 ohm x m2 Test report TS/ NFA 49-711 As Per TS H W10.12 Elongation at Break Two pipes CL. No.5.3.4 (d) of TS Test report Cl . No.7.5.2 (d) of TS As per TS H W10.13 Air entrapment Each pipe 10% thickness Test report Cl. No. 7.5.2 (h) of TS 30x microscopr H W10.14 Digree of cure One pipe △Tg = +3, -2% cure - 95% min. Test report Cl. No. 7.5.2 (i) of TS DSC Machine H W

TEST ON COATED PIPES PARTLY WITH EPOXY AND PARTLY WITH EPOXY & ADHESIVE LAYERS

TEST ON COATED PIPES WITH ALL THREE LAYERS






B REGULAR PRODUCTION BARE PIPES AT INLET

1 Bare pipe stacking & handling in yard/plant

Each pipe - TS/ Approved Procedure VISUAL H M

2 Bare pipes receiving surface defect, Bevel damage, Grease/ oil on surface


Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure Visual solvent cleaning for pipes with oil

H M

3 Repair of Bare pipes defects pipes removed for defects As per API 5L & pipe Specification

- TS/ Approved Procedure Bevel cutting m/c, Jacks etc.

H W

4 Recording of pipe parameters and tick off against mill packing list.

Each pipe Clear visibility OF STENCIL MARKING

Test report Mill packing list Visual & white paint H M

5 Pre heating All pipes 65 - 850C Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure LPG Burner, contact thermometer

H W

C.1 Ambient temp., relative humidity, Dew

point and Elapsed time.Start of every shift thereafter every 1 hr.

RH should be less than 85% (IF RH> 85% no shot blasting).

Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure Thermo hygrometer, Dew point apparatus

H M

2 Phosphoric Acid treatment Each pipe pH = 1-2, Pipe temp prior to phosphoric acid treatment = 45-750C or as manuf. Recommendation.

Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure PH paper, contact thermometer

H R/W

3 DM water wash Each pipe pH = 6.0-7.0, pipe surface should be dried

Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure PH paper H R/W

4 Cleaniness Each pipe SA 2½ Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure ISO - 8501-1 H R/W5 Degree of dust Each pipe Rating 2 or Class 2 Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure ISO - 8502-3 H R/W6 Surface roughness 4 per shift on each of the first

25 pipes50 - 70 µm (Rz) Data sheet TS/ Approved Procedure Surface Profile

gauge, Hand held 30X H R/W

D.1 Bare pipe temp. before epoxy application Every pipe 210 - 2200C or as per powder

manufacturer recom.Test report

TS/ As per Approved Procedurecontact thermometer

H R/W2 Bare pipe temp. after Epoxy application by

IR thermometerEvery pipe by online pyrometer. Recording every one hour.

185-2100C or as per powder manufacturer recommendation

-

TS/ Approved Procedure

IR Optical phrometer

H R/W3 Adhesive film temperature. Every hour. 180 - 2300C or as per

manufacturer recom.Test report


Optical pyrometer/digital thermometer H R/W

4 PE film temperature. Every hour. 240-2600C or as per manufacturer's recommendation.

Test report


Optical pyrometer/digital thermometer H R/W

5 Recording of batch no.'s of Epoxy, adhesive & polyethylene

Every batch As per standard data Test reportManufacturer's test ceritificate

visual H R/W

DOUBLE SHOT BLASTING STATION.

COATING APPLICATION






E.1 Epoxy & adhesive thickness Every shift at 3,6,9,12

positionsEpoxy thk. - 0.18mm min.Adhs. Thk. - 0.20mm min.

Test reportTS/ Approved Procedure

Coating thk. Gauge.H W

2 Holiday test at 25 kv All pipes Max. one holiday surface area < 0.01 sq. mtrs.

Test report


Holiday detector

H W3 Over all Coating Thickness All pipes 3.2mm on Body Test report

TS/ Approved ProcedureCoating thickness gauge H W

4 Cut back All pipes 110 mm, + 20 mm Test report TS/ Approved Procedure Steel Scale H WF.1.0 Epoxy layer thickness One pipe at 3,6,9,12

positions 0.18 mm min. Test report TS/ As per approved procedureCoatng thk. gauge

H W2.0 Adhesive Layer thk. One pipe at 3,6,9,12

positions 0.20 mm min. Test report TS/ As per approved procedureCoatng thk. gauge

H W3.0 Degree of cure One pipes (one sample) △Tg = +3, - 20C

% cure = 95% min. Test report TS/ Approved ProcedureDSC Machine

H W4.0 Adhesion test 3 pipes Rating - 1-3 Test report TS/ Approved Procedure Utility knife H W5.0 Impact Strength 1 pershift 15 Nm/ mm thick. Test report TS/ Approved Procedure - H W6.0 Rockwell Hardness 1 pershift > 60 Test report TS/ Approved Procedure - H W7.0 Strength 1 pershift 500 N/ 50mm, 50+ 50C

400 N/ 50mm, 90+ 50CTest report TS/ Approved Procedure - H W

8.0 Rockwall Hardness 1 pipe per shift, one test per 50 pipes

> 60 Test report TS/ Approved Procedure H W

9.0 Resistance to peeling 1 test per shiftbut 5 test minimum

> 750 N/ 50 mm Test report TS/ Approved Procedure H W

10.0 Indentation 1 test per shiftbut 5 test minimum

< 0.1 mm at 250C< 0.3 mm at 1000C

Test report TS/ Approved Procedure H W

G.1 Cut back length at ends. Each pipes 110 mm, + 20 mm Test report TS/ Approved Procedure Measuring tape,

scale etc. and visualH W

2 Marking on caoted pipes external color band

Each pipes Proper information on coated surface (ME side) I.e. as follows. (1 mtr. From endPROJECT ……PIPE DIA… WALL THK….PIPE NO… LENGTH…HEAT NO……..

STOCK REGISTER TS/ Approved Procedure H W

COATING No….COLOUR BAND, ANY OTHER INFORMATION CONSIDERED RELEVANT BY COMPANY

ON LINE INSPECTION & TESTING

OFF LINE TESTS

FINAL INSPECTION






H.1 Repair of Coating followed by holiday

detection at 25 KVAll coating repair All repairs as per approved

procedureTest report TS Heating torch.

Chisel, scale etc.H R/W

2 Peel test on repari area One in 25 pipes As per manufacturer's recommendation

Test report TS Spring balance H R/W

I.1 Handling Each pipes No damages on coated pipes.

Support bed, min. 2 nos. support on trailor & securing by three wire rope covered with nylon rubber tubing

STOCK REGISTER TS Crane with teflon padded hooks, trailor with rubber padded beds etc.

H R/W

2 Storage Each pipes Proper stacking on sand rows covered with PE sheets with stack separator.

STOCK REGISTER TS --do-- H R/W

J.1 Digital thermometer Every month. Add or subtract the observed

value w.r.t. reference measurement.

Test report Calibration procedure Ref. Thermometers, water/ oil bath etc.

H R/W

2 Thickness gauge. Every month. ----di--- Test report Calibration procedure Ref. Thickness foils, steel

H R/W

3 Roughness gauge Every month. ----di--- Test report Calibration procedure Standard roughness H R/W

4 Holiday detector Every month. By spark gap method Test report Calibration procedure W

5 Hygrometer Once in four month By spark gap method Test report Calibration procedure W

6 D meter Every time before use By standard thickness block Test report Calibration procedure H W

Notes:-1 The above Testing and acceptance criteria are minimum requriements, however, equipment supplier shall ensure and that the product also com;y to the additional requirements as per Technical Specifications and data sheets.2 The supplier shall submit their own detailed QAP prepared on the basis of the aboe for approval of Owner/Owner's representative and TPIA.3 Supplier shall submit Calibration certificates of all instruments/Equipments to be used for inspection and Testing to TPIA with relevent procedures and updated standards for TPIA review/Approval.4 TPIA will have Right to inspect minimum 10% of all manufacturing activities on each day or as specified above.5 TPIA along with Owner/Owner representative shall review/approve all the documents related to QAP/Quality manuals/drawigs etc. submitted by suppler.6 Contractor shall in coordination with Supplier/Sib vendor shall issue detailed production and inspection schedule indicating the dates and the locations to facilitaate Owner/Owner's representative and TPIA to organise inspection.

RECOMMENDATION

HANDLING & STORAGE

CALIBRATION OF EQUIPMENT

Spark gap assmbly/ Calibrated meter H

Raw Material Combination to be used During Production as per ANNEXURE - 1 As per TS No. MEC/S/05/21/014BLEGEND : W = WITNESS; H = HOLD; M = MONITORING; R = REVIEW OF DOCUMENTS; R/M = RANDOM CHECK; A = APPROVED; TPIA = THIRD PARTY INSPECTION


APPENDIX-IV

LIST OF APPROVED VENDORS FORBOUGHT OUT ITEMS

Sr. Item Name of the vendor Address Phone No Fax No Qualified for Size

1 Man Industries (P) LtdMan House, 15, PU-3, AB Road, Indore-452008 and Anjar,Kutch Gujarat

0731-559070-73 0731-57891-92 Up to 30"

2 Saw Pipes Limited

Saw Pipes LimitedJindal Centre12, Bikhaji Cama placeNew Delhi – 110 066

011-26188360-74 11-26170691 Up to 30"

3Welspun Gujarat Stahl Rohren Ltd

Trade World, "B" Wing, Gr. Floor, Kamla Mill compound, Senapati bapat marg, Lower parel, MUMBAI - 400 013

022-5650 3000 022-22490 8020 Up to 30"

4M/s Khartstzk Tube Works

9, paton Str, Khartsyzsk, Donestk Region, 86703, Ukraine

00 380 6257 71032 00380 6257 45695 Up to 56"

5 EUROPIPEFormerstrasse, 49 40878 Ratingen Germany

+ 49 21 02 85 70 + 49 21 02 85 72 85 Up to 30"

6Mannesmannröhren-Werke

Wiesenstrasse 36 45473 Mülheim a.d. Ruhr GERMANY

+ 49 208 458 01 + 49 208 458 19 99 Up to 30"

7TENARIS (TECHINT)

Cantonment Road, 200 # 04-01 Southpoint 089763 Singapore SINGAPORE

+ 65 224 90 77 + 65 222 40 90 Up to 30"

8THYSSEN STAHLUNION GMBH

P.O.Box. No.101048 40001 Dusseldorf Germany

+492119670 +492119675398 Up to 30"

9Corus International Projects

Hampton House, 20, Albert Embankment London SE1 7TJ, United King dom

+442079758393/ +442079758370

+442079758406 Up to 30"

10 Vallouarec Industries130 Rue De Silly, BP 415, 92103 Boulogne- Bilancourt, Cedex France

+33 1 49093500 +33 1 49093705 Up to 30"

11

HSAW Lines pipe with three layer external PE/PP and internal

coating

12

13 Hyundai corporation226, 1-G-A, Sinmunno Jongho GV,

Seoul, 110786, Korea82-2-390-1114 82-2-390-1693

14 Seah Steel Corporation10 Bongnae-Dong 1, Joong-Gu, Seoul South Korea

15 Umran Steel85/5, 80040 Salipazan Istanbul, Turkey

16 Comfab Industrial S.A.Av. Gasto Vidigal Neto, 475 Cidade Nova 12414-020 Pindamonhangabasp, Brazil

17 ILVA SpA Viale certosa, 249 Milano, Italy

18 HU Steel Corpoation South Korea

19 Surya Roshni LimitedPrakash Nagar, Bahdurgarh, Haryana - 124 507 Email : [email protected]

01276-241 540, 241 296/97

01276-241 886 upto 12" size,

20Welspun Gujarat Stahl Rohren Ltd

Anjar, Kutchh, Gujarat 02836-573428/29 2856-247070 upto 12" size,

21 3LPE Pipe Coating PSL Holdings Ltd386, Veer Savarkar Marg, Prabhadevi, Mumbai- 400 025

(022) 4307023, 4309058

(022) 430 7365, 430 5335

HSAW Line Pipe,Vendor shall be confirmed during the Pre-bid meeting.

Rev. No. : 07

Date : 16 NOV 2006

LIST OF RECOMMENDED VENDORS

LSAW Line Pipes with three layer external PE/PP and internal

coating

ERW Line Pipes

Contractor shall ensure that each line pipe manfacturer shall have valid API 5L license and in case of firm order the license should be valid till complete execution of supplies

GUJARAT STATE PETRONET LTD. Doc. No : GSPL/Vendor/2006

Gas Grid Pipeline

Vendor list .xls page 1 of 16


Rev. No. : 07

Date : 16 NOV 2006



Gas Grid Pipeline

22Ishwardas Aggarwal & Sons (Trader)

39, Latif House, 3rd floor,Sant Tukaram Road, Iron Market, MUMBAI-400 009

+91 22 342 2566 +91 22 342 3782

23M.J. Patel & Company(Trader)

116, P.D. Mello Road, Near Carnace Bridge, MUMBAI - 400 009

- -

24Apex Tubes Pvt. Ltd. (Manufacturer & Trader)

Apex Tubes Pvt. Ltd.1/6-B, Asaf Ali RoadNew Delhi – 110 002

011-3236408

25Steel Tubes (India) (Trader)

526/36, Maulana Azad Road, 2nd Floor, Gulalwadi Circle, MUMBAI - 400 004

+91 22 389 5908 +91 22 381 2564

+9122 3895906

26Nagardas Kanji Shah (Trader)

176, Magazine Street, Darukhana, Mazgaon, Mumbai- 400 010

(022) 3721066/ 3724157, 3781031

(022) 3781032

27 Jyoti IndustriesP.B.No. 3081, 276/278, Samuel Street, 2nd Floor, Vadgadi, Mumbai- 400 003

(022) 3435091/92, 3451530

(022) 3421391

28The Bengal Mill Stores Supply Co (Trader)

205, Magnanial Chambers, Baburao Bobde Marg, Iron Market, Mumbai- 400 009

(022) 3430105, 3430107, 3434918, 3442864

(022) 3414763

29 Radiant Engineering Co.M-2, Sundaram, Sion Circle, Mumbai- 400 022

(022) 409 2016, 4096036

(022) 4094822

30 Tianjin Pipe corporationPO Box 17537, Jebel Ali Free Zone, Dubai, U.A.E

97148833799 97148833899

31 Mitsubihsi

32 Trub chomutov

33 TENARIS

34 Valcvony

35Vallurorec Maneshman Tubes Barzil

36Virgo Engineers Ltd,Pune

Virgo Engineers,J/517, MIDC Bhosari,Pune – 411 026

020-2747 4481 020-2747 0772 Upto 24" class 600

37 Oswal Industries Ltd

Oswal Industries Limited404, Sakar-IIIOpp. Old High CourtAhmedabad – 390 014

079-30947636 079-27540839 Up to 12" class 600

38Steel Strong Valves (P) Ltd.

Plot no. R-241, TTC Industrial Area MIDC,Rabale, New Bombay-400 701

Up to 12" class 600 of split body type

39 Flow Chem Industries

Flow Chem Industries10, Navdurga Indl. EstateOpp. Forge BlowerNaroda RoadAhmedabad – 25

79-220 4773 79-220 1401 Up to 12" class 600

40 Micro Finish ValvesB.D.K. Engineering (I) Ltd.Gokul roadHubli 580 030

Up to 12" class 600

41Hawa Valves (India) Pvt. Ltd

4, Karmabhumi Industrial Estate, Opp. Ajit Mill Police chowky, Rakhial Road, Ahemdabad

Up to 8" class 600

42 L&T /Audco Valves Chennai Upto 24" 600#

43Cooper Cameron Valves (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.

No.2, Gul Circle, Jurong Industrial Estate, Singapore - 629560

0065 865 2887 Mobile 0065 9783 7381

0065 861 7109 Up to 30" class 600

44 BÖHMER BALL VALVES

Gedulderweg, 95 45549 Sprockhövel GERMANY

+ 49 2324 7001 0 + 49 2324 7001 79 Up to 30" class 600

45 MSAHlucinska, 41 747 22 Dolni Benesov CZECH REPUBLIC

+ 420 553 881 111 + 420 553 651 236 Up to 30" class 600

BALL VALVES

Seamless Pipe Manfacturer

Station Piping (Seamless Pipes) Trader



Rev. No. : 07

Date : 16 NOV 2006



Gas Grid Pipeline

46

RMA Maschinen- und Armaturenbau Faulhaber & Truttenbach

Oststrasse, 17 77694 Kehl GERMANY

+ 49 78 51 86 80 + 49 78 51 86 813 Up to 30" class 600

47SCHUCK ARMATUREN (ex BORSIG)

Daimlerstrasse 4-7 89555 Steinheim GERMANY

+ 49 73 29 950 0 + 49 73 29 950 161 Up to 30" class 600

48SUD ROBINETTERIE INDUSTRIE (SRI)

279-305, Bvd D. Casanova 13309 Marseille FRANCE

+ 33 - 495 055 050 + 33 495 055 070 Up to 30" class 600

49TORMENE GAS TECHNOLOGY (VALVITALIA)

Via Campolongo, 97 35020 Due Carrare PD ITALY

+39 049 919 96 11 +39 049 912 54 55 Up to 30" class 600

50 VIAR VALVOLE Via L. Cadorna, 6 21041 Albizzate VA ITALY

+ 39 0331 99 29 85 + 39 0331 99 29 92 Up to 30" class 600

51BREDA ENERGIA SESTO INDUSTRIA

Viale Sarca, 336 20126 Milano ITALY

+ 39 02 64 47 71 + 39 02 64 47 75 42 Up to 30" class 600

52FLOW CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES (TYCO Flow Control)

23, deuxième avenue 13743 Vitrolles FRANCE

+ 33 442 10 36 00 + 91 11 647 14 69

+ 33 442 10 36 36 G39 India + 91 11 646 15 50

Up to 30" class 600

53 PETROLVALVESViale G Borri, 42 21053 Castellanza VA ITALY

+ 39 0331 334 111 + 39 0331 675 830 Up to 30" class 600

54 M/s BIFI Italy

55 M/s Rotork fluid Sytem Italy

55 PC Intertecnik Germany

56 M/s Bettis Belgium



079 2204773/3623 Up to 12" class 600

58 Shreeraj Industries 101, samrudhi, Sattar Taluka Socitey, Opp old high court lane,Ahemdabad

Up to 8" class 600



Up to 12" class 600 split body type

60Ornate Valves Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai

Ornate Valves Pvt. Ltd.104, Eric House16th Road Chembur, Mumbai- 400 071

Up to 12" class 600


Up to 12" class 600

62 L&T /Audco Valves Chennai Up to 12" class 600



079-30947636 079-27540839 Up to 12" class 600

64Niton Valve Industries Pvt. Ltd.

D-115/116 Ghatkopar Industrial Estate L.B.S. Marg Ghatkopar (West) MUMBAI - 400 086

022-500 8315 022 5007654 Up to 12" class 600

BALL VALVES

Globe Valve

Contractor shall ensure that each valve manfacturer shall have valid API 6D license and in case of firm order the license shall be valid till complete execution of supplies.

Gas Over Oil Actuators



Rev. No. : 07

Date : 16 NOV 2006



Gas Grid Pipeline

65 Econo Valves Pvt. Ltd.197 SIDCO Industrial Area Ambattur CHENNAI - 600 098

044-6251829 / 6254371 044-6257501

66 L&T/ Audco Valves Chennai



022-27699489/90 022-27695537Spring Loaded Type Upto 12” x 600# of split body type



079-30947636 079-27540839Up to 12" 600# (Lift Type ,Wafer Type & Swing Type)


0836-331 499/ 333 930

Up to 12" 600#



079-220 4773/3623Up to 12" 600# (Lift Type ,Wafer Type & Swing Type)

71Ornate Valves Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai

Ornate Valves Pvt. Ltd.104, Eric House16th Road Chembur, Mumbai- 400 071

022-556 6432/7231 Up to 12" 600# (Lift & Swing Type)

72 Arpita Enterprise

Arpita Enterprise1201, GIDC Estate Phase IVVithal Udyog NagarAnand – 388 112

02692-36187 Upto 8" 600#(Wafer Type)

73Niton Valve Industries Pvt. Ltd.

D-115/116 Ghatkopar Industrial Estate L.B.S. Marg Ghatkopar (West) MUMBAI - 400 086

022-5008315022-5007654 / 5007436

Up to 12" 600# (Lift & Swing Type)

74 FMC Sanmar Ltd.147, Karapakkam Village, CHENNAI - 600 096

044-492-5455 044-492-6114

75Protego Equipments Pvt. Ltd. ,

Navi Mumbai

76 Larsen & Toubro32, Sivaji Marg, Post Box No.6223, Near Moti Nagar, NEW DELHI

011-5931302 011-5438624

77SEBIM Valves India Pvt. Ltd.

908, Ansal Bhawan, 16, Kasturba Ghandhi Marg, New Delhi-110 00

011-331 2110, 331 8360

011-371 2155

78RMG Regal + Messtech GmbH, Germany

Germany

79 ZUNT ITALIANAVia Grinetta, 22- Seriate, 24068 Bergamo, ITALY

39 035 303 982 39 035 303 969

80 Alfa Engineering, S.r.lVia Leonardo da Vinci, 17/19, 41030 Bastiglia (Modena), Italy

39059904611 39059815156

81 PROCHINDVia Mantova, 10, 21053 Muggio ( Milano), ITALY

39 039 795 599 39 039 214 4426

82 NUOVA GIUNGAS srlVia Prampolini,30-41043 Formigine (Modena) ITALY

(059) 558390 (r.a.) (059) 570633

83 DYLAN BelgiëLerenveld 20 2547 Lint BELGIUM

+32 3 488 48 00 +32 3 488 48 80Up to 30" class 600 fittings and Flow Tee

84 F.B.F. Dynamicalaan 4-8 2610 Antwerpen BELGIUM


85 FERROSTAAL (MAN Group)

Hohenzollernstrasse 24 45128 Essen GERMANY

+49 201 818 01 +49 201 818 2822Up to 30" class 600 fittings and Flow Tee

Check/ NonReturn Valves

Insulating Joints

Pressure Relief Valve



Rev. No. : 07

Date : 16 NOV 2006



Gas Grid Pipeline

86 INTERFORGEGroße Straße 14 27356 Rotenburg GERMANY

+49 4261 4081 +49 4261 3090Up to 30" class 600 fittings and Flow Tee

87 KÜRVERS Piping

Mark S. Clarkelaan 13 a Haven No. M 512 4761 RK Zevenbergen THE NETHERLANDS


88 MEREK Engineering

Premier estate Leys Road Brockmoor Brierley Hill DY5 3UT West Midlands UNITED KINGDOM

+44 121 544 9938 +44 121 544 9132Up to 30" class 600 fittings and Flow Tee

89 PETROFIT

Unit 3 Rowan Court Crystal Drive Smethwick B66 1RB West Midlands UNITED KINGDOM

0121 544 9938 0121 544 9132Up to 30" class 600 fittings and Flow Tee

90PHOCEENNE (Groupe Genoyer)

Ten Bergstraat 4 2830 WIllebroek BELGIUM


91VAN LEEUWEN BUIZEN

Schaarbeeklei 1891800 VilvoordeBELGIUM


92MS Fittings Mfg. Co. Pvt. Ltd, Kolkatta

M.S.FITTINGS MFG.CO.(P)LTD.H.O. 17-WESTERN STREET, KOLKATA-13

033- 2362902, 2362903

033-2252103 Upto 24 " class 600

93Ferrous Alloy Forging (P) Ltd.

Ferro Tubes & Forging Industries C-1/129, GIDC Estate, Vaghodia, Baroda-391760

02668-62479 upto 12"

94 Pipe Fit Engineers496/1, GIDC Industrial Estate, Makarpura, Baorda-390010 [email protected]

0265-2636 547/545 0265-2636 546 upto 24" size, 600#

95 Teekay Tube315/317, Navratan 69, P D Mello Road Near Carnac Bridge,MUMBAI - 400 009

+91 22 342 3382-83, +91 22 343 7716, 3445477, 3446975

(022) 349162 Up to 24" class 600

96 Steward & LloydsAtrul Manai (1st floor) 27 whites Road Cehnnai-600014

044 8523375 044 8522877

97Alliance Fittings and Forgings, Navi Mumbai

ALLIACE FITTINGS & FORGINGS INC.A-468/469, T.T.C. Industrial Area, Mahahpe, Navi Mumbai – 400 701

022-2778 1333 / 1916022-2788 1134 / 5590 2273

Up to 12" class 600

98Swastik Lloyds Engineering Pvt. Ltd. Mumbai

Swastik LIoyds Engineering Pvt Ltd.58,Islampura street , MumbaI-400 004

022-3860222/23 022-7402779 Up to 12" class 600

99Tube Products Incorporate.,Baroda

748/8, GIDC Indl. Estate Makarpura BARODA - 390 010 [email protected]

0265-5545 211/214 0265-2831 031 Upto 36 " class 600

100 Steel Tubes (India)526/36, Maulana Azad Road, IInd Floor, (Gulalwadi Circle) , Mumbai- 400 004

(022) 3895908 / 3822821

(022) 3895906 Upto 24 " class 600

101Eften Engineering Pvt. Ltd.

D1, Sipcot Industrial Park, Irungattukottai-602105, Tamilnadu

04111-256284, 256714

0411-256714 Up to 8" class 600

102 Sawan Engineers

201, Palace Plaza, Lalbaug Road, Near Kashivishwanath Temple, Baroda - 390 001 Email : [email protected]

0265-243 3003 / 553 8308

0265-243 5196 Up to 18" class 600

Pipe Fittings (Elbows, Tee, Reducers)



Rev. No. : 07

Date : 16 NOV 2006



Gas Grid Pipeline

103Ferrous Alloy Forging (P) Ltd.

111, DLF Industrial Estate 14th Mile Stone Mathura Road FARIDABAD - 121 003

-- -- Up to 24" class 600

104Sanghvi Forging & Engineering Ltd

Parvati Chambers, Opp. Apsara Cinema, Pratapnagar Road, Baroda - 390 004

0265-258 0644/1658 0265 258 1126Up to 12" class 600 Flanges Only.

105 Sawan Engineers

201, Palace Plaza, Lalbaug Road, Near Kashivishwanath Temple, Baroda - 390 001 Email : [email protected]

0265-243 3003 / 3096008

0265-243 5196 Up to 18" class 600

106 ECHJAY Forgings Ltd.Kanjur Village Road Kunjan Marg east MUMBAI - 400 042

+91 22 578 2461 +91 22 578 2830

+91 22 578 4962 Up to 24" class 600

107MS Fittings Mfg. Co. Pvt. Ltd, Kolkatta

M.S.FITTINGS MFG.CO.(P)LTD.H.O. 17-WESTERN STREET, KOLKATA-13

033- 2362902, 2362903

033-2252103 Up to 24" class 600

108Tube Products Incorporate.,Baroda

748/8, GIDC Indl. Estate Makarpura BARODA - 390 010 [email protected]

0265-5545 211/214 0265-2831 031 Upto 36 " class 600

109Choudhary Hammer Works

PO Box 20, Near Hapur Road Opp. Power House GHAZIABAD

+91 120 474 4921 +91 120 479 2897 Up to 24" class 600

108 Pipe Fit Engineers496/1, GIDC Industrial Estate, Makarpura, Baorda-390010 [email protected]

0265-2636 547/545 0265-2636 546 upto 24" size, 600#

110 Punjab Steel Works38B, Mayapuri, Indl.Area Phase-I NEW DELHI - 110 064

+91 11 513 0960 +91 11 513 7432 Up to 24" class 600

111 TD WILLIAMSON LTD.Faraday Road, Dorcan Way, Swindon Wittshire SN3 5HF ENGLAND

+44793524971 +44793643969

112 FORAIN S.r.l.Via G. Boeri, 11 20141, Milano, ITALY

+39028467345 +39028465325

113 Skelton Hall70, Carwood Road Sheffield S4 7SD England

44(0)114243 1332 44(0)114 244 9579

114 GD ENGINEERINGNottinghamshire S82 PY ENGLAND

+441909482323 +441909477902

115EQUIP ENGINEERS INDIA PVT. LTD.

120,Maker chamber, V-221, Nariman point, Mumbai-2

(022)20443635, 2042473

(022)2845910

116GEA Energy System (India) Ltd.

443, Anna Salai, Teynampet,CHENNAI - 600 018

+9144-433-5958+9144-4334940

+9144-436059144-434-3374

117 Gastech USAGastech Engineering Pvt. Ltd., B-20, 1st Floor, Lajpat Naagr-II, New Delhi-110024

011 251721141

118 Fouress India Pvt. Ltd

Fouress Engineeing(India) Ltd.,Mahalaxmi Chambers,22 Bhulabhai Desai Road,Mumbai – 400 026

022-24964400 022-24937544

Scraper Traps(Pig Launchers & Receivers)

Flanges



Rev. No. : 07

Date : 16 NOV 2006



Gas Grid Pipeline

119 GD ENGINEERINGNottinghamshire S82 PY ENGLAND

+441909482323 +441909477902

120 Phoceene, France9/11,rue de Lisboone, Z.l.,B.P.61,F-13742 Vitrolles, France

+33(0) 442 794 821 +33(0) 442 794 079

121INTERNATIONAL PIPELINE PRODUCTS LTD.

Walkerville Industrial Estate Catterick Garrison North Yorkshire DL9 4RR,ENGLAND

+441748834577 +441748834121

122

RMA MASCHINEN-UND ARMATURENBAU KEHL FAULHABER & TRUTTENBACH KG

Oststrasse, 17 77694 KEHL/RHEIN , GERMANY

+4978518680 +49785186813

123 Tata Projects Ltd. 22, Sarvodaya Society,Nizampura ,Baroda-390002

0265-2392863 0265-2785952

124Indian Register of Shipping

125Bax counsel Inspection Bureau Pvt. Ltd.

303, Madhava, Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra (E), Mumbai-400051

022-26591526,26590236

022-26591526

126 Bureau VeritasThe Leela Galleria ,5th Floor,Andheri-Kurla Road,Andheri (East),Mumbai-400059

022-6956300 022-6956309

127 Germanischer Lloyd304-305, Anna Salai,Teyanampet,Chennai -600018

044-24320335 044-24328186

128Velosi Certification Services, Mumbai

Velosi Certification Services (I) Pvt. Ltd.,212,ShivKrupa Commercial Centre,Off Gokhale Road,NavpadaThane (W) 400 602

022-5376770 022-5426777

129ABS Industrial Verification Ltd.,Mumbai

404,Mayuresh Chambers, Sector-11,CBD Belapur(E), Navi Mumbai -400614

022-27578780/1/2 022-27578784/5

130Certification Engineers International Ltd.

EIL Bhavan, 5th Floor, 1 ,Bhikaji Cama Place,New Delhi -110066

011-26167539,26102121

011-26101418

131Dalal Mott MacDonald

501, Sakar -II ,Ellisbridge, Ahmedabad-380006

079-6575550 079-6575558

132International Certification Systems

E-7 ,Chand Society, Juhu Road, Juhu, Mumbai-4000049 022-26245747 022-26248167

133M/s Intertek Testing Services (Inida) Pvt. Limited

401, Everest House, 4th Floor, 6-SUREN ROAD, Andheri (E), Mumbai-400093

022 26934848

134TUV India Pvt Ltd ( TUV NORD Group)

T15, Third Floor, National Plaza, RC Dutt Road, Baroda - 390 005 E mail : [email protected]

0265 235 0920, 235 0930

0265 235 0900

135 Rites Ltd.Churchgate Station Bldg., 2nd Floor, M.K.Road, MUMBAI 022-22012523 022-22084155

136 SGSSGS India Pvt. Ltd, SGS House, 4B ,A.S.Marg, Vikhroli(W), Mumbai-400083

022-25798421 to 28 022-25798431to 33

Quick Opening Closures and Pig

Signallers

Third Party Inspection Agency



Rev. No. : 07

Date : 16 NOV 2006



Gas Grid Pipeline

137Corrosion Control Services(B) Pvt. Ltd.,Mumbai

405, Arun Chambers, Tardeo Road, Mumbai -400034

022-23524593,56627010

022-24934570

138Raychem RPG Limited

709/710, Tolstoy House, Tolstoy Marg, New Delhi - 110 001

139Corrtech International Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad

22, Dhara Centre ,Vijay Cross Road, Navrangpura, Ahmedabad- 380009

079-6563443,6568639 079-6431615

140M/s CANARA ELECTRIC CONTROLS MUMBAI

141

M/s CIMCON SOFTWARE SERVICES INC.,AHMEDABAD

142M/s TITANOR COMPONENTS,GOA

143M/s ELTECH, NETHERLANDS

144M/s ORANZIO DE NORA,USA

145M/s CORPRO TECHNOLOGIES, SINGAPORE

146M/s METAL FOUNDERS MUMBAI

147M/s SHAKTI ENTERPRISES AHMEDABAD

148M/s PROTECH ALLOY ANODES KARAIKUDI

149M/s SCIENTIFIC METAL ENGINEERS KARAIKUDI

150 M/s CORPEN ANODES

149M/s ELECTRO-PROTECTION SERVICES

Transformer Rectifier Unit [TRU] AC Input DC

Output, & CPPSM

MMO ANODES

SACRIFICIAL ANODES

CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM MATERIALS

Cathodic Protection Sub-Contractor



Rev. No. : 07

Date : 16 NOV 2006



Gas Grid Pipeline

150 M/s HARCO USA

151 M/s MC MILLER USA

152 M/s BORIN USA

153M/s ELECTROCHEMICAL DEVICES USA

154 PIN BRAZING M/s. Safetrack

155 THERMITWELD M/s. Erico Europa

155 M/s DEHN GmbH

156 M/s CITEL

157 M/s MC MILLER

158 M/s CONTROL TECHNOLOGY

159M/s DAIRYLAND ELECTRICAL INDUSTRIES

160 M/s INTERNATIONAL CORROSION CONTROL Inc.

161 M/s KIRK ENGINEERING

162M/s INTERNATIONAL CORROSION CONTROL Inc.

163M/s ELK ENGINEERING ASSOCIATES Inc,

164 M/s RUSTROL

165M/s DAIRYLAND ELECTRICAL INDUSTRIES

POLARIZATION CELLS / AC DECOUPLING

DEVICE

REFERENCE COPPER SULPHATE

ELECTRODES

SURGE DIVERTORS



Rev. No. : 07

Date : 16 NOV 2006



Gas Grid Pipeline

166 M/s METAL SAMPLES

167 M/s CORRTEST

168M/s ROSE CORROSION, U.K

169 M/s. BASCO

170 M/s. ALFA

171 M/s. R M A

172 M/s. NUOVAGIUNGAS

173 M/s. ZUNT

174 M/s. PHOCENNE

175M/s. PPELINE ENGINEERING & SUPPLY CO.

176M/s. TUBE TURN TECHNOLOGIES

177 M/s. KEROTEST MFG.

178M/s.INTERNATION CORROSION CONTROL Inc.

179M/s. PIPELINE SEAL & INSULATORS Inc.

180 Denso GmbHP.O.Box 15 01 20 * D-51344 Leverkusen, Germany

+49 214 2602-0 +49 214 2602-318

181 Raychem

182Multi Thread Fasteners, Baroda

Multi Thread Fasteners.,885/B GIDC Makarpura,Baroda – 390010

0265-2647310 0265-2642821

183 Darukhanwala Mumbai

184Precision Engineeris , Baorda

Baroda

185 Raychem RPG Limited709/710, Tolstoy House, Tolstoy Marg, New Delhi - 110 001

186Canussa (Bhotika Brothers- Indian Represntative)

Bhotika Brothers, 59, R.N.Arcade,1st Floor, Lokhandwala Complex, Andheri West ,Mumbai-400053

022-6331458/9 022-6362253

E R PROBE

Cold Applied Tapes

Heat Shrinkable Sleeves

Stud Bolts with Nut

INSULATION MONO BLOCKS



Rev. No. : 07

Date : 16 NOV 2006



Gas Grid Pipeline

187Agni Heavy Engineering Industries Ltd

No 20, First Street, Vedhachala Nagar, Kodambakkam, Chennai- 600 024

(044) 4812420, 4728713, 4817463, 4819692, 4725106

(044) 4830885, 4838020

188Krunal Enginering Works

Krunal compound, Gala No 1, Ganesh Nagar, Old Belapur Road, Near Indian Aluminium Cop, Vitawa, Kalwa (E), Thane- 400 0605

189Master Fire Fighters Ltd

The Nest, 6th Road, Santacruz East, Mumbai- 400 055

(022) 6161166, 6106617

(022) 6106618

190 Amcon Technologies6, Saru Sadan, St. Anthony Street, Kalina, Santacruz (E), Mumbai-400 029

(022) 6193401/3283 (022) 6193402

191K.V. Fire Chemicals(I) Pvt. Ltd. Mumbai

K.V. Fire Chemicals (I) Pvt. Ltd.Kamala Nivas, 2nd FloorPlot No. 32, Lane – DSector 8 Vashi, Navi Mumbai 400 703

022-2782 0827, 2782 3901

192Extinct Fire Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai

Extinct Fire Engineers Pvt. Ltd.3, A.V. Punjab Soc.,Opp. Sony Mony J.P. Road, Andheri (W)Mumbai – 400 053

022-267 70272

193Safety Equipment Corpn

105, Popatlal Chambers, 4th Clive Cross Road, Dana Binder, Masjid, Mumbai- 400 009

(022) 3719564, 3773240

(022) 3725884

194 Dectronics

Dectronics Corporation4655 Old Ironsides Dr., Suite 100Santa Clara, CA 95054, USA

M/s Detection Instruments India Pvt Ltd

195 General Monitors

Amar Hill, Saki Vihar RoadPowai, Bombay400-072, India

+91-22-2857-5089/ 2857-557

196Empire Industrial Equipment

Empire House, 414, Senapati Bapat Marg, Lower Parel, Mumbai- 400 013

011-6012333, 6012334

011-6012332

197Protego Equipments Pvt. Ltd. ,

Navi Mumbai

198MARVC:Mekaster International Pvt. Ltd

908, Ansal Bhawan, 16, Kasturba Gandhi Marg, New Delhi- 110 001

011-3318360,3319233

011-3712155

199AMAL. UK: AOYP Engineering Co. Pvt. Ltd

Sanjay Building No 3, Gala No. 22/22, Mittal Industrial Estate, Andheri Kurla Road, Andheri(E), Mumbai- 400 059

022-8503819,8504770

022-8504162

200 Westech5636 Burbank Cres, SE, Calgary, Alberta, Canda T2H 1Z6

201 Finolex Cables405, BMC House, N-1, Connaught Place, NEW DELHI - 110 001

+91 11 335 3160 +91 11 335 3103

202 RPG Cables Limited

12th Floor Hindustan Times House 18-20 Kasturba Gandhi Marg NEW DELHI - 110 001

+91 11 331 2880 +91 11 331 9653 +91 11 371 5504

+91 11 331 3235

203Himachal Futuristic Communications Ltd.

International Division 286, Udyog Vihar Phase-II , GURGAON - 122 016 HARYANA

+91 124 634 0744 +91 124 634 2469

+91 124 634 0743

204Sterlite Industries (I) Ltd.

OFC Division 604-607, Tolstoy House Tolstoy Marg NEW DELHI - 110 001

+91 11 335 1393 +91 11 3736941

+91 11 335 5768

OFC

Gas and Fire Detection System

Flame Arrestors

Fire Fighting



Rev. No. : 07

Date : 16 NOV 2006



Gas Grid Pipeline

205Jain Irrigation System Ltd, Jalgaon

Jain Irrigation System Ltd.Jain Plastic ParkP.O. Box 72Jalgaon - 425 001

0257-250011 Upto 50 mm Diameter

206Parixit Induatries Limited, Ahmedabad

Parixit Industries Ltd.Plot No. 4912, Phase IVGIDC VatvaAhmedabad – 382 445

5841648 Upto 50 mm Diameter

207Pennwalt Agru Plastics Ltd, Baroda

Pennwalt Agru Plastics Ltd.Plot No. 272 ASavli GIDCVillage Manjusar- 391 775, Baroda

02667-64436-38 Upto 50 mm Diameter

208 Sudhir Engg. Co.507, International Trade Tower, Nehru Place, NEW DELHI - 110 019

(011) 646 6293

209 Powerica Limited1214, Hemkunt Tower, Nehru Place, NEW DELHI - 110 019

(011) 646 2451

210Bhaskar Power Project Ltd.

B-137, Sector - 2, NOIDA - 201 301 UTTAR PRADESH

(0118) 452 1355

211 Jakson Engineers Ltd.a-43, Phase II (Extension), NOIDA - 201 305 UTTAR PRADESH

(0118) 456 3156

212Contronics Switchgear (I) Pvt. Ltd.

A-30, Sector - 58, NOIDA - 201 301, UTTAR PRADESH

(0118) 458 3472

213 Elpro EngineeringPlot No. 4458, Y-95, 8th Street, Anna Nagar, CHENNAI - 600 040

(044) 628 1214

214RYB Switchgears Pvt. Ltd.

C-543, 2nd Floor, Saraswati Vihar, DELHI - 110 034

(011) 701 2329 / 701 0097

215 Trident SwitchgearsMata Bhavan, C-49, Jangpura Extension, NEW DELHI - 110 014

(011) 431 3946

216MileStones Switchgears Pvt. Ltd.

D-92/8, Okhla Industrial Area, Phase-I, NEW DELHI - 110 020

(011)681 5500 / 681 5501

217Vidhyut control (I) Pvt. Ltd.

D-12, Sector - 17, Kavi Nagar Industrial Area, GHAZIABAD - 201 301, UTTAR PRADESH

(0120)470 1223 / 470 0112

218Electronic Instrumentation & Control

Plot No. 436, Phase-II, G.I.D.C. Estate, Vatva, AHMEDABAD - 382 445, GUJARAT

(079) 583 0505 / 583 1665

219

220Sawti Switchegear, Ahemdabad

221 Larsen & Toubro Ltd.

222Control & Switchgear Co. Ltd.

222, Okhla Industrial Estate, NEW DELHI - 110 020

(011) 684 7154 / 682 9063

223Universal Cables Ltd., M.P

Power Cable

224 Cord Cables Industries

225NICCO Corporation Ltd. , Baroda

Power Cable

226Cable Corporation of India Ltd.

227 KEI Industrie Ltd.228 Grandlay229 R.P.G. Cable Ltd.

230Chandresh Cables, Ahmedabad

231 Finolex Cable

232 Polycab Wire Pvt. Ltd.

233 INCAB

AMF D.G. Set Supplier

Main/Secondary & UPS Distribution Board

Power Cables

HDPE Duct for OFC



Rev. No. : 07

Date : 16 NOV 2006



Gas Grid Pipeline

234Baliga Lighting Equipments Pvt. Ltd.

235Sudhir Switch Gears Pvt. Ltd.

236Flame Proof Control Gears Pvt. Ltd.

237Flame Proof Equipment Pvt. Ltd.

238Flex pro Electricals Pvt. Ltd, Navsari

Flameproof & Explosion Proof Electrical Equipment

239 CEAG

240 Crompton Greaves Ltd.

241 Philips242 Bajaj Electrical Ltd.243 GE244 KESELEC 245 Schneider Electric

246 Saroj Urja Services CoA-14, navjivan Soc., Dahej bypass road

91-98244-75574

247 Solartech SystemB-2, Lalita Co-op Hou.Soc. Isanpur raod, Ahmedabad

91-98254-11692

248 Khodiyar EnterpriseJay marketing, Sukrut Apt., HJ Doshi Hospital Road, Rajkot

91-98251-62853

249Hitech Industrial Corp.

206, Kalptaru Complex, Indira Circle, Rajkot

0281-258 5532

OMRON

250 OEN

251Fuji Electric Company Limited

252 Hi-REL Controls Ltd.B-14/1, G.I.D.C. Electronics Zone, Sector - 25, GANDHINAGAR - 382 044, GUJARAT

079-232 21636 / 22531

253Emmerson Network Power Management

254 Gutor Electronics Ltd.

255 Emerson

256 Yokogawa Blue Star

257 Tata Honey Well Ltd

258Invensys India/emerson Process

259 H. Guru

260 A.N. Instrument

261 Wika

262 Switzer

263 Delta

264 SOR

265 United Electric

266 ITT-Barton

267 CCS

268 ICA

269 Rittal

270 Pyrotech Controls

271 Enclotek

Instrumentation Panel

Pressure Transmitter

Flameproof Lighting Fixtures, FLP,

J.Box/FLP Switch Socket

Pressure & Temperature Gauge

Solar Light (TATA BP)

Relays

Pressure Switch

U.P.S.

Lighting Fixtures



Rev. No. : 07

Date : 16 NOV 2006



Gas Grid Pipeline

272Patson Transformers Pvt. Ltd. , Ahmedabad

273Voltamp Transformers Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad

274 Swagelock

275 Parkar

276 Impulse Tubing Sandvik

277 Cummins

278 Kirloskar

279 KEC

280 JYOTI

281 NGEF

282 Stamford

283 CGL

284 B.C.H

285 Baliga

286 CGL

287 MDS

288 L&T

289 CGL

290 Siemens

291 GE

292Bharti Cutller & Hammer

293 Schneider Electric

294 CSC

295 Indocoil

296 GM

297 Koppa

298 Silkana

299 Siemens

300 AE

301 Pragati

302 L&T

303 Siemens

304 GE

305 Kaycee

306 Selector Switch Kaycee

307Instrumentation Signal

Control Cable Polycab Assiocates cables

308 MTL India Pvt LtdA-223 Ansal Chambers-1 3, Bhikaji Cama Place. New Delhi

011-26715408/6180 011-26716181

309 P&F

310 SITOP

311 PHEONIX

312 RTD ALTOP

Diesel Engine

Instrument Fittings including

manifold,needle valve etc.

24 V DC Power Supply

Isolating Barrier

Generator

Moulded case corcuit Breaker, Switch, Fuse

and Contractor

Push Button

CT/PT

Transformer

Switch Socket and Plugs



Rev. No. : 07

Date : 16 NOV 2006



Gas Grid Pipeline

313 Alarm Annunciator IIC

314 Masibus

315 Yokogawa 24/3,Pantra palya, Mysore RoadBangalore-560039 India

080-26742855080-26742551/26744015

316 MTL India Pvt LtdA-223 Ansal Chambers-1 3, Bhikaji Cama Place. New Delhi

011-26715408/6180 011-26716181

317 P&F

318 Concord

319 L&T

320 Control Switch Gear

321 Electromac

322 Commet

323 Baliga

324 Flameproff control gear

325 Lugs Dowells

326 Terminal Blocks Elemex

327 MDS

328 Indo Asian

329 clipsal

330 Datar

331 Havels

332 Standard

333 Voltas

334 Carrier

335 LG

336 Amtrex Hitachi

337 MDS

338 Datar

339 Havells

340 Indo- Asian

Signal Repeater

Power Indicator

MCB

Cable Glands

Indication Lamp

Air Conditioner

Lighting MCB DB



Rev. No. : 07

Date : 16 NOV 2006



Gas Grid Pipeline

341PLN Construction Pvt. Ltd. (India)

342Cherington Asia (India) Pvt. Ltd.

343 Essar Construction Ltd.Essar House, PO 7945, Mahalaxi, Mumbai -400 034 022-2495 4324

344

Mersing Construction and Engineering Sdn Bhd., Selangor (Malaysia)

345Herrenknecht (Asia) Ltd. (Thailand)

346Horizontal Drilling International (France)

347COE Drilling Australia PTY Ltd. (Australia)

348Rosen Euro BV, Netherland

349 M/s PII, U.K350 NGKS, Russia

351 TDW Williams, IndiaOnly for Calliper Pigging

352 EIL, New Delhi353 Valdel, Bangalore354 Flour Daniel

355P.L. Enginnering, Germany

356 Worley, Perth

357 Bechtel

358 Asian Paints (i) Ltd

359 Berger Paints Ltd.

360Goodlass Nerolac Paints ltd

361 Shalimar paints Ltd

362Coromandal paints & Chemical Ltd.

363 Bombay Paints ltd

Engineering Consultant

Paint

Additional Contractor may also be approved by Owner based on the qualification and shall be confirmed during Pre-bid meeting. IP contractor shall ensure that tool calibration is done in presence of TPIA

3) For any item, if the vendor names are not available, it is the reponsiblity of the contractor to submit the credentials of at leastthree parties for GSPL approval

Intellegent Pigging Contractor

Note : 1) The details of Vendors indicated in this list are based on the information available with GSPL, Contractor shall verifycapabilities of each vendor for producing the required quantity with. Owner does not Gurantee any responsibility on theperformance of the Vendor, it is the contractor reponsiblity to verify the correct status of vendor and quality control of each partiesand also to expedite the material in time.

2) Contractor shall submit the details of each of the party before placement of order.

HDD Contractor


APPENDIX-V

AMENDMENT TO PIPELINESTANDARD AND SPECIFICATION

D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\Latest Amendment to TS.doc Page 1 of 10

AMENDMENT TO PIPELINE STANDARD AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SCOPE

This document covers modification / addition to various standard specification andpipeline standards enclosed with the bid package. The standard specification standsmodified to an extent defined in this amendment. Unless modified by this amendment the requirement of the applicable standardspecification shall govern.

CONTENTS

1) Standard Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/01 (Specification for MainlineConstruction (Onshore))

2) Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/02A (Welding of Onshore Cross-CountryPipeline)

3) Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/03A (Hydro-testing)

4) Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/06 (Terminal Piping, Fabrication and Erection)

5) Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/11 (FLUSHING AND TESTING)

6) Specification no. MEC/TS/05/62/025 Rev.1 (Technical specification forseamless fittings and flanges upto 400 mm (16”) NB)

7) Specification no.: MEC/S/05/62/61 Rev-1 (Specification for Pre Commissioning/ Commissioning)

8) Specification no. MEC/S/05/62/70 (Caliper Pigging)

9) Standard Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/75 (Specification for pipelinecrossings using horizontal directional drilling method)

10) Specification No. MEC/TS/05/21/012D, R-0 (Technical Specification forLinepipe)

11) Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/014, R-2 (Specification for 3-LayerPolyethylene Coating Of Linepipes )


1) Standard Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/01 (Specification forMainline Construction (Onshore))

1. Refer Clause No. 9.1.8 i.e. related to lowering in trench

“The maximum section which should be lowered in a stretch shall belimited to 1.6 km maximum length”.

Other details remain unaltered.

2) Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/02A (Welding of Onshore Cross-Country Pipeline)

Refer Clause No. 12.5 “Non-Destructive Examination”

Following to be noted :

i) Standards of acceptability shall be strictly as per API 1104. Anyrequirement over and above, this mentioned anywhere in thisspecification shall not be applicable for this project.

ii) Ultrasonic inspection is must for repair & tie-in joints.iii) Welding qualification, testing and acceptance criteria shall be as per

API 1104.iv) Re-repair of joints shall be permitted as per API 1104 provided all

procedure is followed as stipulated in API 1104.v) Gamma-ray radiography may be used for tie-in joint provided slow

film like D4 radiography film is used by contractor for bettersensitivity.

Special points w.r.t. Welding

i) For mainline welding following LINCON Electrode to be used.

Root – E6010Filler & Hot Pass – E7010

ii) Electrode Qualification Test (EQT) for every batch is required.

iii) Mainline welding shall be downhill.

Tie-in & Root shall be uphill welding.Rest shall be downhill.

All other points of the specification remains unchanged.

3) Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/03 A (Hydro-testing)

a) Refer Page No.: 4 of 17, Clause No. 5.1 shall be read as “The durationof hydrostatic test shall be minimum of 24 hrs. after stabilization andthe test pressure shall be 1.5 x Design pressure (95 bar) and asindicated in Clause 5.2”.


b) Refer Page No.: 4 of 17, Clause No. 6.0, Add the following at the endof Para. “PV reorder with chart for hydro-test and calibrationcertificate” not older than one month shall be provided by thecontractor.

c) Refer Page No.: 4 of 17, Clause No. 5.2, shall be read as “Themaximum base pressure shall not be higher than one resulting in ahoop stress corresponding to 95% of SMYS of pipe material based onthe minimum wall thickness in the test section & minimum testpressure shall not be lower than the one resulting in a hoop stresscorresponding to 85% of SMYS of pipe material based on theminimum wall thickness in the test section”.

d) Refer Page No.: Page No. 4 of 17, Clause No. 6.0 equipment andinstrumentation. Fill pump capacity shall be such that pig travel speedis approx. 2 km/hr.

e) Refer Page No.: 9 of 17, Clause No. 7.8, The line “In order the aboveratio is acceptable, it shall not differ from 1 by more than 6% (i.e.1.06)” shall be replaced by the line “In order the above ratio isacceptable, it shall not differ from 1 by more than 2% (i.e. 1.02)”.

f) Refer Page No.: 9 of 17, Clause No. 7.8, “V1/Vp exceeds 1.06” shall bereplaced by “V1/Vp exceeds 1.02”.

g) Refer Page No.: 9 of 17, Clause No. 7.9, Replace Para 1 by following :“After the section has been pressurized and the air volume test hasgiven acceptable results the test pressure shall be held for 24 hoursfor strength test at specified test pressure maintained by periodicallymake-up and bleed off after stabilization. After temperature andpressure has stabilized, the injection pump shall be disconnected andall connections at the test heads shall be checked for leakage. Thepressure recorders shall then be started with the charts in a real timeorientation for continuous recording throughout the test”.

h) Refer Page No.: 11 of 17, Clause No. 9.1, shall be read as:“Contractor shall de-pressurise the line at the rate of 5 kg/cm2 perminute upto 2 kg/cm2 and shall dewater the tested line as per thefollowing requirement after test acceptance.

The dewatering shall be carried out by using four cup pigs and foampigs driven by compressed air. The detailed dewatering procedureshall be developed by the contractor in such as a way as to provideadequate control to pigs during dewatering. Pigs and equipmentrequired for dewatering the line shall be furnished by contractor andshall be approved in advance by the company. Four cup pigs shall firstbe passed through the line to displace the water. Foam pigs shall thenbe passed in order to complete the line dewatering. Contractor shalluse a number of foam pigs, each in different colors / numbered forthis purpose. The line shall be considered dewatered when anegligible amount of water is flushed out by the last foam pig andapproval is given by the company.


4) Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/06 (Terminal Piping, Fabricationand Erection)

Following changes shall be considered:-

i) Gamma ray shall be used for Terminal Pipe welding provided slow filmlike D4 film is used.

ii) Acceptability Criteria shall be only as per API-1104

5) Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/11 (FLUSHING AND TESTING)

Refer page no. 8 of 9.

(1) Clause no. 4.4.1, Para no. 6, the last line shall be read as “Test periodshall be maintained for minimum 6 (six) hours”.

(2) Refer page no. 9 of 9 clause no. 4.5, para 3 shall be read as “Aftertesting is completed the test blinds shall be removed and equipment/piping isolated during testing shall be connected using the specifiedgaskets, bolts and nuts. These connections shall be checked fortightness in subsequent pneumatic tests and leakage test at designpressure i.e. 95 bar by N2 to be carried out by the contractor forcomplete loop/ circuit including equipments (except rotaryequipments).

6) Specification no. MEC/TS/05/62/025 Rev.1 (Technical specificationfor seamless fittings and flanges upto 400 mm (16”) NB)

(1) Refer Para 1.0 i.e. SCOPE of above specification

- “Seamless fittings 400 mm (16”) NB and smaller, such as tees,elbows, reducers and caps”. The above line shall be read as:

“Seamless fittings 200 mm (8”) NB and smaller, such as tees, elbows,reducers and caps”.

Further for 300 mm (12”) NB and 250 mm (10”) NB – fittings shall beof welded construction.

(2) Refer Para 4.3 : The same should be read as under:

“Unless specified otherwise, Charpy V – notch test shall be conductedfor each heat of steel, in accordance with the impact test provision ofASTM A370 at ( - ) 20 °C. The average impact energy values of threefull sized specimens shall be 35 Joules and minimum should not beless than 28 Joules for any of the specimens.

7) Specification no.: MEC/S/05/62/61 Rev-1 (Specification for PreCommissioning / Commissioning)

Following amendment / additional requirements shall be applicable:-

a) Refer page no. 2 of 8, clause no. 2.0 para no. 3, shall be read as “Thecontractor shall be responsible for demonstrating the successful


completion of all the activities i.e. flushing of terminal piping,dewatering, swabbing, drying inertisation and commissioning of thepipeline. All necessary work to perform the job successfully includingnecessary modifications required shall be the responsibility of thecontractor”.

b) Refer page no. 3 of 8, clause no. 3.0, new para to be added

Drying - Drying the entire pipeline to required degree of the dryness asspecified.

c) Refer page no. 6 of 8, following new clause 4.3.3 and 4.3.4 to beadded

4.3.3 DRYING

The pipeline shall be finally dried with appropriate drying methodsuch as vacuum drying, drying with super dry air etc. to therequired dryness.

4.3.3.1 Vacuum Drying

4.3.3.2 General

During the vacuum drying method, the residual water in thepipeline left after the swabbing operation shall be removed byreducing the internal pressure of the pipeline phase wise.

The vacuum drying operation shall commence as soon as possibleafter the swabbing operation is completed.

Contractor shall submit the detailed drying procedure forcompany’s approval.

4.3.3.3 Operational Requirements

The vacuum drying operation consists of three phases i.e.evacuation, evaporation and the final drying by reduction of thepressure.

During the entire operation, dew point, vapor temperature andpressure shall be record.

4.3.3.4 Acceptance Criteria

Finally when the pipeline pressure has been lowered to thespecified vapor corresponding to the required dew point i.e. (-)20°C at atmospheric pressure, the pipeline shall be locked in andpressure shall be monitored during the soak period of a minimumof 12 hrs. If pressure increases during this phase, it indicates afurther boil-off.

The dew point at the inlet and outlet ends; each individualconsumer points and sectionalising valve stations shall be


monitored to ensure that the required dew point is achievedthroughout the pipeline system.

The process shall be repeated until no significant pressureincrease are measured. The dew points at the inlet and outletends and each individual consumer points shall be measured toensure that the required dew point is achieved throughout thepipeline system.

4.3.4 Super Dry Air Method

4.3.4.1 General

The air drying operation shall remove the residual water in thepipeline left behind after swabbing by means of absorption of thewater into super dry air blown through the pipeline.

Contractor shall specify the procedure and duration of the airdrying method, which shall be approved by company.

The air drying operation shall commence as soon as possible afterthe swabbing operation is completed.

4.3.4.2 Operational Requirement

The inlet air shall be oil free dry and have dew point below therequired dew point in the pipeline.

4.3.4.3 Acceptance Criteria

When the pipeline is dried using super dry air, contractor shall drythe pipeline to a dew point of (-) 20 0C, at atmospheric pressure.

8) Specification no. MEC/S/05/62/70 (Caliper Pigging)

a) Refer Page No. 5 of 9, Clause No. 8, The new para added “Priorcalibration with dent pipe to be done at site in presence of owner /consultant.

b) Refer Page no. 8 of 9, the following new clause 15.0 to be added.

15.0 Acceptance criteria.

i) For dents = 5% of O. D.ii) Ovality = 5% of I. D.iii) Location Accuracy = Actual + 3.0 m

= Circumferential : + 12°iv) Final report shall be submitted within 30 days


9) Standard Specification No. MEC/S/05/62/75 (Specification forpipeline crossings using horizontal directional drilling method)

1. Refer Clause No. 2.2 – Following minimum requirements of minimumcover to the pipe shall be satisfied unless specified otherwise in thescope of work in SCC.

For Road crossing: 1.5 m from top of road to top of pipe.

For Rail Road crossing: 1.8 m from base of rail to top of pipe

For Canal crossing: i) 2.5 m from lowest bed in case of linedcrossing.

ii) 2.5 m from scour depth in case ofunlined crossing.

For river / streams: 2.5 m from scour depth.

Above cover requirements shall be considered for this project insteadof covers mentioned under this clause in specification. Other detailsmentioned in this clause remain unchanged.

2. Refer Clause 3.3.1 of pre-testing. It shall be read as “Contractor shall

hydrostatically pretest the complete pipe string at 95% of SMYSbefore installation as per approved procedure for a minimum period of24 hrs.

3. Refer clause No. 3.7, Final Hydrostatic Test

“After temperature stabilization, pressure shall be retained in thepipeline for a period of 6 hrs. and recorded by manothermograph”.

The above line shall be read as under.

“After temperature stabilization pressure shall be retained in thepipeline for a period of 24 hrs. and recorded by manothermograph”.

Other details remain unchanged.

10) Amendment to Technical Specification for Linepipe NO.: MEC/TS/05/21/012D, R-0.

MECON TS No. MEC/TS/05/21/012D, R-0 on Linepipe shall beread in conjunction with following ammendments

Clause 5.0 : Process of Manufacture and Material

Line Pipe shall be manufactured by ERW Process only and the steel coils to beprocured from following steel suppliers.

- M/s POSCO, Korea -- M/s Azovastal, Ukraine


-- M/s ILVA, Itly -- M/s ISPAT, India up to 10.3mm thickness -- M/s Essar Steel, Hazira

In case bidder propose steel manufacturer other than above for supply of HRCoils to be used in manufacturing of quoted line pipes, bidder should submitdocumentary evidence confirming supplier past track record of at least tonnageequivalent to present bid quantity confirming to API 5L Gr. X 65 and above gradesteel. GSPL reserve the right to accept /reject the proposed steel supplier if theydon’t have past experience.

Clause 5.1.3.3.2 : PSL 2 Electric Welded Pipe

Electric welding shall be performed with a minimum welder frequency of 250kHz.The system shall have an integrated control in which following data, as aminimum shall be monitored.

• Time• Welding Speed• Current & Voltage• Welding Temperature• Heat Treatment Temperature

Clause 6.2.5.2 : Charpy Impact Tests for PSL 2

Charpy V-notch impact test in accordance with SR5 ( Appendix - F) shall also beperformed at (-)20 degree C for regular production and at (-)25 degree C. for FirstDay Production.

Impact testing to be done at – 20, -25 degree and 0 degree at Base Metal,Fusion line, Fusion line+2mm and Fusion line + 4 mm and acceptancecriteria for standard size sample as per ASTM A 370 is as follows

GradeX-65

Test Temp Minimum Average Value( for 3 specimen )

Minimum SingleValue

Base MetalAnd Weld

-20°/-25° C 35 J

28 J

Base MetalAnd Weld

0° C 100 J 80 J

Clause 7.3 : Wall Thickness

The tolerances on specified wall thickness shall be (+) 10% and (-) 0% on pipe bodyas well as on weld.

Clause 7.5 : Length

The length of pipe upto 10.5 m shall also be acceptable for sampling pipes.


Clause 9.4.3 : Test Pressure

The test pressure of pipe shall be such that hoop stress (fibre stress) generated is atleast 95% of SMYS and test pressure shall be determined in accordance withAppendix–K of API-5L.

Burst Test : ( New )One pipe for entire campaign (lowest thickness ) shall be subjected to burst test andburst pressure shall be noted. Burst pressure shall be more than 130% of minimumyield strength.

Cyclic Hydro Test : ( New )

Cyclic Hydro Test has to be carried out 1 in every 500 pipes including 1 pipe in the “First Day Production Test” as detailed below :

• The pipe to be pressurized upto 50% of the Hydro test pressure and holdpressure for one hour.

• Drop the pressure to static head plus one bar.• Pressurise again to 75% of the Hydro test pressure and hold the pressure for

one hour.• Drop the pressure to static head plus one bar.• Pressurise again to 100% of the Hydro test pressure and hold the pressure

for 6 hours and recorder shall be used to monitor the TIME V/S PRESSUREthroughout the Test duration of 24 hours.

Clause 9.8.3 : Non-Destructive Inspection

For UT and MPI , one qualified inspector of Level-III shall be available at pipe millfor overall supervision of UT and MPI.

Clause 9.8.3.3 : Lamination Det ection

Either coiled strip area shall be 100% ultrasonically tested or pipe body shall be100% ultrasonically tested for lamination detection.

Clause 9.8.4 : Radiological Inspection – Weld Seams

Spot random radiographic examination of weld seam to the extent of 0.5% shall becarried out at pipe mill for the ordered quantity.

Clause 9.8.5.2 : Ultrasonic and Electromagnetic Inspection ReferenceStandards.

The primary reference sensitivity level shall be adjusted on the following referencereflectors for UT inspection:Lamination Detection - FBH 1.6 mmDefect Detection Welds - Notch N5

APPENDIX – FSR 6 : Drop Weight Tear Testing ( DWTT ) On Welded Pipe

DWTT shall be carried out in accordance with the requirement of SR 6.2 through SR6.8 Two transverse specimens shall be taken from one length of pipe from each lotof 100 pipes per heat.


The test shall be conducted at(-)20 degree C.

At least 80% of the heats shall exhibit a fracture appearance shear area of 75% ormore for the specified test temperature.

All applicable supplementary requirement for PSL – 2 are mandatory.

11.) Amendment to Technical Specification No.:MEC/S/05/62/014, R-2(Specification for 3-Layer Polyethylene coating Of Linepipes)

Sl. No. Cl. No Modified Clause

CD test for 48 hrs – One test shall beconducted at manufacturer’s In house lab.

O1

7.5.2 .e

(CD Test)CD test for 30 days – Two numbers test shallbe conducted, one test at manufacture’s Inhouse lab and another test in an independentlab. of national/international recognition.

02 8.13 (Chemical Pre-treatment) Chemical Pre-treatment with Chromatesolution is not applicable

03 9.2.2 (Coating Thickness) The minimum coating thickness on weld seamshall be 3.2 mm and minimum coatingthickness on body shall also be 3.2 mm.

The thickness for the epoxy shall be 180microns , adhesive 200 microns and balanceshall be polyethylene.

04 9.2.11 (Cut Back) Cut back length shall be 110 mm (+)20, (-) 0mm from pipe ends.

05 10.5.b (Bond Strength Test) The frequency of test for cut back portionsshall be one pipe in every fifty (50) pipescoated. Majority of the peeled off area on thepipe shall show presence of adhesive to beremoved.

06 Coating system/ Material Pre -qualification

Contractor shall propose coating system(s)indicating specific grade of epoxy,adhesiveand polyethylene manufactured by any of hematerial Manufactures indicated in TechnicalSpecification and submit the details as perTable 1.

07 Design Temperature Maximum Design Temp. for 3 LPE coatingsystem shall be + 60° C.

APPENDIX-VI

SCHEME SHOWING DEMARCATIONOF M/L AND TERMINAL

APPENDIX-VII

THIRD PARTY AGENCY





D:\old data\Vijyant\GSPL\Tender\Const\Vol IB of V\APPENDIX-VII TPIA.doc Page 1 of 5

APPENDIX

THIRD PARTY INSPECTION AGENCY (TPIA)






TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. INTRODUCTION

2. SCOPE

3. COORDINATION WITH TPIA

4. ELECTRICAL

5. FIELD INSTRUMENTS






1. INTRODUCTION

Owner has decided that the Independent Third Party Inspection Agency (TPIA) shallwitness, review and certify all quality related activities pertaining to Supply of Materialsand Construction. The TPIA shall ensure that all quality related requirements duringmanufacturing/construction are followed as per Owner/Owner’s representativespecifications and approved Documents. The extent of TPIA involvement as indicated intender shall be binding on the contractor and no activity shall be accepted if notapproved/certified by TPIA.

This chapter also indicates general quality control requirements for various activitiespertaining to Gas Pipeline Projects.

2. SCOPE

TPIA, as appointed and paid by the Owner, shall be involved in all inspection andtesting related activities for Mechanical, Electrical, Civil and Instrumentation system.The extent of TPIA involvement is indicated in the various Quality Control Sheetsattached with the tender document and also shall be as per final approved QA/QCprocedures or as per codes and standards, wherever applicable. For items/constructionactivities for which, Quality Control Tables are not attached, contractor shall require tosubmit the Quality Control Sheets and Quality manual and shall obtain Approval ofOwners/Owner’s representative. Prior to start of any activity pertaining to supply ofmaterial or carrying out construction at site. Owner/Owner’s representative shall get thedocuments reviewed by the TPIA.

The various Hold points/TPIA involvement as mentioned in various QC sheets areindicative minimum, however, actual involvement shall be decided by Owner/Owner’sRepresentative during review of documents, and contractor shall be bound by the same.

As indicated in various QC tables, TPIA shall witness minimum 10% of the activitiespertaining to manufacture on each day or as indicated in final approved documents.

TPIA involvement in various construction activities at site/Workshop of thecontractor/Sub vender of the contractor shall be as per the approved constructionprocedures prepared by the contractor and approved by the Owner/Owner’srepresentative.

Contractor shall also submit the calibration certificates of all theequipment/Instruments, which are part of manufacturing/Inspection & Testing for TPIAreview. TPIA shall also Check/witness the necessary calibration of suchequipment/Instruments during visit to contractor’s works.

TPIA representative deputed at Construction site will apart from the constructionactivities, shall also be involved in certification of all supply material received at site.Contractor shall not be allowed to use such material in construction activities, which isnot certified by the TPIA.

Contractor shall have to carryout all necessary inspections and testing which are






indicated in Approved documents and shall have to provide all necessary latest Tools &Tackles, measuring Instruments and facilities, which are required by the TPIA/Owner/Owner’s representative and all necessary assistance to carry outInspection/Testing at Contractor’s cost.

Owner/Owner's representative shall have a right to inspect any activities

3. COORDINATION WITH TPIA

Contractor on award of the Contract/LOI shall submit the detail procurement andconstruction schedules within fifteen (15) days to Owner/Owner’s representative fortheir approval. The detail item wise Construction/Manufacturing schedule indicatingdates and location of manufacturer works shall be submitted by the Contractor withinseven (7) days from the date of issue of their internal Indent /Purchase order to subvendor.

Contractor shall inform in writing seven (7) days in advance to inform theOwner/Owner’s representative for Inspection Notice/Call. All coordination amongOwner/Owner’s representative/TPIA and Contractor’s/ Vendor’s works shall be theresponsibility of Contractor. In case the Contractor fails to honor its inspectioncalls/notice, contractor has to reimburse all costs incurred by the Owner/Ownerrepresentative toward TPIA at actual.

Inspection of site construction activities shall be coordinated on daily basis andadequate notice shall be given to Owner/Owner’s representative to mobilize TPIA, thisshall be as per site conditions and requirements.

3.1. Mechanical

The Minimum requirements are indicated in the Quality Control Tables attached and asdetailed above.

3.2. Civil

In addition to as indicated above, all procured items required for civil works shouldsatisfy the following conditions:

• It should be of reputed make having proven record of being successfully used in similarworks earlier and as per approval by Owner’s Representative.

• All materials shall be of standard quality and shall be procured from renowned sources /manufacturers approved by Owner/ Owner’s representative.

• All tests of the materials as specified by the relevant BIS codes should be carried out bythe contractor in an approved laboratory and the test reports should be dulyauthenticated by the laboratory and should be submitted to TPIA for his approval. If sodesired by Owner/ Owner’s representative, tests shall be conducted in his presence orin presence of his authorized nominee.






• Quality and acceptance of materials not covered under general technical specificationsshall be governed by relevant BIS codes. In case BIS codes are not available forparticular material other codes i.e. BS/DIN/ API/ASTM shall be considered.

• The Contractor shall submit manufacturer’s test reports on quality and suitability of anymaterial procured from them and their recommendations on storages/ application/workmanship etc. for the intended use. Submission of manufacturer’s test reports doesnot restrict Owner/ Owner’s representative from asking fresh test results from anapproved laboratory of the actual materials supplied even from an approvedmanufacturer.

4. ELECTRICAL

• Contractor shall furnish the QAP for Panels, DG Sets, Cables, UPS for Owner’s review.

• QA Plan will commence at the instigation of the requisition and follow through toequipment acceptance thus ensuring total conformity to the specifications.

• Type test certificates of similar equipment shall be provided.

• Routine tests shall be carried out on the panels, DG sets, Cables, UPS, Flame proofequipment and other items as per I.S.S.

• Owner/Owner’s Representative reserves the right to witness routine acceptance tests atthe manufacturer works as indicated in QAP & ISS.

• Owner/Owner’s Representative will witness the routine tests on Panels, DG sets, UPS atthe manufacturer works prior to dispatch, to prove compliance with specifications.

• Owner/Owner’s Representative shall carry out the inspection of the erection and witnessthe testing & commissioning of the equipment at site and approve the test certificates.

5. FIELD INSTRUMENTS

• Contractor shall furnish the quality assurance procedure for field instruments and cablesfor review of Owner/ Owner’s representative.

• QAP will commence at the instigation of the requisition and follows through toequipment acceptance. Thus ensuring total conformity to the specifications.

• Type test certificates of similar equipment shall be provided.

• Owner/Owner’s Representative shall carryout the inspection of erection of theequipment and witness the testing and commissioning and approve the certificates.

APPENDIX-VIII

LIST OF MINIMUM NOS OFCONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT TO BE

DEPLOYED

LIST OF MINIMUM NOS. OF CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT TO BE DEPLOYED

Sl.No.

Equipment Description Qty.(Nos.)

1. Grader 22. Dozer D7/ D6 Or, Equivalent 23. Excavator/ Back-Hoe (≥ Hitachi 100 or equivalent) 84. JCB Or, Excavator/ Back-Hoe (≥ Hitachi 60 or equivalent) 25. Side Boom/ Pipe Layer Or, Equivalent 46. Hydra-( 8-10 MT) 167. Tyre Mounted Crane (20 MT) 18. Diesel Welding Machine/ Welding Rectifier 209. DG Set 120 kVA + Stabilizer As required10. Automatic Bevelling Machine 211. Internal Clamp ND 10” 212. External Clamp ND 10” 413. Internal X-ray Unit (Complete) 114. External X-ray Unit (Complete) 115. Manual UT As required16. Gamma Ray Unit (Complete) 117. Radiography Film Viewer 218. Sand Blasting Unit (Complete) 419. Air Compressor (Minimum 300 CFM) 420. Air Compressor (Minimum 600 CFM) 121. Holiday Detector 222. Dewatering Pump 1023. Water Filling Pump of Adequate Capacity 224. Dosing Pump of Adequate Capacity 125. Pressurization Pump – Motorised ( Adequate capacity ) 226. Complete hydrotesting kit (dead weight tester, pressure instrument, temperature

inst. etc.)1

27. Pipe Bending Machine 128. Horizontal Augur Boring Machine As required29. HDD Machine with adequate pipe pulling capacity > 10T minimum alongwith

complete accessories/ equipmentAs required

30. Rock Breaking m/c with Excavator 131. Mono Drill Crawler Mounted / Hand Drill (Pneumatic) with Compressor As required32. Pneumatic Drill (Tractor Mounted for Blasting) with Compressor As required33. Pipe Trailers of adequate size 334. Concrete mixture 635. Gruniting Machine 136. Pipe Locator 1

Note:1. Bidder is required to mobilize the above minimum equipments in good working condition and suitable to lay this

12” diameter pipeline. Bidder is required to augment the above list with additional numbers of equipments as peractual requirement and instruction of Engineer-In-Charge without any additional financial implication to client.

2. Bidder shall replace any defective / damaged equipments promptly to complete the work without any time & costimplication to the client / owner.

3. After completion of certain activities, in case equipments are not required the same can be demobilized with priorapproval of Engineer-In-Charge.

4. Any other equipment required for completion of pipeline laying and associated works but not specificallymentioned above here, shall be deployed by Contractor without any additional cost.